SAFETY MANUAL APRIL 2007 - EVAPAR
table of contents
1. SAFETY ORGANIZATION 11
1.1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT 12
1.2 SAFETY & HEALTH POLICY 13
1.3 PROGRAM OBJECTIVES 14
2. ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY 15
2.1 EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT 16
2.2 SAFETY COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITY 16
2.3 SUPERVISOR'S SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY 17
2.4 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES 19
3. DISCIPLINARY POLICY 20
3.1 INTRODUCTION 21
3.2 PURPOSE 21
3.3 CIRCUMSTANCES LEADING TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION 21
3.4 PROCEDURE 22
3.5 EMPLOYEE WARNING 23
3.6 VIOLATION CONSIDERED TO BE 23
3.7 CORRECTION 23
4. SAFETY ORIENTATION 24
4.1 NEW EMPLOYEE ORIENTATION 25
4.2 NEW EMPLOYEE CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS 25
4.3 EMPLOYEE SAFETY ORIENTATION GUIDELINE 26
4.4 SAFETY POLICY 26
4.5 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SAFETY 26
4.6 USE OF EQUIPMENT 27
4.7 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT 27
4.8 FIRST AID RESPONDERS 27
4.9 EMPLOYEE CONDUCT 27
4.10 ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE POLICY 27
4.11 HAZARD COMMUNICATION 27
4.12 SANITATION AND PERSONAL HYGIENE 28
4.13 SPECIAL CHEMICAL HAZARDS 28
4.14 SPECIAL TRAINING 28
4.15 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 28
4.16 SPECIAL CLOTHING 28
4.17 SAFETY RULES 28
4.18 SAFETY & HEALTH PROGRAM 29
4.19 CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES 30
4.20 EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM 31
5. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 32
5.1 PURPOSE 33
5.2 OBJECTIVES 33
5.3 PROCEDURE 33
5.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURE GUIDELINES 34
5.5 NOTIFICATION 34
5.6 FIRE EMERGENCY, EXPLOSION, OR CHEMICAL SPILL 34
5.7 EARTHQUAKE 35
5.8 SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 35
5.9 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 35
5.10 EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY PLAN 36
5.11 LIST OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES 38
5.12 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS 39
5.13 FIRE AND EXPLOSION PREVENTION 39
5.14 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS & EQUIPMENT 40
5.15 SPECIFIC HAZARDS 411
6. ACCIDENT/LOSS REPORTING PROCEDURES 433
6.1 PURPOSE 44
6.2 OBJECTIVES 44
6.3 PROCEDURE 44
6.4 SERIOUS EMERGENCY REPORTING 45
6.5 HANDLING NON-SERIOUS ACCIDENTS 46
6.6 FIRST AID TREATMENT 46
6.7 PROPERTY/EQUIPMENT DAMAGE 46
6.8 VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORTING 47
6.9 CITIZEN/PUBLIC ACCIDENTS (NON-AUTO) 47
6.10 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT 47
6.11 EMPLOYEE'S CLAIM FOR WORKER’S COMPENSATION BENEFITS (Form DWC-1). 47
6.12 RECORDKEEPING 47
6.13 EMPLOYEE INJURIES 48
6.14 VEHICLE, PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND PUBLIC LIABILITY ACCIDENT REPORTS 48
7. ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION 49
7.1 ALL ACCIDENTS MUST BE INVESTIGATED BY THE SUPERVISOR OR SAFETY COORDINATOR 50
7.2 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE 50
7.3 EMPLOYEE ACCIDENTS 50
7.4 DEFINITIONS 51
7.5 CHECK THE SCENE 51
7.6 WRITE IT DOWN 51
7.7 COLLECT THE EVIDENCE 51
7.8 INTERVIEW WITNESS 52
7.9 INTERVIEW THE VICTIM 52
7.10 WEIGH THE EVIDENCE 52
8. SAFETY INSPECTIONS/HAZARD CORRECTION PROCEDURES 55
8.1 INSPECTIONS & HAZARD CORRECTION 56
8.2 PURPOSE 56
8.3 OBJECTIVE 56
8.4 PROCEDURE 56
8.5 PROGRAM PHILOSOPHY 57
8.6 HAZARD RECOGNITION AND CONTROL 57
8.7 EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION 58
8.8 JOB/TASK OBSERVATION 59
9. EMPLOYEE SUGGESTIONS 62
9.1 INTRODUCTION 63
9.2 PURPOSE 63
9.3 PROCEDURE 63
9.4 EMPLOYEE SAFETY & HEALTH SUGGESTION FORM 64
10. JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS 65
10.1 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS 66
10.2 THE JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS AND THE SUPERVISOR 72
11. ELECTRICAL SAFETY 78
11.1 EXTENSION CORDS, DROP LIGHTS, PORTABLE HAND TOOLS 79
11.2 ELECTRICALLY POWERED SHOP EQUIPMENT 79
11.3 OFFICE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (WATER COOLERS) 79
11.4 GROUNDING OF ALL EQUIPMENT 79
11.5 ELECTRICAL SAFETY TOLLBOX TALKS... 80
12. ELECTRICAL LOCKOUT/TAGOUT 88
12.1 SCOPE 89
12.2 APPLICATION 89
12.3 PURPOSE 89
12.4 ENERGY CONTROL PROGRAM 90
12.5 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT 90
12.6 FULL EMPLOYEE PROTECTION 90
12.7 ENERGY CONTROL PROCEDURE 91
12.8 PROTECTIVE MATERIALS AND HARDWARE 91
12.9 PERIODIC INSPECTIONS 92
12.10 ENERGY ISOLATION 92
12.11 NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES 92
12.12 PURPOSE 93
12.13 RESPONSIBILITY 93
12.14 PREPARATION FOR LOCKOUT/TAGOUT 93
12.15 SEQUENCE OF LOCKOUT/TAGOUT SYSTEM PROCEDURE 93
12.16 RESTORING MACHINES OR EQUIPMENT TO PRODUCTION OPERATIONS 94
12.17 PROCEDURE INVOLVING MORE THAN ONE PERSON 94
12.18 BASIC RULES FOR USING LOCKOUT/TAGOUT SYSTEM PROCEDURE 94
12.19 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT SEQUENCE 94
12.20 APPLICATION OF CONTROL 95
12.21 PREPARATION FOR SHUTDOWN 95
12.22 MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN 95
12.23 MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT ISOLATION 95
12.24 LOCKOUT OR TAGOUT DEVICE 95
12.25 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT DEVICE REMOVAL 96
12.26 OUTSIDE PERSONNEL 96
12.27 SHIFT OR PERSONNEL CHANGES 96
12.28 LOCKS 97
12.29 DANGER TAGS 97
12.30 WARNING 97
12.31 EMPLOYEE TRAINING: 97
12.32 ENFORCEMENT/INSPECTION: 98
12.33 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURE 99
12.34 GLOSSARY 100
13. CRANE SAFETY 102
13.1 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 103
13.2 OPERATIONS QUALIFICATIONS 103
13.3 DAILY INSPECTIONS 103
13.4 BOOM-TYPE MOBILE CRANE 103
13.5 HYDRAULIC CRANES 104
13.6 OPERATING PRACTICES 104
13.7 GENERAL SAFETY 107
13.8 DEFENSIVE DRIVING 108
13.9 GENERAL RULES 108
13.10 HEAT STRESS 109
13.11 KILL SWITCHES 109
13.12 BACK INJURY PREVENTION 109
13.13 FALL PROTECTION 109
13.14 CONFINED SPACE 109
13.15 S.D.S. 110
13.16 LOCKOUT/BLOCKOUT/TAGOUT POLICY 110
14. MOTOR VEHICLES OPERATIONS 111
14.1 DRIVER SELECTION 112
14.2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 112
14.3 VEHICLE INSPECTION 112
14.4 VEHICLE OPERATION 112
14.5 INTRODUCTION 113
14.6 POLICY 113
14.7 PROCEDURE 113
14.8 RESPONSIBILITY 113
14.9 MONITORING 113
14.10 DRIVERS 114
14.11 PRE-OPERATION OF VEHICLES 114
14.12 INITIAL ASSIGNMENT 114
14.13 POINT SYSTEM 114
14.14 ANNUAL REVIEW 115
14.15 DEFINITIONS 115
14.16 MAJOR CONVICTIONS 115
14.17 MINOR CONVICTIONS 116
14.18 PREVENTABLE ACCIDENT 116
14.19 COMMERCIAL DRIVER 116
14.20 VEHICULAR ACCIDENT 116
14.21 SPECIAL NOTE 116
14.22 QUESTIONS TO HELP DETERMINE IF A VEHICLE ACCIDENT WAS PREVENTABLE 116
14.23 INTERSECTION ACCIDENTS 117
14.24 WE PULLED FROM PARKED POSITION 117
14.25 WE HIT THE OTHER VEHICLE IN REAR 117
14.26 WE WERE BACKING 118
14.27 WE SKIDDED 118
14.28 PEDESTRIANS 118
14.29 OTHERS HIT US WHILE WE WERE STOPPED OR PARKED 119
14.30 NOTE 119
15. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 120
15.1 GENERAL 121
15.2 MECHANICAL HOIST/LIFTS 121
15.3 JACKS 122
15.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE: 122
15.5 TIRE REPAIRS (MULTI-PIECE AND SINGLE PIECE RIM WHEELS) 122
15.6 EMPLOYEE TRAINING: 122
15.7 TIRE SERVICING EQUIPMENT 123
15.8 WHEEL COMPONENT ACCEPTABILITY 124
15.9 CONTROLLING MOVING VEHICLES/TRAFFIC 124
16. INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS 125
16.1 FORK LIFT OPERATING RULES & PROCEDURES 126
16.2 THE PLATFORM 128
16.3 THE FORKLIFT 128
16.4 THE OPERATOR 128
16.5 OPERATING RULES WHEN ELEVATING EMPLOYEES ON FORK LIFTS 128
17. HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM 129
17.1 HEARING LOSS 130
17.2 NOISE EXPOSURE 131
17.3 SELECTING HEARING PROTECTION DEVICES 131
17.4 AVAILABLE HEARING PROTECTION 132
17.5 CHOOSING PROPER HEARING PROTECTION 132
17.6 ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS OF EAR PLUGS AND EAR MUFFS 132
17.7 OSHA REQUIRED TRAINING 133
17.8 MONITORING 134
17.9 AUDIOMETRIC TESTING 135
17.10 BASELINE AUDIOGRAMS 135
17.11 ANNUAL AUDIOGRAMS 135
17.12 AUDIOGRAM EVALUATION 136
17.13 RECORDKEEPING 136
18. WELDING SAFETY PROGRAM 137
18.1 OXYGEN - FUEL GAS APPARATUS 138
18.2 SAFE HANDLING OF CYLINDERS 138
18.3 VALVE EXAMINATION AND REGULATORS 139
18.4 CONNECTIONS AND HOSES 139
18.5 COLOR CODE THE HOSES 139
18.6 ELECTRIC ARC WELDING 140
18.7 FIRE PROTECTION 141
18.8 BEFORE BEGINNING WELDING OPERATIONS 141
18.9 WELDING EQUIPMENT 142
18.1 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE GEAR 142
18.11 RESPONSIBILITY 143
18.12 HAZARDS 143
18.13 SAFE JOB PROCEDURE 144
18.14 SAFETY TIP 144
18.15 HAZARDS 145
18.16 SAFE JOB PROCEDURE 145
18.17 SAFETY TIPS 146
18.18 HAZARDS 147
18.19 SAFE JOB PROCEDURE 147
18.20 METAL INERT GAS WELDING 149
18.21 TOXIC SUBSTANCES MAY BE PRESENT WHEN WELDING 150
18.22 WELDING IN CONFINED SPACES 150
19. SAFETY MEETINGS 151
19.1 SCAFFOLDS AND HUMAN LIFE 155
19.2 MAKE-SHIFT WORK PLATFORMS 156
19.3 ELECTRICAL HAZARDS 157
19.4 OFFICE SAFETY 158
19.5 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION 159
19.6 GRINDING SAFETY 160
19.7 TIRE MOUNTING SAFETY 161
19.8 HAND TOOL SAFETY 162
19.9 POWER TOOL SAFETY TIPS 163
19.10 POWER SAWS 164
19.11 SEVERE WEATHER 165
19.12 FIRST AID 166
19.13 ARC WELDING 167
19.14 ASSURED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PROGRAM 168
19.15 EYE PROTECTION 169
19.16 SOMETHING IN YOUR EYE? DON'T RUB!! 170
19.17 EVERYONE IS A SAFETY INSPECTOR 171
19.18 WATCH YOUR STEP 172
19.19 WHY SHOULD ACCIDENTS BE INVESTIGATED? 173
19.20 HORSEPLAY 174
19.21 SPRAY PAINTING SAFETY 175
19.22 LADDER SAFETY 176
19.23 TRAGIC FORKLIFT FALL 177
19.24 JOB PROCEDURES 178
19.25 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS ON THE JOB 179
19.26 HARD HATS 180
19.27 LOADING DOCK SAFETY 181
19.28 HAND TOOL SAFETY CHECKLIST 182
19.29 CONCRETE INDUSTRIAL HEALTH HAZARDS 183
19.30 FIRST AID 184
20. DRUG AND ALCOHOL FREE WORKPLACE 185
20.1 PURPOSE 186
20.2 SCOPE 186
20.3 GENERAL PROVISIONS 186
20.4 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM 186
20.5 PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (MINIMUM) 187
20.6 PRE-EMPLOYMENT 187
20.7 REASONABLE SUSPICION 187
20.8 RANDOM TESTING 187
20.9 POST ACCIDENT TESTING 187
20.10 ABSTINENCE MONITORING 187
20.11 ALCOHOL 187
20.12 LEGAL DRUGS 187
20.13 ILLEGAL DRUGS 188
20.14 DISCIPLINARY ACTION 188
20.15 CUSTOMER OR OWNER REQUIREMENTS 188
20.16 SCOPE AND PROCESS 188
20.17 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING SEIZED PROPERTY 189
20.18 DISPOSITION OF UNCOOPERATIVE EMPLOYEES 189
20.19 CONTRACT PERSONNEL 189
20.20 EMPLOYEE'S REPORTING REQUIREMENTS - LEGAL DRUGS 189
20.21 DEFINITIONS 189
20.22 EDUCATION AND TRAINING 190
20.23 NOTIFICATION 190
20.24 PRE-EMPLOYMENT TESTING 190
20.25 UNFIT CONDITION 191
20.26 INCIDENT ON DUTY 192
20.27 REASONABLE SUSPICION TESTING 192
20.28 RANDOM TESTING 193
20.29 POST ACCIDENT TESTING 193
20.30 FEDERAL DRUG SCREEN LIMITS FOR ILLICIT DRUGS 194
20.31 CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS 195
20.32 POSITIVE TEST RESULTS OR REFUSAL TO TEST 195
20.33 THE TESTING FOR DRUGS 195
20.34 DRUG TESTING LABORATORY 196
20.35 RECORDKEEPING 196
20.36 RETENTION OF SAMPLES 197
20.37 RETESTING 197
20.38 MEDICAL REVIEW OFFICER 198
21. HAZARD COMMUNICATION & CONTROL PROGRAM 201
21.1 TITLE AND PURPOSE 202
21.2 LEGAL REFERENCES 202
21.3 SITE COORDINATOR 202
21.4 HAZARD DETERMINATION AND DISCLOSURE 202
21.5 LABELS AND OTHER FORMS OF WARNING 204
21.6 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING 204
21.7 OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS 205
21.8 STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES 205
21.9 HAZARDOUS WASTES DISPOSAL PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS 206
21.10 DISCLOSURE PROCEDURE FOR EMERGENCY RESPONDERS AND EMERGENCY 207
21.11 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL (PRODUCT) INVENTORY 208
22. SAFETY DATA SHEETS 209
22.1 MANUFACTURING IDENTIFICATION 210
22.2 HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS 210
22.3 PHYSICAL DATA 210
22.4 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD INFORMATION 210
22.5 HEALTH HAZARD DATA 211
22.6 REACTIVITY DATA 211
22.7 SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES 211
22.8 SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION 211
22.9 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS 211
23. GLOSSARY OF SAFETY DATA SHEET TERMS 212
24. HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 217
24.1 TITLE AND PURPOSE 218
24.2 LEGAL REFERENCES 218
24.3 SITE COORDINATOR 218
24.4 STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE 218
24.5 HAZARDOUS WASTES DISPOSAL PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS 219
24.6 DISCLOSURE PROCEDURE FOR EMERGENCY RESPONDERS AND EMERGENCY 220
24.7 RESPONSE PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS SPILLS 220
24.8 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL (PRODUCT) INVENTORY 221
25. EMERGENCY PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS SPILLS 222
25.1 TYPES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE HANDLED AT THIS FACILITY 225
25.2 PURPOSE OF EMERGENCY PLAN 225
25.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 225
25.4 EMERGENCY COORDINATORS 225
25.5 INSIDE RELEASE EMERGENCY ACTION 226
25.6 OUTSIDE RELEASE EMERGENCY ACTION 227
25.7 ARRANGEMENTS WITH EMERGENCY RESPONSE AGENCIES 227
25.8 SAFETY DATA SHEETS 227
25.9 DUTIES OF EMERGENCY COORDINATOR 228
26. FIRE PREVENTION 229
26.1 FIRE PROTECTION 230
26.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 230
26.3 MAINTENANCE 231
26.4 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND MATERIALS 231
26.5 SCRAP RECEPTACLE - TYPE, LOCATION AND USE 231
26.6 FIRE PREVENTION 231
26.7 TYPE 231
27. WORKPLACE VIOLENCE PREVENTION PLAN 233
27.1 IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE 234
27.2 RESPONSIBILITY 236
27.3 COMPLIANCE 236
27.4 COMMUNICATION 237
27.5 HAZARD CORRECTION 238
28. GAS CYLINDERS AND COMPRESSED GASES 239
28.1 INTRODUCTION 240
28.2 FIRE RISK 240
28.3 GUIDELINES 240
28.4 ACETYLENE 241
28.5 CYLINDERS 242
28.6 TRANSPORTING CYCLINDERS 243
28.7 INSPECTIONS 243
28.8 TRAINING PROGRAM 244
28.9 SAFETY RULES 245
29. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 248
29.1 INTRODUCTION 249
29.2 RESPONSIBILIES 249
29.3 HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND EQUIPMENT SELECTION 250
29.4 PROTECTIVE DEVICES 250
29.5 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE 252
29.6 TRAINING 252
29.7 RECORDKEEPING 253
29.8 APPENDIX A 254
30. FALL PROTECTION PLAN 259
30.1 DUTY TO HAVE FALL PROTECTION 260
30.2 FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS CRITERIA AND PRACTICES 263
30.3 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 276
31. HEAT STRESS AND RELATED DISORDERS PREVENTION PLAN 278
31.1 PURPOSE 279
31.2 OBJECTIVES 279
31.3 SUMMARY 279
31.4 POLICY 279
31.5 ACCOUNTABILITY 280
31.6 TRAINING 280
31.7 RECORDKEEPING 281
31.8 EMERGENCY ACTION TO HEAT RELATED INJURIES 281
31.9 PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING HEAT INJURED PERSONNEL 282
31.10 HEAT STRESS EFFECTS IF NO FLUID IS REPLACED 283
31.11 RISK FACTORS 284
31.12 HEAT STROKE 284
31.13 HEAT EXHAUSTION 284
31.14 PREPARING FOR THE HEAT 285
31.15 PREVENT HEAT RELATED ILLNESSES 285
31.16 DRINKING WATER 286
31.17 HEAT RELATED WORKPLACE ILLNESSES CAN BE PREVENTED 286
31.18 CLOTHING 287
31.19 TAKE ACTION 287
31.20 TIPS FOR PREVENTING HEAT RELATED ILLNESS 287
31.21 IF YOU MUST BE OUT IN THE HEAT 287
31.22 DOCUMENTATION 288
31.23 HEAT STRESS WORKPLACE EVALUATION 289
31.24 OSHA QUICK CARD – PROTECT YOURSELF HEAT STRESS 290
Evapar, Inc.
SAFETY ORGANIZATION
Evapar, Inc.
SAFETY POLICIES
AND
PROCEDURES MANUAL
SUPERVISOR'S
1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT
I acknowledge receipt of the Evapar, Inc. SAFETY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES MANUAL.
As a condition of continued employment I agree to read and study this manual in order to acquaint myself with these rules and regulations and to follow them to the best of my ability.
Signature ____________________________________________________________
Date _____________________
Please print your name above.
Evapar, Inc.
2 SAFETY & HEALTH POLICY
The purpose of this policy is to develop a high standard of safety throughout all operations of EVAPAR, Inc. While operating at the job site, some clients will have their own safety policies in place. EVAPAR, Inc. will abide by the clients safety policy, so long as it is equal to or more detailed than our own.
We believe that each employee has the right to derive personal satisfaction from his/her job and the prevention of occupational injury or illness is of such consequence to this belief that it will be given top priority at all times.
It is our intention at EVAPAR, Inc. to initiate and maintain complete accident prevention and safety training programs. We have and will continue to maintain a Safety and Health Program designed to train our employees to follow safe practices, and to recognize and correct unsafe working conditions. Each individual from top management to the working person is responsible for the safety and health of those persons in their charge and coworkers around them. By accepting mutual responsibility to operate safely, we will all contribute to the well-being of personnel.
Safety is a part of each employee's job. Active participation and adherence to the Safety Program is a condition of each employee's employment. No employee is required to work at a job that he or she knows is not safe. Therefore, we must work to make every workplace safe by detecting and correcting unsafe working conditions, as well as the detection of unsafe work practices.
It is our goal to completely eliminate accidents and injuries. Because of the many different hazards of our industry, we must maintain a constant safety awareness to achieve this goal.
_________________________________________
PRESIDENT
EVAPAR, Inc.
3 PROGRAM OBJECTIVES
The success of the EVAPAR, Inc. SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM depends on the sincere, constant, and cooperative effort of all Plan officials, management, and employees. Their active participation and support of the safety program and implementation of its procedures will make it a success.
Annual review:
The following objectives and goals have been established to gauge the success of our program, as a minimum guideline, and will be reviewed annually by the Safety Coordinator to evaluate the Plan's safety performance:
Objectives:
1. To provide a Safety and Health Program consistent with good operating practices and maintain compliance with applicable safety and health regulations.
2. To create an attitude of safety consciousness in management, supervision, and employees: We will establish a spirit of cooperation and teamwork throughout all operations regarding all health and safety matters.
In order to accomplish these objectives, our safety program will include:
1. Preplanning for safety in every portion of the operation through the active cooperation and participation of management personnel. We will draw upon their experience and expertise to anticipate and mitigate or eliminate accident-producing situations.
2. Provide mechanical and physical safeguards to the maximum extent possible in compliance with government regulations, i.e., State or Federal OSHA, Fire Codes, etc.
3. Conduct a program of safety and health inspections to discover and correct unsafe working conditions or practices; to control health hazards; and to comply fully with the safety and health standards for each job, operation, and facility.
4. Training for all employees on good safety and health practices.
5. Providing the necessary personal protective equipment and instructions for its use and care.
6. Developing and enforcing safety and health rules and requiring all employees to cooperate with these rules as a condition of employment.
7. Investigating every accident promptly to find its cause and correcting the problem in order to prevent recurrence.
Limitations:
All operations are not the same, and the policies and procedures set forth in this manual need to be tailored to the specific operations and characteristics of each operation. The successful implementation of this manual will largely depend on the enthusiasm and common sense of each supervisor and employee.
EVAPAR, Inc.
ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
1 EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
Management will oversee the administration of the safety and health program. Any member is committed to providing a safe and healthful place of employment for all employees. In addition, it is the primary goal of administrative management to comply with all applicable State, Federal, and local safety and health regulations.
Management will rely on the involvement and participation of any and all management representatives to fulfill their individual responsibilities in the administration, coordination, and implementation of the safety and health program.
It is without question that management would hope that all employees comply with the safety and health program voluntarily. Should any individual fail to comply with their responsibility for the safety and health of their workforce, they will be held accountable within the guidelines and restrictions of the disciplinary program outlined within this program.
2 SAFETY COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITY
The Safety Coordinator will advise management, as well as the supervisors and employees, of unsafe conditions and problems related to accident prevention and recommendations for safety and health. The Safety Coordinator will assist and advise management and supervision in how best to provide a safe work environment, necessary safety equipment needed on the job, safety training that may be required, or sample safety inspections in the interest of accident prevention.
The President will appoint a member of top management as the company's Safety Coordinator.
The duties of the Safety Coordinator will include, but are not limited to the following activities:
1. The development and administration of the safety and health program.
2. Development of methods and procedures for the implementation of the program.
3. Provide support and direction in the training and development of personnel.
4. Monitor the implementation of the program and develop means of accountability for the enforcement of the program.
5. The Safety Coordinator will publish and distribute the minutes of any safety meetings to appropriate management staff.
6. Monitor the supervisor's performance in the investigation of accidents and documentation.
7. Monitor corrective action necessary to prevent recurrence.
8. Assist in the preparation of safety and health bulletins, posters, and publicity as needed.
3 SUPERVISOR'S SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY
Each supervisor, and every employee with supervisory authority, has full responsibility for the safe actions of their employees under their control and the safe performance of machines and equipment within their operating area. The full potential of an effective safety program can only be realized when all levels of supervision cooperate in all phases of the program. The following is a list of responsibilities of each Supervisor:
1. Each supervisor must assume full responsibility and authority to enforce the provisions of this SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL AND PROGRAM DISCIPLINARY POLICIES.
2. Each supervisor must assume full responsibility for the safe and healthful working areas for his/her employees.
3. Each supervisor must be fully accountable for preventable injuries, and liabilities caused by his employees.
4. Each supervisor must make sure the necessary safety equipment and protective devices for each job are available, used, and maintained properly.
5. Each supervisor must take the initiative in recommending correction of deficiencies noted in work procedures, equipment, facilities, employee job training, or attitudes that adversely affects our efforts to control accidents and injuries.
6. Each supervisor must be firm in the enforcement of work policies by being impartial in taking disciplinary action, as defined in this MANUAL against those who fail to conform. and at the same time each supervisor is encouraged to be prompt with positive recognition to those who perform well.
7. Each supervisor must ensure that each employee is fully trained for the job he is assigned to do, that each employee is familiar with published procedures and work rules, and that each employee certifies in writing that he or she understands compliance is mandatory.
8. Each supervisor must ensure that each new employee receives, reads, and understands the company Health & Safety Policies. A copy of the Verification form, signed by the new employee, must be forwarded to the Safety Coordinator. A copy of the Verification form, signed by the employee, must be given to the employee.
9. Each supervisor must continually observe and evaluate job conditions and work procedures to detect and correct any unsafe conditions and/or unsafe work practices.
10. Each supervisor should periodically meet personally with each employee to review and discuss safety policies and procedures that pertain to their jobs and the operations.
11. Should an employee have a work related injury or illness, it is the responsibility of the supervisor to investigate the claim and provide the necessary "Employee Report of Injury" form to the employee when informed of the injury or illness.
12. Each supervisor must fully cooperate with the Safety Coordinator, Insurance Company Safety Personnel, and OSHA Compliance Officers in shutting down operations considered to be an imminent danger to employees, or in removing personnel from hazardous jobs when they are not wearing or using prescribed protective equipment.
13. Each supervisor must attend any management Safety Meetings when held and participate in the promotion of safety awareness.
14. Each supervisor should encourage their employees to participate in the recognition, correction, or reporting of any safety or health problems without fear of reprisal.
NOTE: In the absence of any supervisors, the president and management will administer the above responsibilities.
4 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES
All employees are required, as a condition of employment, to develop and exercise safe work habits in the course of their work to prevent injuries to themselves, their fellow workers, and conserve material resources and time.
The items listed below are part of the employee responsibilities as outlined by OSHA. However, they are only minimum guidelines. It is important that each employee assist in the safety program on a voluntary basis. Failure to do so will mean that disciplinary guidelines will be implemented.
1. Promptly report to your supervisor all accidents, near misses and injuries occurring within the course of their employment.
2. Cooperate with and assist in investigation of accidents to identify correctable cause and to prevent reoccurrence.
3. Promptly report to their supervisor all unsafe actions, practices, or conditions they observe.
4. Become familiar with and observe approved safe work procedures during the course of their work activities.
5. Keep work areas clean and orderly at all times.
6. Avoid engaging in any horseplay and avoid distracting others.
7. Obey all safety rules and follow published work instructions.
8. Wear protective equipment when working in hazardous areas or jobs, and/or as required by supervision.
9. Inspect all equipment prior to use and report any unsafe conditions to your supervisor immediately.
10. Submit any suggestions for accident prevention, without fear of reprisal, which may assist in improved working conditions or work practices to your immediate supervisor.
EVAPAR, Inc.
DISCIPLINARY POLICY
DISCIPLINARY POLICY
1 INTRODUCTION
This policy is intended to provide rules and guidelines for administering disciplinary action to employees, who violate safety rules and procedures or who, by their record or actions, indicate a disregard for safety.
Safety related disciplinary action will be administered through the Safety Coordinator.
2 PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to enhance safety awareness in all employees, and to motivate them to perform their work safely, in accordance with established safety rules, procedures, and instructions.
3 CIRCUMSTANCES LEADING TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION
Listed below are conditions that could be considered for disciplinary action under the provisions of this policy:
1. Violation of a supervisor's safety related instructions.
2. Violation of established safety rules and/or procedures.
3. Violation of instructions on posted safety related signs.
4. Obvious unsafe actions as may be indicated by the improper use of equipment, horseplay or practical joking, poor housekeeping practices, etc.
5. Lack of concern toward safety instructions and programs.
The above circumstances are not intended to be all-inclusive. Any other circumstances that indicate an employee's disregard for their own safety, the safety of others, or the neglect of proper care for equipment, may also result in disciplinary action under the provisions of this policy.
4 PROCEDURE:
1. This program is effective as of 4/2/2015 (Revised: October).
2. The twelve (12) month period is a continuous period.
3. Whenever a supervisor or other member of management observes an employee committing an unsafe act or creating or allowing a hazardous condition to exist, a Safety Violation Notice should be completed. A copy of the violation form should be retained in the employee's personnel folder, and each time a new violation form is received, the employee's file will be reviewed for previous violations. Where previous violations appear during a 12-month period, the sanctions listed below will be implemented.
4. The Safety Coordinator will investigate any violation of the safety procedures and any accident where the cause is not clear. Their recommendation as to cause, preventable or non-preventable, will be made to the management.
5. If the employee feels they have been treated unjustly, they will be allowed to appeal the decision. The appeal will be reviewed by the Safety Coordinator, and the employee's supervisor.
SAFETY VIOLATION NOTICE
|EMPLOYEE WARNING |
|EMPLOYEE |
|NAME: |
|UNION: |
|DATE OF WARNING: |
|1ST NOTICE: |
|2ND NOTICE: |
|TIME OF VIOLATION: |
|DATE: |
|LOCATION AND |
|#: |
|SAFETY VIOLATION: |
|(explain) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
5 VIOLATION CONSIDERED TO BE:
| |
|Extremely Serious_____ Serious______ Minor______ Other______ |
|COMMENTS: |
| |
| |
| |
|WITNESS: REPORTED BY: |
| |
|DATE: |
|SUPERVISOR'S COMMENTS: |
| |
| |
| |
|SUPERVISOR'S SIGNATURE: |
|DATE: |
|EMPLOYEE’S COMMENTS: |
| |
| |
|EMPLOYEE’S SIGNATURE: |
|DATE: |
6 CORRECTION
What action has or will be taken to prevent recurrence? (List then place an "X" by completed items & date.)_________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
MANAGER__________________________________________________________ DATE__________________________
SAFETY COORDINATOR______________________________________________ DATE__________________________
COPIES TO: OFFICE (ORIGINAL) - SAFETY COORDINATOR - EMPLOYEE
EVAPAR, Inc.
SAFETY ORIENTATION
1 NEW EMPLOYEE ORIENTATION
1. All new workers will receive safety orientation, no later than the first workday on the job.
2. The employee's Supervisor, or their designee will provide the orientation. The orientation will be documented on the "Orientation Checklist for New Employees" form.
3. Each person assigned to a job must sign the indoctrination form upon receiving instruction from the supervisor.
4. The responsible supervisor must also sign the forms signifying the employee was given orientation.
5. In addition to orientation material made available, each supervisor must explain the safety criteria for individual jobs.
6. A signed copy of the new employee orientation form will be maintained at the office.
2 NEW EMPLOYEE CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS
The supervisor or their designee should complete the New Employee checklist indicating they have explained the Safety policy, programs, procedures, and requirements as indicated, to the new employee prior to the employee beginning their job assignment.
The enclosed form is used as a matter of personnel policies and procedures and is part of the overall program.
By using this checklist, you ensure the new employee is properly instructed in the safety rules that apply to their job assignment.
EVAPAR, Inc.
3 EMPLOYEE SAFETY ORIENTATION GUIDELINE
Each supervisor is responsible to discuss with each new employee the following items in their entirety. Each of the following elements should be reviewed with each employee personally by either reading or general discussion, unless other means are available.
4 SAFETY POLICY
Located in the front of the Safety Manual; review with each employee.
5 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SAFETY
All employees are required, as a condition of employment and as outlined in the OSHA regulations, to develop and exercise safe work habits in the course of their work to prevent injuries to themselves and their fellow workers. It is the policy of EVAPAR, Inc. that all employees shall:
1. Immediately report to their supervisor, all accidents, near misses and injuries, no matter how slight occurring within the course of their employment.
2. Cooperate with and assist in investigation of accidents to identify correctable causes and to prevent recurrence.
3. Promptly report to their supervisor all unsafe actions, practices, or conditions they observe.
4. Become familiar with and observe approved safe work procedures during the course of their work activities.
5. Keep work areas clean and orderly at all times.
6. Avoid engaging in any horseplay and avoid distracting others.
7. Obey all safety rules and follow published work instructions.
8. Wear personal protective equipment when working in hazardous operations area, and/or as required by the supervisor.
9. Inspect all equipment prior to use and report any unsafe conditions to their immediate supervisor.
10. Submit any suggestions for accident prevention, without fear of reprisal, to their immediate supervisor, which may assist in improved working conditions or work practices.
EMPLOYEE SAFETY ORIENTATION GUIDELINE
6 USE OF EQUIPMENT
We have established special guidelines for the use of special or new equipment. Only trained and authorized employees are permitted to operate this equipment.
7 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
First Aid supplies are kept in the office. Should you have an injury, no matter how slight, report it to your supervisor immediately. With minor injuries it is important to reduce the potential of infection or more serious complications by reporting the incident immediately. First Aid can then be given to minimize any serious problem.
8 FIRST AID RESPONDERS
All employees are encouraged to become first aid trained as a benefit to themselves and their families.
9 EMPLOYEE CONDUCT
The company has established and endorsed various rules and regulations for the safety of their employees. However, sometimes it is necessary to impose sanctions or restrictions on an employee who is not following proper work procedures, safety procedures or other elements of stated policy.
Each supervisor is held accountable for their employee's proper work performance. Thus, it is the supervisor's responsibility to hold the employee accountable for their performance.
Each employee's voluntary compliance with these rules will assist in providing a safe and productive worksite. On the other hand, the rules and regulations must and will be strictly enforced.
10 ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE POLICY
The organization has established an "alcohol and non-prescription drug abuse policy" for the protection of its workforce and resources. No one is permitted on a site that may be using, selling, or handling alcohol or drugs. Employees suspected of being "under the influence" are subject to search and screening.
11 HAZARD COMMUNICATION
The use of hazardous chemicals may be a part of some jobs. On any job where it is known to have hazardous chemicals or employees are required to work with hazardous chemicals, the employees will be instructed in the "Hazard Communication Training" program. The purpose of the program is to inform and train employees how to work safely with hazardous chemicals.
12 SANITATION AND PERSONAL HYGIENE
Employees are encouraged to maintain good personal hygiene, especially after handling hazardous chemicals, hazardous wastes, and other potentially harmful material. Washing facilities are available in various areas for cleaning your hands. Personal protective equipment and gloves may reduce the exposure and must be worn when required.
13 SPECIAL CHEMICAL HAZARDS
Certain other chemicals used on the job are "extremely hazardous". Most employees will not be exposed to them during normal operations or work. However, your supervisor will provide you with special information to safely handle these chemicals should it be necessary that an employee work with the chemicals or on equipment that is exposed to them.
14 SPECIAL TRAINING
Special safety training in the use of equipment, new equipment, new procedures, new dangers or new hazards brought into the workplace and other items may be required periodically. Any employees involved in these jobs or equipment use will be required to complete this special training prior to beginning the job or working with the new equipment or hazards, introduces into the workplace.
15 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Safety Glasses: It is a company policy that all employees wear safety glasses when working with chemicals or tools.
Other types of personal protective equipment will be assigned as the job may require.
16 SPECIAL CLOTHING
When working with some chemicals on some jobs, it requires that employees wear protective clothing. This may include long sleeve shirts, wrist and arm gauntlets, and gloves. The company will normally provide these items. Your supervisor will inform you of the individual requirements for the job when the occasion arises. On most jobs, employees not wearing any shirt or wearing a T type shirt will not be allowed to work.
17 SAFETY RULES
(Read Safety Rules that apply to the job and employee. - See Procedures above).
EVAPAR, Inc.
18 SAFETY & HEALTH PROGRAM (New Employee Orientation)
1. ___ Discussed the company safety program and received copy of applicable safety rules for the job or customer rules.
2. ____Reviewed and discussed the Company Safety & Health
3. ____Procedures Manual and applicable items for employee.
a. ___ Safety & Health Policy
b. ___ "Code of Safe Practices"
c. ___ Disciplinary Policy & Enforcement Practices
d. ___ Accident Reporting Procedures
e. ___ Reporting Unsafe Conditions
f. ___ Proper Lifting Techniques
g. ___ Special Protective Equipment Requirements
4. ____Shown location of fire alarms, fire extinguishers, fire exits, and evacuation plan.
5. ____Discussed job training requirements and how assignments are made, reviewed job description and trained for this job (copy attached)
6. ____Provided safety glasses, gloves, etc. if required.
7. ____Discussed proper clothing for the job.
8. ____Given instructions regarding:
a. ___ Personal appearance;
b. ___ Proper Footwear.
I have discussed and understood all above statements and instructions.
DATE: SUPERVISOR: _____
EMPLOYEE: ______
COPIES TO: OFFICE (ORIGINAL) - SUPERVISOR - SAFETY COORDINATOR
19 CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES
The purpose of the Code of Safe Practices is to assist you in making safety a regular part of your work habits. This is a minimum guide to help identify your responsibility for safety. Your supervisor is obligated to hold you responsible for your safety by enforcing these rules and by providing you a safe place to work.
1. I will immediately report to my supervisor all accidents or near misses, and injuries, no matter how slight, that may occur on the job.
2. I will cooperate with and assist in investigation of accidents to identify the causes and to prevent recurrence.
3. I will promptly report to my supervisor all unsafe acts, practices, or conditions that I observe.
4. I will become familiar with and observe safe work procedures during the course of my work activities.
5. I will keep my work areas clean and orderly at all times.
6. I will avoid engaging in any horseplay and avoid distracting others.
7. I will obey all safety rules and follow published work instructions.
8. I will wear personal protective equipment when working in hazardous areas, and/or as required by my supervisor.
9. I will inspect all equipment prior to use and report any unsafe conditions to my immediate supervisor.
10. I will submit any suggestions for accident prevention, which may assist in improved working conditions or work practices to my immediate superior.
11. I will smoke in authorized locations only.
12. I will not bring onto the job, have in my possession or in my car, any weapons or ammunition of any kind.
13. I will not have in my possession, use, or introduce any kind of intoxicating liquor or illegal drugs on any customer's property or work area or facility, or I will accept possible discharge for these illegal actions.
14. I will not come to work under the influence of intoxicating liquor or illegal drugs, and realize that I will not be allowed to start work and may be immediately discharged for this action.
I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE ABOVE ITEMS AND REALIZE THAT FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE RULES MAY BE GROUNDS FOR DISMISSAL.
EVAPAR, Inc.
20 EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM
CODE OF SAFE PRACTICES
I (PRINT) hereby acknowledge that I have received, read, and understood the "Code of Safe Practices" for EVAPAR, Inc.
I agree to conform to all practices, safety rules, and regulations relating to safe work performance.
I understand that my failure to follow these safety procedures will result in disciplinary action up to and including discharge.
I further understand that:
1. It is my responsibility to report all unsafe conditions or violations of the Code of Safe Practices to my supervisor or other management personnel in order to minimize the potential of injury to my fellow workers.
2. I am encouraged to inform my immediate superior of any hazards on the job without fear or reprisal, and that should my assistance create any such action or related intimidation, that I am encouraged to contact the Safety Coordinator or management by phone or mail.
_____________________________________ _____________________
Signature of Employee Date
_____________________________________ _____________________
Signature of Supervisor Date
COPIES TO: OFFICE (ORIGINAL), SAFETY COORDINATOR, AND EMPLOYEE
EVAPAR, Inc.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
EVAPAR, Inc.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Provisions must be made for prompt Medical attention in case of serious injury. The location and phone number of emergency service providers will be posted in the office and provided to each supervisor to keep in their vehicles.
1 PURPOSE
To establish a system for the planning and implementation of emergency procedures.
2 OBJECTIVES
To provide for the recognition, evaluation, and proper response in the event of an emergency situation.
To provide minimum guidelines for employee involvement in emergency preparedness.
3 PROCEDURE
Planning for Emergencies:
The company, under the direction of the Safety Coordinator, will establish an emergency plan. The supervisor and Safety Coordinator will be in charge of:
1. Supervising the development of plans and coordinating the planning with appropriate authorities.
2. Setting up cooperative emergency plans and arrangements with the customer's plans, if any.
3. Consulting with local police and fire department as applicable.
4. Putting the basic procedures in written form.
5. Keeping the plans simple and up-to-date.
6. Arranging for special training of employees as needed.
7. Instructing personnel in the company, in their responsibilities in case of fire or any emergency.
4 GENERAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURE GUIDELINES
The safety coordinator will follow the Emergency Procedure guidelines listed below, at minimum, when completing the procedures for the company. The following procedures, when appropriate, can be established for any job as may be applicable or amended as necessary to meet their needs.
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN
5 NOTIFICATION
The person first encountering the emergency condition should notify the telephone operator and give the LOCATION and DESCRIPTION of the emergency. (See the "Site Emergency Phone List”) Upon verification of the need to evacuate the facility, the evacuation alarm will be sounded.
6 FIRE EMERGENCY, EXPLOSION, OR CHEMICAL SPILL
If a fire is discovered or an explosion occurs, the supervisor must:
1. Remove their people from the immediate area of the fire and evacuate to the pre-designated safe area.
2. Notify the telephone operator to sound the alarm (or call 911 as instructed), stating the location of the fire and what is burning or the actual emergency. Then notify the Emergency Coordinator.
3. Make a head count of employees at the assigned assembly area to ensure that they are all there.
4. Return to the fire and attempt to extinguish it only if you have been trained to do so.
5. Assign an employee to meet and direct the fire department to the location of the fire.
6. Notify the Safety Coordinator and office immediately of any fire that involved personnel, equipment, or liability.
If a chemical spill occurs, in addition to the above steps make every effort to contain the spill to as small an area as possible without further endangerment to human health or the environment.
7 EARTHQUAKE
EMPLOYEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES
1. During the earthquake:
a. Get at least 15 feet away from windows.
b. Find shelter under a sturdy structure.
c. Stay away from freestanding objects.
d. Do not panic or attempt to evacuate.
2. After the earthquake:
a. Stay put until the supervisor tells you to return to your work area or evacuate to the pre-designated assembly area until the "all clear" is given. An initial shock usually lasts less than a minute, but other jolts may come soon after.
b. Above all, do not panic. Depending on the severity of the earthquake, the lights may fail or fire may break out. Expect the unexpected.
c. If the earthquake results in fire or injuries, follow the appropriate procedure for the specific problem.
8 SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Inspect the site for any possible hazardous conditions, i.e., fires, electrical shorts, plumbing leaks, structural damage, etc.
2. Determine casualties, provide any assistance possible, and review with the Safety Coordinator information and status to make notifications to the emergency services as needed.
3. Notify the office, of your situation and status.
4. DO NOT ATTEMPT AN EVACUATION OF THE AREA UNLESS ORDERED BY THE LOCAL FIRE OR POLICE DEPARTMENT.
9 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Whenever there is an imminent or actual emergency at the corporate offices, the Emergency Coordinator or one of the alternates shall immediately:
1. Notify all personnel and evacuate the buildings.
2. Notify the Fire Department if their help might be needed.
3. Make every reasonable effort to contain the fire or chemical spill to as small an area as possible, and keep incompatible chemicals separated without further endangerment to human health or the environment.
4. Identify what caused the emergency (which chemical or fire), exact source, and amount of released material.
5. Assess all possible hazards to human health or the environment, considering direct and indirect effects of the release, fire or explosion, such as toxic or irritating gases, water runoff from chemical agents used to control the emergency, etc.
10 EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY PLAN
If the emergency situation could threaten human health or the environment, and assessment indicates evacuation of the local areas is advisable, contact the FIRE DEPARTMENT @ 911 immediately and assist them however possible.
1. When the emergency situation is under control, cleanup or neutralization can begin using appropriate tools, safety equipment, and outside services as necessary, depending on the type of emergency. All hazardous materials must be cleaned up, stored properly or hauled to an appropriate dump site for disposal.
2. Before normal operations begin again, all tools, emergency equipment and devices listed on the Emergency Equipment List must be operational and ready for use.
3. Within 15 days after an emergency that requires implementing the contingency plan, a written report must be completed and will be kept for our files. The report must contain the following:
a. Owner's Name, address, and telephone number;
b. Company name, address, and telephone number;
c. Date, time, and type of emergency;
d. Name and quantity of materials involved;
e. Extent of injuries, if any;
f. Assessment of actual or potential hazards to human health or the environment, if applicable; and
g. Estimated quantity and disposition of waste resulting from the emergency situation.
| |
|EMERGENCY COORDINATORS |
|PRIMARY COORDINATOR |
| | |
|NAME | |
| | |
|WORK# | |
| | |
|HOME# | |
| |
|FIRST ALTERNATE |
| | |
|NAME | |
| | |
|WORK# | |
| | |
|HOME# | |
| |
|SECOND ALTERNATE |
| | |
|NAME | |
| | |
|WORK# | |
| | |
|HOME# | |
| |
|THIRD ALTERNATE |
| | |
|NAME | |
| | |
|WORK# | |
| | |
|HOME# | |
One of the Emergency Coordinators will be available at all times. The Primary Coordinator is to notify one of the alternates if he will be out of town, on vacation, etc.
11 LIST OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
|ITEM |QUANTITY |LOCATION |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
FIRE PREVENTION AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
12 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS
There are three (3) elements necessary for a fire:
1. Fuel - Combustible material, i.e., wall coverings, paper products, furniture, etc. Flammable liquids, i.e., paints, thinners, lacquers, gasoline, and others.
2. Heat - Sufficient to raise the material to its ignition temperature. Primary causes can be cigarette smoking, electrical fires, grease fires, and fires caused by explosions.
3. Oxygen to sustain combustion. Oxygen is the one element that could be controlled by closing doors and isolating the fire as much as possible.
13 FIRE AND EXPLOSION PREVENTION
Each supervisor will be responsible for the following fire prevention activities:
1. Make routine inspections of fire prevention and protection systems regularly and keep in good operating condition.
2. Review evacuation routes, as applicable with employees on a regular basis for each work area. Follow the designated routes and know the pre-designated safe areas previously established.
3. Train key employees, if necessary, in the use of fire protection equipment (extinguishers, hose, etc.).
4. Be familiar with known hazards that may affect your operations inside and outside any building.
5. Coordinate with the public fire department on pre-fire plans, training and evacuation procedures, as they may apply.
14 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS & EQUIPMENT
General Requirements
1. Portable fire extinguishers must be maintained in a fully charged and operable condition and kept in their designated places at all times when they are not being used.
2. Extinguishers must be conspicuously located where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use.
3. The selection of fire extinguishers for a given situation will depend upon the characteristics of a potential fire, the construction and occupancy of the individual property, the vehicle or hazard to be protected, ambient-temperature conditions, and other factors.
4. The number of extinguishers required must be determined by reference to the layout criteria included in this manual.
5. Only UL or FM approved fire extinguishers are permitted.
6. Only employees who have been trained in their proper use are permitted to use fire extinguishers.
Maintenance
1. At regular intervals, not less than annually, or when specifically indicated by an inspection, extinguishers must be thoroughly examined, recharged and/or repaired to ensure operability and safety, or replaced as needed.
2. Extinguishers removed from their locations to be recharged must be replaced by spare extinguishers during the period they are gone.
3. Each extinguisher must have a durable tag securely attached to show the maintenance or recharge date and the initial or signature of the person who performs this service.
15 SPECIFIC HAZARDS
Smoking
Smoking is permitted in designated areas only. Don't use ashtrays as waste paper receptacles, or don't use waste paper receptacles as ashtrays.
Electrical
Electrical system failures and the misuse of electrical equipment are leading causes of workplace fires. Fires can result from loose ground connections, wiring with frayed insulation, or overloaded fuses, circuits, motors, or outlets.
To prevent electrical fires, employees shall:
1. Make sure that worn wires are replaced.
2. Use only appropriately rated fuses.
3. Never use extension cords as substitutes for wiring improvements.
4. Use only approved extension cords [i.e., those with the Underwriters Laboratory (UL) or Factory Mutual (FM) label].
5. Check wiring in hazardous locations where the risk of fire is especially high.
6. Check electrical equipment to ensure that it is either properly grounded or double insulated.
7. Ensure adequate spacing while performing maintenance.
Portable Heaters
All portable heaters shall be approved. Portable electric heaters shall have tip-over protection that automatically shuts off the unit when it is tipped over. There shall be adequate clearance between the heater and combustible furnishings or other materials at all times.
Housekeeping
1. Always store materials in a safe manner.
2. Tie down or support materials if necessary to prevent falling, rolling, or shifting.
3. Trash piles must be removed as soon as possible. Trash is a safety and fire hazard.
4. Immediately remove all loose materials from stairs, walkways, ramps, platforms, etc.
5. Do not block aisles, traffic lanes, fire exits, gangways, or stairs.
Other general safe work practices
1. Avoid shortcuts – use ramps, stairs, walkways, ladders, etc.
2. Do not remove, deface or destroy any warning, danger sign, or barricade, or interfere with any form of accident prevention device or practice provided for your use or that is being used by other workers.
3. Get help with heavy or bulky materials to avoid injury to yourself or damage to material.
4. Do not use tools with split, broken, or loose handles, or burred or mushroomed heads. Keep cutting tools sharp and carry all tools in a container.
5. Know the correct use of hand and power tools.
6. Use the right tool for the job.
EVAPAR, Inc.
ACCIDENT/LOSS REPORTING PROCEDURES
EVAPAR, Inc.
ACCIDENT/LOSS REPORTING PROGRAM
1 PURPOSE
To establish a standard system for the notification and reporting of accidents involving occupational injury or illness, property damage of public or private property.
2 OBJECTIVES
1. To obtain the information necessary for the local, state and federal agencies and the insurance carriers.
2. To inform management of accidents resulting in serious employee injury or illness and property damage.
3 PROCEDURE
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Timely reporting, within 8 hours, of any accident or loss is mandatory. The supervisor must thoroughly investigate the cause of each accident or loss occurring within their area of operation and record their findings and recommendations on the appropriate reporting form. The office copy should be critically reviewed and signed by the Safety Coordinator, where applicable. A copy may be retained in the supervisor's file for their record.
REPORTING EMPLOYEE INJURIES
1. Regardless of the degree of injury, the employee must report to his supervisor or in writing on the State "Employee's Claim For Worker's Compensation Benefits" (DWC - 1) that he was injured. THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN 24 HOURS AS REQUIRED BY YOUR STATE OF OPERATION.
First aid/medical treatment will be provided or arranged for by the supervisor. If necessary, the injured employee will be taken to the designated medical facility as applicable.
2. The supervisor must complete the form "ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT" within 24 hours. Once the supervisor is told by the employee or is aware of the work-related injury, IT MUST BE REPORTED TO THE OFFICE WITHIN 24 HOURS EVEN IF THEY THINK THE INJURY:
a. Is minor;
b. Or might have been caused by unsafe actions such as inattention;
c. Or negligence;
d. Or aggravated an old injury;
e. Or is not work-related.
If the supervisor thinks any of the four previous items are applicable, it should be stated on the "report" forms. AT NO TIME SHOULD A SUPERVISOR WITHHOLD OR HINDER THE FILING OF AN EMPLOYEE INJURY REPORT TO THE OFFICE.
3. A SUPERVISOR MUST NOT ALLOW AN EMPLOYEE TO RETURN TO WORK AFTER AN OCCUPATIONAL INJURY OR OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS UNLESS THEY RECEIVE A SIGNED AUTHORIZATION TO RETURN TO WORK FROM THE TREATING PHYSICIAN. IF THE INJURED EMPLOYEE HAS BEEN OFF WORK MORE THAN 30 CALENDAR DAYS AND IS IN A NON-SEDENTARY POSITION, HE/SHE COULD BE REQUIRED TO TAKE A SPECIAL PHYSICAL EXAM.
Upon their return to work, we will make every attempt to put employees to work within the limitations specified by the treating physician.
4. BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEXITY OF WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAWS, RULES, AND PROCEDURES, THE SUPERVISOR SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. REFER THE INJURED EMPLOYEE TO THE OFFICE.
4 SERIOUS EMERGENCY REPORTING
Serious emergencies are accidents that are life threatening or require more than routine first aid. If it is necessary to call for emergency medical service and transportation outside of the facility, by dialing the number 911, tell them you have a serious accident. Describe the nature of the accident, i.e. burn, fall, electrical shock, cut, etc.
Tell them the accident location. Give them directions to the accident site, especially the specific location. If the location is difficult to find, send an employee to meet and direct emergency vehicles.
Insist on an immediate response. Note the time you called and with whom you talked. Make sure transportation for the injured to a doctor or a hospital is immediately dispatched. Give the doctor and/or hospital notice that the injured is in transit to them.
Attend to the injured. Make sure that there is no chance of further injury to the injured employee or anyone else. Provide immediate first aid as necessary until the emergency personnel arrive.
Clear and secure the area so that emergency treatment can be administered to the employee and there is clear access to the accident site for emergency vehicles and personnel.
After the injured has been removed from the area, rope off the area and do not allow access to anyone until completion of all investigations, and authorization to proceed by the Safety Coordinator.
Report to the office any sudden severe illness or injury occurring to employees during regular hours requiring EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT (such as possible heart attacks, strokes, seizures, fainting, serious injuries, etc.). These must be reported to the Safety Coordinator and Personnel Department by telephone as soon as possible. They should then contact the family of the injured employee.
OSHA NOTIFICATION. Serious injuries must also be reported to OSHA within 8 hours in most states. Serious injury is defined as "any injury or illness which requires inpatient hospitalization for a period in excess of 24 hours for other than medical observation or in which an employee suffers loss of any member of the body or any serious degree of permanent disfigurement".
5 HANDLING NON-SERIOUS ACCIDENTS
Provide first aid for the injured employee. First aid supplies are available in the kits provided in the office.
Arrange for the employee to be seen by a doctor if there is any question that the first aid treatment may not be adequate. If the employee receives medical treatment he may not return to work unless he has a release from the doctor or treatment center.
All non-serious accidents and injuries are warning signs that a serious accident may occur. Report all non-serious accidents (see ACCIDENT REPORTING SECTION) as soon as possible to the Safety Coordinator and the Office, but don't delay in taking corrective action at the site.
6 FIRST AID TREATMENT
The first priority in the treatment of an injured employee is to obtain proper medical attention. In an extreme emergency, immediate first aid may be necessary.
Normally we send our employees to a medical facility where first aid treatment is readily available. In the event that there may be a delay in getting to a medical facility or that there is not one reasonably accessible to provide treatment to the injured, a person with a valid certificate in FIRST AID training must be available at the site.
Each shift must have at least one supervisor on site at all times who is trained in First Aid. First Aid Training should be American Red Cross or American Heart Association, or their equivalent. Employees are encouraged to be CPR trained also.
7 PROPERTY/EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
When property or equipment, including vehicles, is damaged or stolen, it must be reported on the proper report form provided by our insurance company. A formal investigation should follow within 24 hours. The "ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT" should be used and filled out immediately.
8 VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORTING
1. When an employee is involved in a collision while operating a company or personal vehicle during business hours, he/she must call the police to the scene for investigation. Supervision must not interfere with police investigation.
2. The supervisor of the employee must also investigate the collision and complete the appropriate "ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT" within 24 hours.
3. Employees, supervisors and Safety Coordinator must follow the Vehicle Policy.
9 CITIZEN/PUBLIC ACCIDENTS (NON-AUTO)
Public accidents must be reported on blue "General Liability Accident Report" (long form) and forwarded to the Safety Coordinator within 24 hours of the time the incident occurred. The "Accident Investigation Report" form should also be completed within 24 hours. However, when there is a serious injury, it must be reported by telephone immediately to the Office and followed by the reports listed above.
10 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
This report is to be used for the reporting or investigation of serious employee accidents/injuries, accidents involving property damage, or vehicle accidents, and any others.
11 EMPLOYEE'S CLAIM FOR WORKER’S COMPENSATION BENEFITS (Form DWC-1).
It is imperative that any employee who has an injury, no matter how slight, be given this form by the Supervisor to fill out and return. Should we fail to provide the form, Worker's Compensation benefits will be increased and will be subject to reprimand.
This form and its use became effective January 1, 1990. Under the Margolin - Bill Greene Act of 1989, one of the requirements is that every employer provides an injured employee the claim form within 24 hours, whether requested or not and no matter how slight - even first aid cases, the employer is required to furnish the employee the form.
12 RECORDKEEPING
All accidents or injuries of any type must be recorded, logged, and filed in their respective office and personnel folders as may be applicable.
13 EMPLOYEE INJURIES
1. OSHA LOG OF RECORDABLE INJURIES
When an injury occurs which is more than a first aid injury (See definition below), this would be classified as a "recordable injury" by OSHA definition. This log of injuries will be maintained by the Office on the OSHA log (see OSHA Record-keeping Guidelines).
(NOTE: A "FIRST AID" injury is one which only minor injuries occur and which can normally be handled by a trained first aid person. This also includes initial treatment and a onetime follow-up visit even if treated by a physician. However, once prescription medication is provided or stitches are required, the injury is then required to be classified as a "recordable injury" per OSHA.)
2. FIRST REPORT OF INJURY
A copy of the State "First Report of Injury" form must be attached to the Supervisor's "Accident Investigation Report" for all accidents entered on the OSHA log by the office and must be retained for at least 5 years.
14 VEHICLE, PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND PUBLIC LIABILITY ACCIDENT REPORTS
All other accidents and injuries reported to the office will be kept in separate accident files in order to maintain and monitor the accident history for each type category; I.E. vehicle accidents, customer property damage, and public liability. The files will identify the persons involved, i.e., driver, etc., site/location, supervisor, a short description of the accident, injury, time, date, and estimated cost.
EVAPAR, Inc.
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
EVAPAR, Inc.
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
1 ALL ACCIDENTS MUST BE INVESTIGATED BY THE SUPERVISOR OR SAFETY COORDINATOR
A supervisor's Accident Investigation Report form must be filled out, signed by the supervisor, and then sent to the Safety Coordinator for each and every accident.
The main purpose of the investigation is not to determine who was at fault, but to understand what occurred and how to prevent it from happening again.
A sample copy of the Supervisor's Accident Investigation Report has been included in this manual. Additional copies are available from the Safety Coordinator or the office.
2 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE
PURPOSE
The purpose of accident investigation is to identify those unsafe conditions and acts which contribute to injuries in order that solutions for accident prevention may be proposed.
Accident investigation is an invaluable tool in controlling losses. Each accident must be considered a total loss unless its true cause is objectively determined and all contributing deficiencies are corrected. Thorough investigation, reporting, recording and corrective follow-up of each incident/accident can be time consuming. However, putting forth the necessary time and effort to prevent the recurrence of each accident is an invaluable investment that will pay compounded benefits to employees and management as the number of accidents decreases.
3 EMPLOYEE ACCIDENTS
All accidents regardless of whether or not they result in injury should be thoroughly investigated by the employee's immediate Supervisor and reported to the Office within 24 hours. This should include "near miss" accidents. The investigation should be extensive enough to allow the Supervisor to suggest practical corrective action.
A written report should be made which includes:
1. Injured employee's statement concerning the accident.
2. Statements from other witnesses.
3. Complete description of the accident including the type of work in which the employee was involved.
4. Evaluation of unsafe conditions and acts.
5. Recommendations for action to prevent similar accidents.
4 DEFINITIONS
1. Industrial Injury:
An injury arising out of and during the course of employment.
2. Occupational Illness:
A disease caused by specific hazardous conditions or materials when there is a direct relationship between the conditions under which the work is performed and the occupational disease.
PROCEDURES FOR INVESTIGATING AN ACCIDENT/LOSS
5 CHECK THE SCENE
1. Begin where the accident occurred. The first step is to carefully examine where the injury occurred.
2. Reconstruct as much as possible the chain of events leading up to the injury, and attempt to determine the single event that caused the injury. Have the employee tell you what happened. If necessary, have him/her show you up to the point where the injury occurred. DO NOT let them do the part of the incident that resulted in the injury.
3. Draw a diagram of the location if it will be helpful in arriving at a conclusion.
4. Sketch in machinery, equipment and any other nearby physical objects, together with the places where witnesses were standing.
6 WRITE IT DOWN
1. Make notes on all facts that may relate to the cause of the injury. As an example: employee had complained of dizziness or employee had not used proper equipment, etc.
2. Write down any procedure used, i.e. unsafe act, or unsafe procedure, etc.
3. Write down any unsafe conditions in the work area, i.e. defective tools or faulty equipment noted.
4. Write down other items such as: the time of your investigation, the lighting conditions, the weather conditions, if pertinent a description of supplementary evidence, and conversations having a bearing on the case.
7 COLLECT THE EVIDENCE
If an injury or near miss occurs when machine parts or structures fail, it is essential to determine what failed and why. This can frequently be done without laboratory analysis and corrective action can be initiated without great expense. If, however, a detailed study is determined to be essential, then all components must be collected and submitted for study immediately if cost of analysis is economically feasible.
8 INTERVIEW WITNESS
It is important to interview witnesses at the scene or as soon thereafter as possible. Make brief notes and identify who gave the information.
9 INTERVIEW THE VICTIM
1. Timing is important. If the injury is minor, the interview should be made as soon as the investigation of the scene and a review of the medical report are complete.
2. If the injury is serious, selecting the right time is a judgment factor. Too soon afterward and the victim may be confused and inaccurate; waiting too long may cause them to be cautious and evasive. Let the employee tell the story as they wish without actual interrogation, but a complete picture should be encouraged. The interview must be complete, and it may be necessary to question the employee or witnesses several times in order to verify information and stories.
10 WEIGH THE EVIDENCE
1. It is essential to eliminate any inconsistencies in the testimony of the injured or witnesses even if further questioning is required.
2. When assembled, all facts should be reviewed for completeness before submission on the "Accident Investigation Report" Form to the Office.
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
|EMPLOYEE INJURY OR ILLNESS |DATE |FLEET OR PROPERTY DAMAGE |
|NAME |PROPERTY DAMAGED |
|OCCUPATION |PART OF BODY |ESTIMATED COST |ACTUAL COST |
|NATURE OF INJURY OR ILLNESS |NATURE OF DAMAGE |VEHICLE SPEED |
|OBJECT/ EQUIPMENT/ ELEMENT INFLICTING INJURY OR ILLNESS |OBJECT/ EQUIPMENT INFLICTING DAMAGE |REGISTRATION NO. |
|PERSON WITH MOST CONTROL OF OBJECT/ EQUIPMENT/ ETC. |PERSON WITH MOST CONTROL - INFLICTING DAMAGE |
|JOB OR ACTIVITY AT TIME OF ACCIDENT |DEPARTMENT |
|EXACT LOCATION |DATE OF OCCUR. |TIME AM/PM |DATE REPORTED |
|DESCRIBE CLEARLY HOW THE ACCIDENT OCCURRED (WHAT HAPPENED?) FOR ALL MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENTS, DRAW A DIAGRAM ON THE OTHER SIDE |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|THE CAUSE OF THE ACCIDENT: WHAT ACTS, FAILURE TO ACT, AND / OR CONDITIONS CONTRIBUTED MOST DIRECTLY TO THIS ACCIDENT? DESCRIBE UNSAFE ACTS AND/OR UNSAFE |
|CONDITIONS |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|EXPLAIN SPECIFICALLY WHY THESE ACTS AND/OR CONDITIONS EXISTED? |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|LOSS SEVERITY POTENTIAL |PROBABLE RECURRENCE RATE |
| MINOR SERIOUS MINOR | FREQUENT OCCASIONAL RARE |
|WHAT ACTION HAS OR WILL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT RECURRENCE? (LIST ITEMS, THEN PLACE AND "X" BY ITEMS COMPLETED AND DATE) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|SUPERVISOR OF INJURED PERSON |DATE |REVIEWED BY MANAGER |DATE |
Employee Accident Report
|EMPLOYEE INFORMATION |ACCIDENT INFORMATION |
|NAME | |DATE | |
|AGE | |TIME | |
|SS # | |LOCATION | |
|POSITION | |WITNESS | |
| |
|DESCRIBE WHAT HAPPENED IN DETAIL INCLUDING TIMES AND LOCATIONS |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|DESCRIBE ALL INJURIES IN DETAIL INCLUDING ANY PART OF THE BODY EFFECTED |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|NAME AND ADDRESS OF PHYSICIAN |I F APPLICABLE, NAME & ADDRESS OF HOSPITAL |
| | |
| | |
|COMMENTS FROM WITNESSES |OTHER COMMENTS |
| | |
| | |
| |
|WORK STATUS |
|Did the employee return to work |YES |NO |
|If no, when was the day and time at work | |
| |
|EMPLOYEE |
|SIGNATURE | |DATE | |
| |
|SUPERVISOR |
|SIGNATURE | |DATE | |
EVAPAR, Inc.
SAFETY INSPECTIONS/HAZARD CORRECTION PROCEDURES
EVAPAR, Inc.
1 INSPECTIONS & HAZARD CORRECTION
Employee injuries and liability claims resulting from the unsafe actions by an employee or because of an unsafe condition constitutes a significant financial drain upon capital. While some conditions are beyond our control, we must use our best efforts toward eliminating the causes.
It is the responsibility of every employee to assist in the identification of hazardous conditions, or unsafe actions of employees, in order to prevent losses and injury. These are also key responsibilities on the part of every supervisor in conducting their everyday duties.
The following procedure outlines the role of all employees for hazard recognition:
2 PURPOSE
To establish a plan for the systematic recognition and control of work place hazards (unsafe acts and conditions) through periodic safety surveys.
3 OBJECTIVE
1. Eliminate or control unsafe acts and conditions before they result in accidents or exposures that may produce injury and/or damage.
2. Stimulate regular employee hazard detection and control activity.
3. Provide a mechanism for employees to formally report hazards and to make safety recommendations.
4 PROCEDURE
DEFINITIONS
1. Hazard - An unsafe act or unsafe condition that may cause an exposure, accident or injury.
2. Unsafe act - Means not following proper work procedures or the violation of the safety rules. It is what the employee did or failed to do that has or could have resulted in an exposure or accident (There are various factors which influence the employee to act in an unsafe way including mental, emotional, physical, and attitudinal problems).
3. Unsafe condition - Any hazardous physical condition that is unguarded or uncontrolled is an "unsafe condition". It is any part of employee’s physical surroundings that has or could have resulted in an accident or exposure (factors such as the deterioration of equipment, poor design of equipment, inadequate maintenance; even the unsafe actions of employees are the source of unsafe conditions).
5 PROGRAM PHILOSOPHY
It is the responsibility of "all" employees to identify any hazardous condition on the job. However, it is each supervisor's responsibility to make a planned systematic daily survey of his area for hazard detection and control.
Thoughtful preparation for hazard detection produces a greater likelihood of identifying critical (high-risk) hazards. It is generally the more obscure high-risk hazard that produces the severe injuries and illnesses. The supervisor of the employee performing the work is in the best position to detect and control high risk, unsafe acts.
6 HAZARD RECOGNITION AND CONTROL
1. Minimum Action Standard - At least monthly, the actions listed below should be incorporated into each supervisor's work activities. It is their responsibility to monitor the job for unsafe acts or unsafe conditions by implementing the following actions:
a. Conduct observations of employees performing job/task, record any unsafe acts and take the required hazard control action.
b. Make a survey of work areas, machines, equipment, or other elements to identify any unsafe condition and take any required hazard control action.
c. Record and act on any unsafe acts or unsafe conditions brought to their attention by others.
2. Corrective Action - When any unsafe act or unsafe condition is observed, it requires that the supervisor take one or more of the following actions within 24 hours after identifying and recording a hazard:
a. Eliminate or control the detected hazard. Always take IMMEDIATE TEMPORARY CONTROL (ITC) action. For those hazards that cannot be immediately controlled or eliminated, the action necessary for correction should be documented with a date established for completion.
Complete the form "REQUEST FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION" for follow-up, for those hazards that cannot be controlled within 24 hours.
A copy of this report is to be sent to the Safety Coordinator who will maintain a log of incomplete items, which will be reviewed monthly. Any item that has not been corrected will be identified in the review of inspection items at that time.
Imminent Danger: Should an imminent danger be associated with any job, the hazard must be immediately corrected before work continues or the job shut down and all personnel removed from the area until corrected. If it is necessary for personnel to enter the area of "imminent danger" to correct the hazard, then only the minimum number of personnel necessary are permitted to re-enter the area using extreme caution and with the necessary safeguards, protective equipment, and provisions that will minimize their exposure to the hazard.
b. Schedule for correction those hazards, which may require more than 24 hours for control and provide protection against the hazards until they are corrected.
c. Pass to higher supervision all hazards, which may require assistance due to limitations of responsibility or authority. The supervisor will retain the responsibility for follow-up and corrective action until the hazard is corrected.
The form, "REQUEST FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION", should be used for this purpose.
3. SAFETY INSPECTION FORM
a. The "SAFETY INSPECTION FORM" is to be used on a monthly basis to record all job/task observations, and hazard detection and control activity.
The form will be sent to the office. The Safety Coordinator will maintain the Inspection Forms and monitor completion of the items.
b. The reports will remain on file for five (5) years for audit and reference purposes.
c. Job/task observation and unsafe act recording: The name of employee(s) should be recorded for necessary follow-up.
7 EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION
1. Each supervisor should encourage employees to bring hazards to their attention without fear of reprisals. When an employee advises the supervisor of a hazard, the supervisor should immediately record the hazard and note the employee's name on the SAFETY INSPECTION FORM. The supervisor should discuss the employee's views on the significance or urgency of the hazard in question to avoid any possible misconceptions concerning control timing. After the supervisor has evaluated and/or controlled the hazard, he should personally advise the employee of what action was taken.
2. In the event the supervisor and the employee differ regarding the existence of a hazard and, in the supervisor's best judgment, no action is necessary, the following steps should be taken:
a. Avoid any rejecting comments during the initial contact.
b. Provide impersonal, objective reasons for the rejection after review.
c. If the employee persists, review the question with the Safety Coordinator for final disposition.
8 JOB/TASK OBSERVATION
Job/task observation simply involves determining whether employees are performing their work (duties) safely. The intent is to conduct a planned observation, i.e. to observe the employee(s) at work; what job/task are being done and when, etc. for unsafe practices rather than mere casual looking. Among other benefits, the technique is excellent for identifying whether employees are following the general safety rules or the job safety procedures.
TARGETS OF OBSERVATION
|TYPES OF EMPLOYEES |OBSERVATION PROCESS |
|Inexperienced employee |Prepare |
|Accident repeater |Conduct observation |
|Chronic unsafe behavior |Mental notes |
|Poor performer |Contact employee |
|Troubled employee |Record results |
|Unusual/infrequent jobs |Follow-up |
| | |
|WHAT TO OBSERVE FOR |MODIFYING UNSAFE BEHAVIOR |
|Positions of employees | 1. Re-instruction |
|Actions of employees | 2. Education/training |
|Tools/Equipment | 3. Reasoning/persuasion |
|Protective equipment | 4. Counseling |
|Work methods/procedures | 5. Warning/reprimand |
|Orderliness | 6. Discipline |
SAFETY INSPECTION FORM
|Job Site: _________________________ |Inspected By: _________________________ |
|Supervisor: ______________________ |Date: _________________________ |
|Y |N |N/A |General Safety |
| | | |Workplace is clean and orderly. |
| | | |Floors are clear and aisles, hallways, and exits are unobstructed. |
| | | |Floor surfaces are kept dry and free of slip hazards. |
| | | |Stairways, sidewalks, and ramps are free of defects. |
| | | |Illumination is adequate in all common areas and workstations. |
| | | |Emergency evacuation plans are posted at every stairway and inside all public entrances. |
| | | |All containers, Including non-hazardous chemicals, are labeled with the full chemical or trade name. |
| | | |Stored materials are secure and limited in height to prevent collapse. |
| | | |36” clearance maintained for electrical panels. |
| | | |Electrical plugs and cords are in good condition with proper grounding. |
| | | |Extension cords and power strips are not daisy chained and no permanent extension cords in use. |
| | | |Portable electric heaters have at least 3 feet of clearance from combustible materials. |
| | | |Equipment and machines are clean and working properly. |
| | | |Adequate ventilation is provided to machines for preventing buildup of heat or gas emissions. |
| | | |Emergency stop switches on machines are identified and in working order. |
| | | |Mechanical safeguards are in place and in proper working order. |
|Y |N |N/A |Fire Safety |
| | | |Emergency exit signs are lit properly. |
| | | |Fire alarms and fire extinguishers are visible and accessible. |
| | | |Fire doors are kept closed unless equipped with automatic closing device. |
| | | |18” vertical clearance is maintained below sprinkler heads. |
| | | |Fire Extinguishers are serviced annually. |
| | | |Corridors and stairways are kept free of obstruction and not used for storage. |
|Y |N |N/A |Training |
| | | |Required training and documentation for personnel current. (BBP, Hazwoper, Compressed Gases, LOTO, etc.) |
| | | |Personnel know how to report unsafe conditions, emergencies, or accidents. |
Note corrective actions taken for any “No” responses. Retain all documentation regarding inspections for a minimum of three years.
Comments and Additional Findings:
|Your concerns for safety and suggestions as how to improve our safety program are important to Attest Inspection, LLC. Use this form to submit either safety |
|improvement input and/or a BBS safety observation. Your name is optional and the name of the person being observed is not to be used... This information |
|will be used to continually improve our safety system and conditions. |
|Improvement Input |
|( Observation |( Unsafe Act |( Unsafe Condition |( Recognition |( Environmental |
|Employee/Observer Input : |
| |
| |
| |
|Employee’s Action Taken or Recommendation: |
| |
| |
|Supervisor or Management Action Taken: |
| |
| |
|Safety Observation S=Safe C=Concern Critical Factors |
|PPE / Procedures / Methods |Body Position / Mechanics |Slips / Trips |Equipment / Work Environment |
|S |
| |
| |
| |
|Location: Observer Name: Date: |
|Promptly after observation give this form to your supervisor who will review it and who must then forward it to the Safety Coordinator for action. |
Behavioral Based Inspection Form
EVAPAR, Inc.
EMPLOYEE SUGGESTIONS
EVAPAR, Inc.
EMPLOYEE SAFETY & HEALTH SUGGESTIONS
1 INTRODUCTION
On occasion, employees may not notify anyone of impending danger or hazards on the job. This may be due to a fear of reprisal, fear of rejection, lack of encouragement by their supervisor, or many other reasons.
An informal, and when desired, anonymous method will provide another means for a bashful employee to inform us of important safety information.
2 PURPOSE
1. The "EMPLOYEE SAFETY & HEALTH SUGGESTION FORM" is to be used by employees to formally report hazards not handled directly by their superior or for the presentation of suggestions to improve the safety & health of their job.
2. The form is designed to be used to ensure that:
a. The employee is provided with a means of reporting a safety or health problem without fear of reprisal.
b. Feedback is provided to the employees on their suggestions, whether positive or negative.
3 PROCEDURE
Management and supervision should encourage employees to utilize the Safety & Health Suggestion Form at any time they would like to make a safety or health suggestion or observation.
The forms will be made available within the facility where employees may easily find them. The location will be readily identifiable and a means for depositing the completed forms provided. The deposit "boxes" will be made secure so that only the person(s) designated by the Safety Coordinator can collect them.
The forms should be collected daily. For if a hazard of imminent danger was to go unnoticed, the potential for a serious accident Inc.reases. Any suggestion found to identify a condition of imminent danger would require that immediate corrective action be taken. Otherwise all other items will follow the same procedures for corrective action as those noted during regular inspections. The Safety Coordinator will make a review of the suggestions.
If the employee has given their identity, it is important for the Safety Coordinator to provide a response on the action to be taken. The employee should also be thanked for their participation.
4 EMPLOYEE SAFETY & HEALTH SUGGESTION FORM
I WOULD LIKE TO REPORT, WITHOUT FEAR OF REPRISAL, WHAT I BELIEVE TO BE IS A SAFETY/HEALTH HAZARD THAT MAY CAUSE INJURY, ILLNESS, DEATH, OR DAMAGE TO AN EMPLOYEE, OR THE PUBLIC.
DESCRIBE SAFETY / HEALTH PROBLEM_________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
LOCATION: ___________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
SUGGESTION (TO CORRECT PROBLEM): _______________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
EMPLOYEE'S NAME (OPTIONAL) __________________________________________
RECEIVED BY: _______________________________________DATE: ______________
REVIEW AND COMMENTS
COMMENTS: __________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
REVIEWED BY: __________________________________ DATE: __________________
COMMENTS: __________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
REVIEWED BY: __________________________________DATE: ___________________
COMMENTS: __________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
REVIEWED BY: __________________________________ DATE: __________________
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
APPROVED BY: _________________________________EFFECTIVE _________________
(Date)
COPIES TO: OFFICE (ORIGINAL) - SAFETY COORDINATOR - SUPERVISOR
EVAPAR, Inc.
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
1 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
1. What is a Job Safety Analysis?
It is a procedure that identifies the hazards or potential accidents associated with each step of a job, and develops solutions that will either eliminate or guard against such hazards.
2. What is a job?
A job is a sequence of separate steps or activities that together accomplish a work goal. Painting a manufactured part, moving parts by overhead crane, operating equipment etc., or a productive and repetitive job. All of these jobs involve a series of separate steps.
A job can also be defined very broadly in terms of what is accomplished. Making steel, erecting a bridge, building a ship, mining coal are also jobs, but are too broadly defined to be suitable for a Job Safety Analysis because they are too complex.
A job can also be defined very narrowly in terms of what gets done. Driving a nail, turning an ignition key--but they are too narrowly defined to be suitable for a Job Safety Analysis. How, then, do you define a job suitable for a Job Safety Analysis?
A simple definition of a Job Safety Analysis: Those job assignments that a line supervisor may make. Line supervisors do not assign employees to make steel, erect bridges, and build ships. Nor do they, as a rule, assign employees to drive a nail, pull a switch, or turn an ignition key. They do assign employees to operate a piece of equipment or a machine, make repairs, move cartons and cut, bend, weld, and assemble parts or any similar production jobs that are neither too "big" or too "little".
A job suitable for a Job Safety Analysis then consists of a series of steps that together accomplish a work goal within the scope of a line supervisor's responsibility.
A Job Safety Analysis Program is an organized effort to develop an up-to-date Job Safety Analysis ("J.S.A.") for every job, to use the finished J.S.A. for training purposes, and to employ it in the enforcement of safe job procedures.
Completing a Job Safety Analysis.
1. Select the Job to Be Analyzed:
The responsibility for selecting the jobs to be analyzed belongs to top departmental supervision. The selection of the order in which jobs are analyzed will influence greatly the benefits to be gained from a J.S.A. program.
Some jobs are definitely more hazardous than others and have a worse accident history. Those jobs that are the most hazardous should have priority. Then the jobs involving less serious hazards can be dealt with. The following factors should be considered in selecting jobs to analyze, and in establishing the order of analysis:
2. Frequency of past accidents:
Any job that has repeatedly produced accidents is a candidate for a J.S.A. The greater the number of accidents associated with a job, the greater its priority claim for a J.S.A.
3. Frequency of disabling injuries:
Jobs that have produced disabling injuries are a "must" for the J.S.A. Where there is this history, a J.S.A. is called for because the injuries themselves prove that the past action to prevent recurrence has not been successful.
4. Severity potential:
Some jobs may not have a history of accidents, but may, at the same time, have potential for severe injury. The opinion of supervision that a job has this potential should be sufficient to require a J. S.A.
5. The new job:
Changes in processes, equipment, and machinery create new jobs or change jobs from time-to-time. Such jobs have no history of accidents, and their potential may not be fully appreciated. A J.S.A. should not wait until there are accidents or even near-misses. A J.S.A. of any newly created job should be made at once. The analysis will reveal the accident potential of the job. Use of the four factors just discussed will yield the quickest possible return from a J.S.A. program.
6. Break Down the Job Into Successive Steps:
Before the search for hazards begins, the job should be broken down into basic steps, which describe what is done, and in what order, without going into the details of how each job step is done. Here is an example of a step-by-step breakdown of a very simple job.
Planting a tree:
a. Select the site
b. Bring tools and equipment to the site
c. Dig the hole
d. Prepare the hole
e. Put the tree into the hole
f. Backfill, tamp, and water
g. Brace the tree
h. Clean up and return equipment
Notice that each step is a generalization. Details are omitted. Hazards are not mentioned. Precautions are not described. Notice that each step begins with a "do" word: select, dig, prepare, put, etc. Notice also that the steps are given in their natural order of occurrence.
Two common errors are made in breaking a job down into its basic steps. One is to make the job-step breakdown too detailed, resulting in an unnecessarily large number of job steps. The other is to make the job-step breakdown too general in which event important basic steps go unrecognized. Using the same job just discussed, here is an example of a breakdown that is too detailed:
a. Pick up the shovel
b. Position the shovel so that it points down
c. Place right foot on top edge of shovel blade
d. Press shovel down into ground
e. Tilt shovel backward to pick up dirt
Here is an example of a breakdown that is too general:
a. Dig the hole
b. Plant the tree
While the steps in this last example sound natural, they don't tell the whole story. The second step is too general. It omits basic steps of the job. Since the main reason for breaking down a job into basic steps is to concentrate the search for hazards on one step at a time, omitting basic steps runs the risk of overlooking hazards associated with each step. When that happens the J.S.A. is weakened.
The reasoning applied to the simple job of planting a tree applies to all industrial jobs. The job must be broken down into "natural" basic steps.
7. Identify The Hazards and Potential Accidents:
When the job has been broken down into basic steps, each step is analyzed for the hazards and potential accidents that may be associated with the step. The purpose is to identify all hazards, whether they are part of the job environment or are hazards directly connected with job procedure. While analyzing each job step, no attempt should be made to develop solutions. Doing so interferes with spotting hazards and potential accidents.
8. Develop Ways To Eliminate Hazards and Potential Accidents:
When the hazards and potential accidents associated in each job step have been identified, and their causes are understood, the next step is to develop ways to prevent their occurrence through:
a. A better way to do the job
b. Change of job procedure
c. Environmental changes if procedure changes are insufficient
d. Methods that will enable the job to be done as infrequently as possible.
METHODS OF PREPARING
There are three methods of preparing a J.S.A. The first, by observation, is when the supervisor watches a man he selected do the job. Second, by discussion, here a group of supervisors familiar with the job discuss the job steps, each one drawing on his own experience. Third, by recall and check, the supervisor from recollection makes a J. S.A. and then by observing the job and discussions with the employees and supervisors, checks their work solutions and changes then as indicated.
Any one, or a combination of these three methods may be used. The discussion and recall and check methods are particularly adaptable to those jobs which are done infrequently or which are difficult to observe personally.
There are proven advantages to doing J.S.A.'s by the observation method and that is the method the company will utilize in most cases. A detailed review of the observation method follows:
A. Break Down the Job Into Successive Steps:
1. Select the right employee to observe. They should be experienced, cooperative and willing to express their ideas. All these make it easier to work with them on analysis.
2. Brief the employee on the purpose. Explain what is to be done. Reassure them that the only reason for observing them is to study the job only, and that they were selected for observation because of their experience and capability.
3. Observe the job for basic step breakdown. What's the first basic step of the job? What starts the job? What's the next basic step? What is done next? The steps should not be too "narrow" or too "broad".
4. Check breakdown. Check the breakdown with the employee being observed. Get their agreement on what is done, (not how it is done) and the order in which the steps are taken.
5. Record the breakdown. After observing the job and checking the job-step breakdown, record the basic steps on the J.S.A worksheet.
Each job step is written in brief terms so that it describes what is done, not how. Each job step should begin with a "do" word, like remove, replace, weld, revise, open, install, reset, hoist. Also, describe the object to which it applies. For example: remove extinguisher, replace gear, weld seam, remove shaft, open valve, and so on. Record the job steps.
B. Identify Potential Accidents Associated With Each Job Step.
1. Brief the employee on the purpose. They are going to be observed doing the job. Perhaps a day or so has intervened since the last observation. Explain that this time the purpose is to identify hazards and possible accidents. Let them know that they will be notified of the results.
2. Look for specific not general types of potential accidents. The best way is to study the job step for specific hazards. For example, "Can a man be struck by or contacted by anything while doing this job step?" After recording all such potential accidents, study the job step with other questions in mind, such as - "Can an employee strike against anything? Can an employee be caught in, on, or between anything? Can an employee fall in any way? Can an employee be exposed to gas, heat, harmful rays, etc.?"
3. Such questions should be asked, when applicable, at each step of the job and continued as often as necessary until all important potential accidents have been identified. Observation plus prior knowledge of the job should supply the answers.
4. The advantage of studying a job step in this way is that there is less likelihood of overlooking some important possibility. It is a systematic way to identify hazards and potential accidents.
5. This is not the time to consider how to prevent the potential accidents. At this point, concentration should be entirely on finding hazards and potential accidents.
6. Record the potential accidents immediately. While observing, the hazards and the agent that might result in accidents should be recorded immediately.
7. The potential accidents in each step are then recorded using the same number as the job step involved. (See sample attached - J. S.A. form)
8. Discuss potential accidents with the employee observed at each step of the job. Their experience may reveal some ideas that might not occur to the person observing the job. In addition, check with others who have had long experience with the job.
9. By alternatively observing the job and discussing the hazards and potential accidents with employees of experience, a good list of things that could happen on each step of the job will be developed.
C. Develop Solutions for Potential Accidents:
When all of the accidents that might possibly occur have been recorded, the last step of the J.S.A. is developing solutions for the potential accidents. The key points to follow are:
1. Study the job revision. Before developing numerous solutions for the potential accidents associated with the job find out if there is different way to do the job that will eliminate the hazards. Give thought to work-saving tools and equipment. Focus on the goal of the job.
2. Study procedural changes. If there is not an alternative to the established way, develop procedural solutions for each potential accident.
Review the list of potential accidents associated with each job step. For each potential accident recorded ask: "What should the employee do, or not do, to avoid the accident? How should they do it?" If a procedural solution is not satisfactory, then further study is needed of that step.
The recommended safe procedure that should be followed to avoid a particular accident must be specific. Don't use such phrases as "be alert", "use caution" or "be careful". They do not state what to do or how to do it. Generalities have no place in a J.S.A.
For example - let's compare two precautionary statements regarding wrench slippage. Does this statement really tell what must be done to avoid wrench slippage?
"Make certain wrench does not slip and cause loss of balance". How about this one? "Set wrench securely. Check wrench grip by exerting slight pressure. Take a solid stance with feet wide apart before exerting full pressure so that you don't lose balance if the wrench slips."
3. Study environmental changes if procedural changes are not satisfactory. The solution or safe procedures as developed may not be entirely satisfactory. Check the potential accidents in which the change in procedure isn't actually a solution because it does not offer the full protection desired. Then, try environmental changes as a solution. For each potential accident, ask this question: "What change in the job environment, such as a change in tools, materials, or work area, will prevent this accident?”
When an environmental solution appears possible it should be discussed with higher supervision along with the other benefits to be derived, such as less time or effort required to do the job. Of course, where the foreperson has the authority to make the change, they should make it if thorough consideration convinces them that it will improve job safety.
4. Consider changes that may reduce the frequency of repair and service jobs. Repetitive repair and service jobs are done because a condition needs to be corrected. For example, machine parts become worn out; lubricants are used up and have to be replaced. If the condition can be prevented or can be made to occur less frequently, the job correcting the condition will need to be done less frequently.
Study the condition that may be corrected by the remedy under consideration. What causes the condition? Can anything be done to eliminate or reduce the causes of the condition? If not, can anything be done to retard the condition itself'?
Here are some examples of answers to such questions: Correction of excessive vibration increased the life of a part, thereby reducing the frequency of replacement; improved filtration in a piece of equipment reduced the number of clean-outs needed; a longer-lasting lubricant reduced the need for frequent hand lubrication of a machine; a barrier erected to protect equipment from vehicles prevented frequent vehicle damage.
5. Check the solution by re-observing and discussion. All procedural solutions should be checked by re-observing the job and discussing the proposed recommended safe job procedures with some of the employees who do the actual job. Where practical, group discussion of the J.S.A. with several of the employees is suggested. Get their ideas about hazards, and especially about the proposed solutions.
6. Copies of a J.S.A. should be made available to all supervisors whose employees do the job analyzed. If a J.S.A. is readily available, it is more likely to be used.
7. The major benefits of the J. S.A. come after its development. However, there are benefits to be gained from the development work itself. As a result of doing J.S.A.'s, supervisors learn more about the jobs they supervise. Employees' safety attitudes are improved when they themselves are encouraged to participate in the development of J.S.A.'s; moreover, the employees learn more about job safety because of their own participation. Safer and better job procedures and safer working conditions are developed as a J. S.A. is put together.
These important benefits represent only a portion of the total benefits to be gained from the J. S.A. program. The principal benefits come from using the J. S.A.
2 THE JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS AND THE SUPERVISOR
A. Instruction of Employees
When a J. S.A. is distributed, the supervisor's first responsibility is to explain the contents to employees and to see that they receive any necessary instruction. The entire J. S.A. must be reviewed with the employees concerned so that they know how the job is to be done in the future. It is from this point on that employees are too follow the recommended safe procedures of the J.S.A.
B. Employee Safety Contacts
After employee instruction, the J.S.A. should be used for planned safety contacts. All steps of the J. S.A. should be used for this purpose, although emphasis should be placed on those steps that are concerned with major hazards or serious potential accidents. Past accident experience usually indicates which steps these are, and they should be emphasized again and again in safety contacts.
C. Instructing the New Man on the Job
Employees move into jobs that they have not previously experienced, or that they have only limited experience. They must be trained in the basic job steps; they must be trained to recognize the hazards associated with these steps, and must learn the precautions to take against such hazards.
D. Preparing for Planned Safety Observations
A supervisor should observe employees doing jobs for which J.S.A.'s have been developed. The purpose of these observations is to determine whether or not the employees are doing the jobs in accordance with the safe job procedures explained in the J.S.A.'s. Before making observations, the supervisor should prepare by reviewing the J.S.A. in question. A thorough review will help develop the key points that will be observed.
E. Giving Pre-Job Instructions on Irregular Jobs
Many jobs are done frequently or on an irregular basis -- certain repair and service jobs, for example. The employees who do them will benefit from pre-job instruction that reminds them of important hazards and necessary precautions. The supervisor should do this instruction at the time the job assignment is made.
F. Reviewing Job Procedures after Accidents
Whenever an accident occurs on a job covered by a Job Safety Analysis, the J.S.A. should be reviewed to determine whether it requires revision. If following the recommended safe job procedures could have prevented the accident, the J. S.A. usually requires no revision. When an accident results from failure to follow J.S.A. procedures, the facts should be used as a topic for a general safety contact with employees who do the job. Attention should be drawn to the fact that the accident would not have happened had the J.S.A. been followed.
If this review results in a revised J.S.A., the revisions should be the subject of instruction for all employees concerned with the job.
G. Study Jobs for Improvements in Job Methods
All supervisors are concerned with improving job methods to increase safety, cut costs, and improve productivity. The J.S.A. is an excellent starting point for questioning the established way of doing a job. Studying the J.S.A. is a good way to stimulate ideas about improving job methods. Tools, materials, equipment, specific procedures -- all these can be studied in terms of better alternatives. Of course, higher supervision should help guide and control a departmental J.S.A. program by:
1. Selecting jobs to be analyzed
2. Establishing a timetable for J.S.A. completion
3. Checking progress of J. S.A. work assigned
4. Providing individual guidance to supervisors
5. Reviewing J.S.A.'s submitted for approval
6. Arranging for distribution of J.S.A.'s
7. Arranging for systematic review of J.S.A.'s
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
The effectiveness of any injury and illness program is directly related to: the quality of supervision; a thorough understanding of the hazards of the work to be accomplished; a properly trained workforce; and a workforce that consistently follow safe work practices specified in the published work rules and training guidelines, all of which are routinely displayed in the daily operations the company. The use of the JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS is one of the best supporting tools with which to support these important elements.
To eliminate accidents as determined by the Safety Coordinator or any supervisor, it is mandatory that each supervisor thoroughly train their workers in the hazards that exist. Each must also insure that their employees understand the methods of doing each job safely when such hazards cannot be eliminated. The JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS, when properly used, is the corner stone to develop these safety guidelines.
It is essential that supervision use published work rules that define each hazardous task that -their employees are responsible for completing as well as to define the correct work procedures for its safe accomplishment. When this is done, it enables the supervisor to attain a consistent quality of instruction that instills employee confidence in their own capabilities, and those of management. By providing the employee with a copy of the work rules after instruction, they have a ready reference for their review at any time.
The JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS is a simple review of major job tasks that are put through a step by step analysis to identify the hazards that may be encountered, and then determining the best method to safely accomplish each step by either: implementing the proper procedures (steps) to either eliminate or control the hazard to workers; or by instituting the necessary safeguards to eliminate or control the hazards.
Below is a brief guideline for the supervisor to follow as an outline when making any safety analysis of a job or procedure. These procedures should be carefully followed:
1. The job is broken down into basic steps. These steps describe what is to be done in sequence. You should omit details that have no bearing on the objective.
2. After the steps are listed, each step is analyzed for hazards that could cause an accident. The purpose is to identify as many hazards as possible, whether produced by the environment or connected with the mechanics of the job procedure, so that each step of the entire job can be done safely and efficiently.
3. When the hazards and potential accidents associated with each step are identified and their causes understood, ways of eliminating them must be developed. There are four ways in which this can be handled:
a. Eliminate the process or operation, or provide a substitute action which can be done without the hazard, or
b. Isolate the process or operation so as to eliminate or minimize the hazard, or
c. Provide guards or control devices to eliminate or minimize the hazard, or
d. Provide personal protective equipment and enforce its use to eliminate the possibility of injury.
4. Using the information gathered from the first three steps, work rules must be written and disseminated among all employees, and maintained on file for periodic review.
The written and complete Job Safety Analysis then becomes a document to assist the supervisor in the instruction of his employees in the safe method of performing their jobs. The process should also define what protective equipment would be required to do the job safely. It also provides each employee with a source of information he can use for occasional review.
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
(Example)
JOB NAME: Using- a fire extinguisher
DEPARTMENT: Safety
COMPLETED BY: Safety Compliance Institute
SUPERVISOR: Joe Smith DATE: 1/4/98
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOB STEPS HAZARDS CONTROLS
|1. Remove fire extinguisher from wall. |1. Weight of extinguisher. |1. Got a firm grip and good footing lift carefully the hanger, without |
| | |overexerting yourself. |
|2. Carry to the fire in an upright |2. Weight of extinguisher, fall hazards. |2. Maintain firm grip and control. |
|position. | | |
|3. Remove seal and pin. |3. Weight of extinguisher, sharp edges. |3. Maintain firm grip and control. |
|4. Hold extinguisher in one hand, hose |4. Weight of extinguisher, contents of |4. Maintain firm grip, direct nozzle away from body. |
|in the other hand |extinguisher. | |
|5. Apply "agent to the base of the fire.|5. 'Flash back" of fire or agent. |5. Point at base of fire, with wind to your back. |
|6. Return extinguisher for refill. |6. Weight of extinguisher, fall hazard. |6. Maintain firm grip and control. |
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
JOB NAME: _______________________________
DEPARTMENT: __________________________
COMPLETED BY: ___________________________
SUPERVISOR: _____ DATE: ____________________
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOB STEPS HAZARDS CONTROLS
|1. |1. |1. |
|2. |2. |2. |
|3. |3. |3. |
|4. |4. |4. |
|5. |5. |5. |
|6. |6. |6. |
|7. |7. |7. |
EVAPAR, Inc.
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
EVAPAR, Inc.
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
The Safety Coordinator will maintain a record of all electrical equipment in use. The record will include all portable equipment. All of this equipment must undergo an inspection prior to being made available to the employees and is to be re-inspected when returned.
1 EXTENSION CORDS, DROP LIGHTS, PORTABLE HAND TOOLS
1. If any electrical equipment is in need of repair, it is the employee's responsibility to turn it in to their supervisor for the needed repairs. The Safety Coordinator will have the necessary repairs made or take steps to replace the equipment if warranted.
2. No repairs should be made on electrical equipment other than by a competent electrical repairman.
3. It is the responsibility of each supervisor who has the equipment under his control to ensure that the equipment is returned when it is determined to be defective. No defective equipment should be used unless prior permission has been obtained.
4. Prior to issuing any portable electrical tools or equipment to employees, the supervisor will check the equipment to ensure that it is safe to use at that time.
2 ELECTRICALLY POWERED SHOP EQUIPMENT
1. All electrical powered shop equipment, which is rigidly wired from main switches to equipment, will be inspected on a regular basis. Any equipment found to be in an unsafe condition will be removed from service until repairs are made.
2. Grounding rods and attachments are required and must be used.
3 OFFICE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (WATER COOLERS)
1. The Safety Coordinator will inspect all electrically operated office equipment periodically. This includes fans, typewriters, calculators, water coolers, electrical heaters, air conditioners, etc.
2. Any equipment found to be defective will be taken out of service and tagged "do not use".
4 GROUNDING OF ALL EQUIPMENT
Upon installation of any electrical power service to any apparatus or device, grounding circuits will be run, attached, and inspected by a qualified electrician.
5 Electrical Safety Toolbox Talks
Why should you be concerned about electrical hazards?
Electricity has long been recognized as a serious workplace hazard, exposing employees to electric shock, electrocution, burns, fires, and explosions. In 1999, for example, 278 workers died from electrocutions at work, accounting for almost 5 percent of all on-the-job fatalities that year, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
What makes these statistics more tragic is that most of these fatalities could have been easily avoided.
What OSHA standards address electrical safety?
OSHA standards cover many electrical hazards in many different industries. OSHA’s general industry electrical safety standards are published in Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 1910.302 through 1910.308
Design Safety Standards for Electrical Systems, and 1910.331 through 1910.335 Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices Standards.
OSHA’s electrical standards are based on the National Fire Protection Association Standards NFPA 70, National Electric Code, and NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces.
OSHA also has electrical safety standards for the construction industry, in 29 CFR 1926, Subpart K. OSHA’s standards for marine terminals, in 29 CFR 1917, and for long shoring, in 29 CFR 1918, reference the general industry electrical standards in Subpart S of Part 1910. The shipyard
standards, in 29 CFR 1915, cover limited electrical safety work practices in 29 CFR 1915.181.
Although OSHA operates a federal occupational safety and health program, 24 states and 2 territories operate their own OSHA-approved programs. In those states, the standards and other procedures governing electrical safety may not be identical to the federal requirements.
They must, however, be at least as effective as the federal standards.
How do OSHA ’s standards minimize electrical hazards?
OSHA standards focus on the design and use of electrical equipment and systems. The standards cover only the exposed or operating elements of an electrical installation such as lighting, equipment, motors, machines, appliances, switches, controls, and enclosures, requiring that they be constructed and installed to minimize workplace electrical dangers. Also, the standards require that certain approved testing organizations test and certify electrical equipment before use in the workplace to ensure it is safe.
Electricity: The Basics, What affects the flow of electricity?
Electricity flows more easily through some materials than others. Some substances such as metals generally offer very little resistance to the flow of electric current and are called “conductors.” A common but perhaps overlooked conductor is the surface or subsurface of the earth. Glass, plastic, porcelain, clay, pottery, dry wood, and similar substances generally slow or stop the flow of electricity. They are called “insulators.” Even air, normally an insulator, can become a conductor, as occurs during an arc or lightning stroke.
How does water affect the flow of electricity?
Pure water is a poor conductor. But small amounts of impurities in water like salt, acid, solvents, or other materials can turn water itself and substances that generally act as insulators into conductors or better conductors. Dry wood, for example, generally slows or stops the flow of electricity. But when saturated with water, wood turns into a conductor.
The same is true of human skin. Dry skin has a fairly high resistance to electric current. But when skin is moist or wet, it acts as a conductor. This means that anyone working with electricity in a damp or wet environment needs to exercise extra caution to prevent electrical hazards.
What causes shocks?
Electricity travels in closed circuits, normally through a conductor. But sometimes a person’s body an efficient conductor of electricity mistakenly becomes part of the electric circuit. This can cause an electrical shock. Shocks occur when a person’s body completes the current path with:
both wires of an electric circuit;
one wire of an energized circuit and the ground;
a metal part that accidentally becomes energized due, for example, to a break in its insulation; or
another “conductor” that is carrying a current.
When a person receives a shock, electricity flows between parts of the body or through the body to a ground or the earth.
What effect do shocks have on the body?
An electric shock can result in anything from a slight tingling sensation to immediate cardiac arrest.
The severity depends on the following:
the amount of current flowing through the body,
the current’s path through the body,
the length of time the body remains in the circuit, and
the current’s frequency.
This table shows the general relationship between the amount of current received and the reaction when current flows from the hand to the foot for just 1 second.
Effects of Electric Current in the Human Body
Current Reaction
Below 1 milliampere generally not perceptible
1 milliampere Faint tingle
5 milliamperes Slight shock felt; not painful but disturbing. Average individual can let go. Strong involuntary reactions can lead to other injuries.
6–25 milliamperes (women) Painful shock, loss of muscular control*
9–30 milliamperes (men) The freezing current or “let-go” range.* Individual cannot let go, but can be thrown away from the circuit if extensor muscles are stimulated.
50–150 milliamperes Extreme pain, respiratory arrest, severe muscular contractions. Death is possible.
1,000–4,300 milliamperes Rhythmic pumping action of the heart ceases. Muscular contraction and nerve damage occur; death likely.
10,000 milliamperes Cardiac arrest, severe burns; death probable * If the extensor muscles are excited by the shock, the person may be thrown away from the power source.
Source: W.B. Kouwenhoven, “Human Safety and Electric Shock,”
Electrical Safety Practices, Monograph, 112, Instrument Society of America, p. 93. November 1968.
What kind of burns can a shock cause?
Burns are the most common shock-related injury. An electrical accident can result in an electrical burn, arc burn, thermal contact burn, or a combination of burns.
Electrical burns are among the most serious burns and require immediate medical attention. They occur when electric current flows through tissues or bone, generating heat that causes tissue damage.
Arc or flash burns result from high temperatures caused by an electric arc or explosion near the body. These burns should be treated promptly.
Thermal contact burns are caused when the skin touches hot surfaces of overheated electric conductors, conduits, or other energized equipment. Thermal burns also can be caused when clothing catches on fire, as may occur when an electric arc is produced.
In addition to shock and burn hazards, electricity poses other dangers. For example, arcs that result from short circuits can cause injury or start a fire. Extremely high-energy arcs can damage equipment, causing fragmented metal to fly in all directions. Even low-energy arcs can cause violent explosions in atmospheres that contain flammable gases, vapors, or combustible dusts.
Why do people sometimes “freeze” when they are shocked?
When a person receives an electrical shock, sometimes the electrical stimulation causes the muscles to contract. This “freezing” effect makes the person unable to pull free of the circuit. It is extremely dangerous because it increases the length of exposure to electricity and because the current causes blisters, which reduce the body’s resistance and increases the current.
The longer the exposure, the greater the risk of serious injury. Longer exposures at even relatively low voltages can be just as dangerous as short exposures at higher voltages.
Low voltage does not imply low hazard. In addition to muscle contractions that cause “freezing,”
electrical shocks also can cause involuntary muscle reactions. These reactions can result in a wide range of other injuries from collisions or falls, including bruises, bone fractures, and even death.
What should you do if someone “freezes” to a live electrical contact??
If a person is “frozen” to a live electrical contact, shut off the current immediately. If this is not possible, use boards, poles, or sticks made of wood or any other nonconducting materials and safely push or pull the person away from the contact. It’s important to act quickly, but remember to protect yourself as well from electrocution or shock.
How can you tell if a shock is serious?
A severe shock can cause considerably more damage than meets the eye. A victim may suffer internal hemorrhages and destruction of tissues, nerves, and muscles that aren’t readily visible. Renal damage also can occur. If you or a coworker receives a shock, seek emergency medical help immediately.
What is the danger of static electricity?
Static electricity also can cause a shock, though in a different way and generally not as potentially severe as the type of shock described previously. Static electricity can build up on the surface of an object and, under the right conditions, can discharge to a person, causing a shock.
The most familiar example of this is when a person reaches for a door knob or other metal object on a cold, relatively dry day and receives a shock.
However, static electricity also can cause shocks or can just discharge to an object with much more serious consequences, as when friction causes a high level of static electricity to build up at a specific spot on an object. This can happen simply through handling plastic pipes and materials or during normal operation of rubberized drive or machine belts found in many worksites.
In these cases, for example, static electricity can potentially discharge when sufficient amounts
of flammable or combustible substances are located nearby and cause an explosion. Grounding or other measures may be necessary to prevent this static electricity buildup and the results.
Protection Against Electrical Hazards
What is the best way to protect yourself against electrical hazards?
Most electrical accidents result from one of the following three factors:
unsafe equipment or installation,
unsafe environment, or
unsafe work practices.
Some ways to prevent these accidents are through the use of insulation, guarding, grounding, electrical protective devices, and safe work practices.
What protection does insulation provide?
Insulators such as glass, mica, rubber, or plastic used to coat metals and other conductors help stop or reduce the flow of electrical current. This helps prevent shock, fires, and short circuits. To be effective, the insulation must be suitable for the voltage used and conditions such as temperature and other environmental factors like moisture, oil, gasoline, corrosive fumes, or other substances that could cause the insulator to fail.
How do you identify different types of insulation?
Insulation on conductors is often color coded. Insulated equipment grounding conductors usually are either solid green or green with yellow stripes. Insulation covering grounded conductors is generally white or gray. Ungrounded conductors, or “hot wires,” often are black or red, although
they may be any color other than green, white, or gray.
Before connecting electrical equipment to a power source, it’s a good idea to check the insulation for any exposed wires for possible defects. Insulation covering flexible cords such as extension cords is particularly vulnerable to damage.
The insulation that covers conductors in non-construction applications is regulated by Subpart S of 29 CFR 1910.302 through 1910.308, Wiring Design and Protection.
Subpart S generally requires insulation on circuit conductors. It also specifies that the insulation used should be suitable for the voltage and conditions. Conductors used in construction applications are regulated by Subpart K of 29 CFR 1926.402 through 1926.408.
What is guarding and what protection does it offer?
Guarding involves locating or enclosing electric equipment to make sure people don’t accidentally come into contact with its live parts. Effective guarding requires equipment with exposed parts operating at 50 volts or more to be placed where it is accessible only to authorized people qualified to work with it. Recommended locations are a room, vault, or similar enclosure; a balcony, gallery, or elevated platform; or a site elevated 8 feet (2.44 meters) or more above the floor. Sturdy, permanent screens also can serve as effective guards.
Conspicuous signs must be posted at the entrances to electrical rooms and similarly guarded locations to alert people to the electrical hazard and to forbid entry to unauthorized people.
Signs may contain the word “Danger,” “Warning,” or “Caution,” and beneath that, appropriate
concise wording that alerts people to the hazard or gives an instruction, such as “Danger/High Voltage/Keep Out.”
What is grounding and what protection does it offer?
“Grounding” a tool or electrical system means intentionally creating a low-resistance path that connects to the earth. This prevents the buildup of voltages that could cause an electrical accident.
Grounding is normally a secondary protective measure to protect against electric shock. It does not guarantee that you won’t get a shock or be injured or killed by an electrical current. It will, however, substantially reduce the risk, especially when used in combination with other safety
measures discussed in this booklet.
29 CFR, Part 1910.304, Subpart S, Wiring Design and Protection, requires at times a service or system ground and an equipment ground in non-construction applications.
A service or system ground is designed primarily to protect machines, tools, and insulation against damage.
One wire, called the “neutral” or “grounded” conductor, is grounded. In an ordinary low-voltage circuit, the white or gray wire is grounded at the generator or transformer and at the building’s service entrance.
An equipment ground helps protect the equipment operator. It furnishes a second path for the current to pass through from the tool or machine to the ground. This additional ground safeguards the operator if a malfunction causes the tool’s metal frame to become energized. The resulting flow of current may activate the circuit protection devices.
What are circuit protection devices and how do they work?
Circuit protection devices limit or stop the flow of current automatically in the event of a ground fault, overload, or short circuit in the wiring system. Well-known examples of these devices are fuses, circuit breakers, ground-fault circuit interrupters, and arc-fault circuit interrupters.
Fuses and circuit breakers open or break the circuit automatically when too much current flows through them. When that happens, fuses melt and circuit breakers trip the circuit open. Fuses and circuit breakers are designed to protect conductors and equipment. They prevent wires and other components from overheating and open the circuit when there is a risk of a ground fault.
G round-fault circuit interrupters, or GFCIs, are used in wet locations, construction sites, and other high-risk areas. These devices interrupt the flow of electricity within as little as 1/40 of a second to prevent electrocution. GFCIs compare the amount of current going into electric equipment with the amount of current returning from it along the circuit conductors. If the difference exceeds 5 milliamperes, the device automatically shuts off the electric power.
Arc-fault devices provide protection from the effects of arc-faults by recognizing characteristics unique to arcing and by functioning to deenergize the circuit when an arc-fault is detected.
What work practices help protect you against electrical hazards?
Electrical accidents are largely preventable through safe work practices. Examples of these practices include the following:
deenergizing electric equipment before inspection or repair,
keeping electric tools properly maintained,
exercising caution when working near energized lines, and
using appropriate protective equipment.
Electrical safety-related work practice requirements for general industry are detailed in Subpart S of 29 CFR Part 1910, in Sections 1910.331–1910.335.
For construction applications, electrical safety-related work practice requirements are detailed in Subpart K of 29 CFR Part 1926.416 to 1926.417.
How can you protect yourself against metal parts that become energized?
A break in an electric tool’s or machine’s insulation can cause its metal parts to become “hot” or energized, meaning that they conduct electricity. Touching these energized parts can result in an electrical shock, burn, or electrocution. The best way to protect yourself when using electrical tools or machines is to establish a low-resistance path from the device’s metallic case to the ground. This requires an equipment grounding conductor, a low-resistance wire that directs unwanted current directly to the ground. A properly installed grounding conductor has a low resistance to ground and greatly reduces the amount of current that passes through your body.
Cord and plug equipment with a three-prong plug is a common example of equipment incorporating this ground conductor.
Another form of protection is to use listed or labeled portable tools and appliances protected by an approved system of double insulation or its equivalent. Where such a system is employed, it must be marked distinctively to indicate that the tool or appliance uses an approved double
insulation system.
How can you prevent an accidental or unexpected equipment startup?
Proper lockout/tagout procedures protect you from the dangers of the accidental or unexpected startup of electrical equipment and are required for general industry by OSHA Standard 1910.333, Selection and Use of Work Practices.
Requirements for construction applications are in 29 CFR 1926.417, Lockout and Tagging of Circuits. These procedures ensure that electrical equipment is deenergized before it is repaired or inspected and protects you against electrocution or shock.
The first step before beginning any inspection or repair job is to turn the current off at the switch box and padlock the switch in the OFF position. This applies even on so-called low-voltage circuits. Securely tagging the switch or controls of the machine or equipment being locked out of service clarifies to everyone in the area which equipment or circuits are being inspected or repaired.
Only qualified electricians who have been trained in safe lockout procedures should maintain electrical equipment.
No two of the locks used should match, and each key should fit just one lock. In addition, one individual lock and key should be issued to each maintenance worker authorized to lock out and tag the equipment. All employees who repair a given piece of equipment should lock out its switch with an individual lock. Only authorized workers should be permitted to remove it.
How can you protect yourself from overhead power lines?
Before working under or near overhead power lines, ensure that you maintain a safe distance to the lines and, for very high-voltage lines, ground any equipment such as cranes that can become energized. If working on power lines, ensure that the lines have been deenergized and grounded
by the owner or operator of the lines. Other protective measures like guarding or insulating the lines help prevent accidental contact.
Employees unqualified to work with electricity, as well as mechanical equipment, should remain at least 10 feet (3.05 meters) away from overhead power lines.
If the voltage is more than 50,000 volts, the clearance increases by 4 inches (10 centimeters) for each additional 10,000 volts.
When mechanical equipment is operated near overhead lines, employees standing on the ground should avoid contact with the equipment unless it is located outside the danger zone.
When factoring the safe standoff distance, be sure to consider the equipment’s maximum reach.
What protection does personal equipment offer?
Employees who work directly with electricity should use the personal protective equipment required for the jobs they perform. This equipment may include rubber insulating gloves, hoods, sleeves, matting, blankets, line hose, and industrial protective helmets designed to reduce electric
shock hazard. All help reduce the risk of electrical accidents.
What role do tools play?
Appropriate and properly maintained tools help protect workers against electric hazards. It’s important to maintain tools regularly because it prevents them from deteriorating and becoming dangerous. Check each tool before using it. If you find a defect, immediately remove it from service and tag it so no one will use it until it has been repaired or replaced.
When using a tool to handle energized conductors, check to make sure it is designed and constructed to withstand the voltages and stresses to which it has been exposed.
What special training do employees need?
All employees should be trained to be thoroughly familiar with the safety procedures for their particular jobs. Moreover, good judgment and common sense are integral to preventing electrical accidents. When working on electrical equipment, for example, some basic procedures to follow are to:
deenergize the equipment,
use lockout and tag procedures to ensure that the equipment remains deenergized,
use insulating protective equipment, and
maintain a safe distance from energized parts.
What’s the value of a safety and health program in controlling electrical hazards?
Every good safety and health program provides measures to control electrical hazards. The measures suggested in this booklet should be helpful in establishing such a program.
The responsibility for this program should be delegated to someone with a complete knowledge of electricity, electrical work practices, and the appropriate OSHA standards for installation and performance.
Everyone has the right to work in a safe environment. Safety and health add value to your business and your workplace. Through cooperative efforts, employers and employees can learn to identify and eliminate or control electrical hazards.
EVAPAR, Inc.
ELECTRICAL LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
EVAPAR, Inc.
29 CFR PART 1910.147
THE CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY
(LOCKOUT/TAGOUT)
1 SCOPE
This standard covers the servicing and maintenance of machines and equipment in which the unexpected energy or startup of the machines or equipment, or release of stored energy could cause injury to employees. This standard establishes minimum performance requirements for the control of such hazardous energy.
This standard does not cover the following:
1. Agriculture, and maritime employment.
2. Installations under the exclusive control of electric utilities for the purpose of power generation, transmission, and distribution, including related equipment for communication or metering.
3. Exposure to electrical hazards from work on, near, or with conductors or equipment in electrical utilization installations, which is covered by Subpart S of this part.
4. Oil and gas well drilling and servicing.
2 APPLICATION
This standard applies to the control of energy during servicing and/or maintenance of machines and equipment.
Normal production operations are not covered by this standard. Servicing and/or maintenance which can take place during normal production operations is covered by this standard only if:
1. An employee is required to remove or bypass a guard or other safety device.
2. An employee is required to place any part of his or her body into an area on a machine or piece of equipment where work is actually performed upon the material being processed (point of operation) or where an associated danger zone exists during a machine operating cycle.
3 PURPOSE
This section requires employers to establish a program and utilize procedures for affixing appropriate lockout/tagout devices to energy isolating devices, and to otherwise disable machines or equipment to prevent unexpected energy, start-up or release of stored energy in order to prevent injury to employees.
GENERAL
4 ENERGY CONTROL PROGRAM
The employer shall establish a program consisting of an energy control procedure and employee training to ensure that before any employee performs any servicing or maintenance on a machine or equipment where the unexpected energizing, start up, or release of stored energy could occur and cause injury, the machine or equipment shall be isolated, and rendered inoperative.
5 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
If an energy-isolating device is not capable of being locked out, the employer's energy control program shall utilize a tagout system.
After October 31, 1989, whenever major replacement, repair, renovation or modification of machines or equipment is performed, and whenever new machines or equipment are installed, energy isolating devices for such machines or equipment shall be designed to accept a lockout device.
6 FULL EMPLOYEE PROTECTION
When a tagout device is used on an energy-isolating device that is capable of being locked out, the tagout device shall be attached at the same location that the lockout device would have been attached, and the employer shall demonstrate that the tagout program will provide a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by using a lockout program.
In demonstrating that a level of safety is achieved in the tagout program which is equivalent to the level of safety obtained by using a lockout program, the employer shall demonstrate full compliance with all tagout related provisions of this standard together with such additional elements as are necessary to provide the equivalent safety available from the use of a lockout device. Additional means to be considered as part of the demonstration of full employee protection shall include the implementation of additional safety measures such as removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, opening of an extra disconnecting device, or the removal of a valve handle to reduce the likelihood of inadvertent energy.
7 ENERGY CONTROL PROCEDURE
Procedures shall be developed, documented and utilized for the control of potentially hazardous energy when employees are engaged in the activities covered by this section.
The procedures shall clearly and specifically outline the scope, purpose, authorization, rules, and techniques to be utilized for the control of hazardous energy, and the means to enforce compliance including, but not limited to, the following:
1. A specific statement of the intended use of the procedure.
2. Specific procedural steps for shutting down, isolating, blocking and securing machines or equipment to control hazardous energy.
3. Specific procedural steps for the placement, removal and transfer of lockout devices or tagout devices and the responsibility for them.
4. Specific requirements for testing a machine or equipment to determine and verify the effectiveness of lockout devices, tagout devices, and other energy control measures.
8 PROTECTIVE MATERIALS AND HARDWARE
Locks, tags, chains, wedges, key blocks, adapter pins, self-locking fasteners, or other hardware shall be provided by the employer for isolating, securing or blocking of machines or equipment from energy sources.
Lockout/Tagout devices shall be singularly identified; shall be the only device(s) used for controlling energy; shall not be used for other purposes; and shall meet the following requirements:
1. Durable
a. Lockout/Tagout devices shall be capable of withstanding the environment to which they are exposed for the maximum period of time that exposure is expected.
b. Tagout devices shall be constructed and printed so that exposure to weather conditions or wet and damp locations will not cause the tag to deteriorate or the message on the tag to become illegible.
c. Tags shall not deteriorate when used in corrosive environments such as areas where acid and alkali chemicals are handled and stored.
2. Standardized
a. Lockout/Tagout devices shall be standardized within the facility in at least one of the following criteria: Color; Shape; Size; and additionally, in the case of tagout devices, print and format shall be standardized.
3. Substantial
a. Lockout devices shall be substantial enough to prevent removal without the use of excessive force or unusual techniques, such as with the use of bolt cutters or other metal cutting tools.
b. Tagout devices including and their means of attachment, shall be substantial enough to prevent inadvertent or accidental removal. Tagout device attachment means shall be of non-reusable type, attachable by hand, self-locking, and non-releasable with a minimum unlocking strength of no less than 50 pounds and having the general design and basic characteristics of being at least equivalent to a one piece, all-environment-tolerant nylon cable tie.
4. Identifiable
a. Lockout/Tagout devices shall indicate the identity of the employee applying the device(s). Tagout devices shall warn against hazardous conditions if the machine or equipment is energized and shall include a legend such as: DO NOT START, DO NOT OPEN, DO NOT CLOSE, DO NOT ENERGIZE, AND/OR DO NOT OPERATE.
9 PERIODIC INSPECTIONS
The employer shall conduct a periodic inspection of the energy control procedure at least annually to ensure that the procedure and the requirements of this standard are being followed.
1. An authorized employee other than the one(s) utilizing the energy control procedure being inspected shall perform the periodic inspection.
2. The periodic inspection shall be designed to correct any deviations or inadequacies observed.
3. Where lockout is used for energy control, the periodic inspection shall include a review, between the inspector and each authorized employee, of that employee's responsibilities under the energy control procedure being inspected.
4. Where tagout is used for energy control, the periodic inspection shall include a review, between the inspector and each authorized and affected employee, of that employee's responsibilities under the energy control procedure being inspected.
5. The employer shall certify that the periodic inspections have been performed. The certification shall identify the machine or equipment on which the energy control procedure was being utilized, the date of the inspection, the employees included in the inspection, and the person performing the inspection.
10 ENERGY ISOLATION
Only authorized employees shall perform implementation of lockout or the tagout system.
11 NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES
Affected employees shall be notified by the employer or authorized employee of the application and removal of lockout/tagout devices. Notification shall be given before the controls are applied, and after they are removed from the machine or equipment.
EVAPAR, Inc.
LOCKOUT/TAGOUT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
12 PURPOSE
This procedure establishes the minimum requirements for the lockout/tagout of energy isolating devices. It shall be used to ensure that the machine or equipment are isolated from all potentially hazardous energy, and locked out/tagged out before employees perform any servicing or maintenance activities where the unexpected energy, start-up or release of stored energy could cause injury (Type(s) and Magnitude(s) of Energy and Hazards).
13 RESPONSIBILITY
Appropriate employees shall be instructed in the safety significance of the lockout/tagout procedure. Each new or transferred affected employee and other employees whose work operations are or may be in the area shall be instructed in the purpose and use of the lockout/tagout procedure.
14 PREPARATION FOR LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
Make a survey to locate and identify all isolating devices to be certain which switch(s), valve(s) or other energy isolating devices apply to the equipment to be locked or tagged out. More than one energy source (electrical, mechanical, or others) may be involved.
15 SEQUENCE OF LOCKOUT/TAGOUT SYSTEM PROCEDURE
1. Notify all affected employees that a lockout/tagout system is going to be utilized and the reason therefore. The authorized employee shall know the type and magnitude of energy that the machine or equipment utilizes and shall understand the hazards thereof.
2. If the machine or equipment is operating, shut it down by the normal stopping procedure (depress stop button, open toggle switch, etc.).
3. Operate the switch, valve, or other energy isolating device(s) so that the equipment is isolated from its energy source(s). Stored energy (such as flywheels, hydraulic systems, and air, gas, steam, or water pressure, etc.) must be dissipated or restrained by methods such as repositioning, blocking, bleeding down, etc.
4. Lockout/Tagout the energy isolating devices with assigned individual lock(s) or tag(s) (Method(s) Selected; i.e.: Locks tags, additional safety measures, etc.).
5. After ensuring that no personnel are exposed, and as a check on having disconnected the energy sources, operate the push button or other normal operating controls to make certain the equipment will not operate.
CAUTION: Return operating control(s) to "neutral" or "off" position after the test.
6. The equipment is now locked out or tagged out.
16 RESTORING MACHINES OR EQUIPMENT TO PRODUCTION OPERATIONS
1. After the servicing and/or maintenance is complete and equipment is ready for normal production operations, check the area around the machines or equipment to ensure that no one is exposed.
2. After all tools have been removed from the machine or equipment, guards have been reinstalled and employees are in the clear, remove all lockout/tagout devices to restore energy to the machine or equipment.
17 PROCEDURE INVOLVING MORE THAN ONE PERSON
In the preceding steps, if more than one individual is required to lockout/tagout equipment, each shall place his/her own personal lockout/tagout device on the energy isolating device(s). When an energy-isolating device cannot accept multiple locks or tags, a multiple lockout/tagout device (hasp) may be used. If lockout is used, a single lock may be used to lockout the machine or equipment with the key being placed in a lockout box or cabinet. As each person no longer needs to maintain his/her lockout protection, that person will remove his/her lock from the box or cabinet.
18 BASIC RULES FOR USING LOCKOUT/TAGOUT SYSTEM PROCEDURE
All equipment shall be locked out or tagged out to protect against accidental or inadvertent operation when such operation could cause injury to personnel. Do not attempt to operate any switch, valve, or other energy-isolating device where it is locked or tagged out.
EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES
19 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT SEQUENCE
1. The worker places the tag on all controls to warn others that the equipment is not to be operated. The worker writes the reason on the tag(s), identifies the equipment and dates and signs each tag.
2. The worker will pull power switches and/or circuit breakers and place a lockout clip(s) and a lock(s) on the controls to make them inoperative. Other power sources such as air, steam, or hydraulic may require blinding, disconnection, or valve locking.
3. After the worker has tagged and locked the equipment, the equipment should then be tried to assure that it will not operate.
4. All company locks and tags should be installed first and removed last, if possible.
5. When other workers are required to work on equipment, they must place their personal locks and tags on each piece of equipment.
6. All workers must 'try" equipment after installing their personal locks to assure, once again that it will not start.
7. Locks and tags must remain on controls until work has been completed and it is safe to start the equipment. If maintenance or electrical work is to continue into the next shift, persons going off shift must remove their "personal" lock and leave their tag on the equipment. Persons coming on shift must install their own personal lock(s) and tag(s) if they will be working on the equipment.
8. Upon completion of work, all other workers will remove their locks and tags first. All company locks and tags are to be removed last after it is determined that the equipment is safe to operate.
9. No equipment should be started by anyone (including bumping to check rotation) without permission from the Safety Coordinator or supervisor responsible for the equipment.
20 APPLICATION OF CONTROL
The established procedure for the implementation of lockout/tagout system procedures shall cover the following elements and actions and shall be done in the following sequence:
21 PREPARATION FOR SHUTDOWN
Before an authorized or affected employee turns off a machine or equipment, the authorized employee shall have knowledge of the type and magnitude of the energy, the hazards of the energy to be controlled, and the method or means to control the energy.
22 MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN
The machine or equipment shall be turned off or shut down using the procedures required by this standard. An orderly shutdown must be utilized to avoid any additional or Inc.reased hazard(s) to employees as a result of equipment energy.
23 MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT ISOLATION
All energy-isolating devices that are needed to control the energy to the machine or equipment shall be physically located and operated in such a manner as to isolate the machine or equipment from the energy source(s).
24 LOCKOUT OR TAGOUT DEVICE
Authorized employees shall affix lockout or Tagout devices to each energy-isolating device.
Lockout devices, where used, shall be affixed in a manner to that will hold the energy isolating devices in a "safe" or "off" position.
Tagout devices, where used, shall be affixed in such a manner as will clearly indicate that the operation or movement of energy isolating devices from the "safe" or "off" position is prohibited.
RELEASE FROM LOCKOUT OR TAGOUT
25 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT DEVICE REMOVAL
Each lockout/tagout device shall be removed from each isolating device by the employee who applied the device. The only exception is when the authorized employee is not available to remove it, that device may be removed under the direction of the employer, provided that specific procedures and training for such removal have been developed, documented, and incorporated into the employer's energy control program. The employer shall demonstrate that the specific procedure provides equivalent safety to the removal of the device by the authorized employee who applied it. The specific procedure shall Inc.lude at least the following elements:
1. Verification by the employer that the authorized employee who applied the device is not at the facility.
2. Making all reasonable efforts to contact the authorized employee to inform him/her that his/her lockout/tagout device has been removed.
3. Ensuring that the authorized employee has this knowledge before he/she resumes work at that facility.
26 OUTSIDE PERSONNEL
1. Whenever outside servicing personnel are to be engaged in activities covered by the scope and application of this standard, the on-site employer shall inform each other of their respective lockout/tagout procedures.
2. The on-site employer shall ensure that his/her personnel understand and comply with restrictions and prohibitions of the outside employer's energy control procedures.
27 SHIFT OR PERSONNEL CHANGES
Specific procedures shall be utilized during shift or personnel changes to ensure the continuity of lockout/tagout protection, including provision for the orderly transfer of lockout/tagout devices between off-going and oncoming employees, to minimize exposure to hazards from the unexpected energy, start-up of the machine or equipment, or release of stored energy.
28 LOCKS
1. Only individual keyed locks will be used. The key will remain in the possession of the person placing the locks.
2. A master series of locks to be used specifically for lockout may be provided to each department that requires them. Master keys for the department will remain in the possession of the Safety Coordinator.
29 DANGER TAGS
Danger tags are not to be considered as a positive means of securing equipment, but are to be used in conjunction with locks. Tags will be used only to identify that work is being done on a valve, switch, or piece of equipment when injury or property damage could result from the operation. No work is to be done on any operable equipment until the operation of it is prevented by the use of this procedure.
30 WARNING
Any person who operates a switch or device to which “DANGER” tags are attached or removes a tag without authorization will be subject to dismissal.
31 EMPLOYEE TRAINING:
All employees who are responsible for following this procedure must receive training in the procedure. This includes all employees who perform the following duties: maintenance, repair, or construction personnel, janitorial or clean-up personnel. The employer shall provide training to ensure that the purpose and function of the energy control program are understood by all employees and that the knowledge and skills required for the safe application, usage, and removal of energy controls are required by employees. The training shall include the following:
1. Each authorized employee shall receive training in the recognition of applicable hazardous energy sources, the type and magnitude of the energy available in the workplace, and the methods and means of necessary for energy isolation and control.
2. Each affected employee shall be instructed in the purpose and use of the energy control procedure.
3. All other employees whose work operations are or may be in an area where energy control procedures may be utilized, shall be instructed about the procedure, and about the prohibition relating to attempts to restart or re-energize machines or equipment which are locked out or tagged out.
When tagout systems are used, employees shall also be trained in the following limitations of tags:
1. Tags are essentially warning devices affixed to energy isolating devices, and do not provide the physical restraint on those devices that is provided by a lock.
2. When a tag is attached to an energy isolating means, it is not to be removed without authorization of the authorized person responsible for it, and it is never to be bypassed, ignored, or otherwise defeated.
3. Tags must be legible and understandable by all authorized, affected and all other employees whose work operations are or may be in the area, in order to be effective.
4. Tags and their means of attachment must be made of materials that will withstand the environmental conditions encountered in the workplace.
5. Tags may evoke a false sense of security, and their meaning needs to be understood as part of the overall energy control program.
6. Tags must be securely attached to energy isolating devices so that they cannot be inadvertently or accidentally detached during use.
Employee retraining shall be provided for all authorized and affected employees annually, or whenever there is a change in their job assignments, a change in machines, equipment or processes that present a new hazard, or when there is a change in the energy control procedures.
Additional retraining shall also be conducted whenever a periodic inspection, or whenever the employer has reason to believe, that there are deviations from or inadequacies in the employee's knowledge or use of the energy control procedures.
The retraining shall reestablish employee proficiency and introduce new or revised control methods and procedures, as necessary.
The employer shall certify that employee training has been accomplished and is being kept up to date. The certification shall contain each employee's name and the dates of training. Each training session shall include at minimum the following:
1. Lecture regarding this procedure including its purpose, scope, and application.
2. Visual support materials including but not limited to video or film presentation of "Lockout Safety Procedures".
3. Written quiz to establish the proficiency of the student.
32 ENFORCEMENT/INSPECTION:
Due to the severity of injury that could occur while not following these procedures, the company will strictly enforce this policy. The primary responsibility lies with each supervisor for monitoring performance of their workers. Those employees found to be in violation of this procedure will be subject to the "Disciplinary Policy".
All surveys of worker performance shall be documented on the District's "Safety Inspection Report" form. The "inspection" must include the following information:
1. Identity of the machine or equipment on which the "Lock Out" procedure was being utilized
2. Date of inspection
3. Employees included in the inspection
4. The person performing the inspection
33 LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURE
Entry No.
| | | |
| | | |
|1. | |Name of Company |
| | | |
| | | |
|2. | |Type(s) and Magnitude(s) of energy and hazards |
| | | |
| | | |
|3. | |Name(s)/Job Title(s) of employees authorized to lockout or tagout |
| | | |
| | | |
|4. | |Name(s)/Job Title(s) of affected employees and how to notify |
| | | |
| | | |
|5. | |Type(s) and Location of energy isolating means |
| | | |
| | | |
|6. | |Type(s) of Stored Energy - methods to dissipate or restrain |
| | | |
| | | |
|7. | |Method(s) Selected ie: Locks, Tags, additional safety measures, etc. |
| | | |
| | | |
|8. | |Type(s) of Equipment checked to ensure disconnection |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |Name(s)/Job Title(s) of employees authorized for group lockout or tagout |
|9. | | |
34 GLOSSARY
Affected Employee
An employee whose job requires him/her to operate or use a machine or equipment on which servicing or maintenance is being performed under lockout or tagout, or whose job requires him/her to work in an area in which such servicing or maintenance is being performed.
Authorized Employee
A person who locks or implements a tagout system procedure on machines or equipment to perform the servicing or maintenance on that machine or equipment. An authorized employee and an affected employee may be the same person when the affected employee's duties also include performing maintenance or service on a machine or equipment that must be locked or a tagout system implemented.
Capable Of Being Locked Out
An energy-isolating device will be considered to be capable of being locked out either if it is designed with a hasp or other attachment or integral part to which, or through which a lock can be affixed, or if it has a locking mechanism built into it. Other energy isolating devices will also be considered to be capable of being locked out, if lockout can be achieved without the need to dismantle, rebuild, or replace the energy-isolating device or permanently alter its energy control capability.
Energized
Connected to an energy source or containing residual or stored energy.
Energy Isolating Device
A mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy, including but not limited to the following: A manually operated electrical circuit breaker; a disconnect switch; a manually operated switch by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from all ungrounded supply conductors and, in addition, no pole can be operated independently; a slide gate; a slip bind; a line valve; a block; and any similar device used to block or isolate energy. The term does not include a push button, selector, and any other control circuit type devices.
Energy Source
Any source of electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, thermal, or other energy.
Hot Tap
A procedure used in the repair, maintenance and services activities that involve welding on a piece of equipment (pipelines, vessels or tanks) under pressure, in order to install connections or appurtenances. It is commonly used to replace or add sections of pipeline without the interruption of service for air, gas, water, steam, and petrochemical distribution systems.
Lockout
The placement of a lockout device on an energy-isolating device, in accordance with an established procedure, ensuring that the energy-isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed.
Lockout Device
A device that utilizes a positive means such as a lock, either key or combination type, to hold an energy isolating device in the safe position and prevent the energizing of a machine or equipment.
Normal Production Operations
The utilization of a machine or equipment to perform its intended production function.
Servicing and/or Maintenance
Workplace activities such as constructing, installing, setting up, adjusting, inspecting, modifying, and maintaining and/or servicing machines or equipment. These activities include lubrication, cleaning or unjamming of machines or equipment and making adjustments or tool changes, where the employee may be exposed to the unexpected energy or startup of the equipment or release of hazardous energy.
Setting Up
Any work performed to prepare a machine or equipment to perform its normal production operation.
Tagout
The placement of a tagout device on an energy-isolating device, in accordance with an established procedure, to indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.
Tagout Device
A prominent warning device, such as a tag and a means of attachment, which can be securely fastened to an energy isolating device in accordance with an established procedure, to indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.
EVAPAR, Inc.
CRANE SAFETY
EVAPAR, Inc.
Crane Safety Program
Crane Safety
1 Safety Equipment:
13.11 Fire Extinguisher
13.12 Caution tape - Used for flagging holes, pits, sumps, work area, overhead power lines etc.
13.13 Job site survey form
13.14 First-Aid kit
13.15 Hard Hat
13.16 Safety Glasses
13.17 Gloves
13.18 Steel Toe Boots
13.19 SDS sheets - Diesel fuel, oil, grease, hydraulic oil, jobsite chemicals
3 Operators Qualifications
13.21 Only trained employees authorized by EVAPAR, Inc., shall be permitted to operate a crane.
13.22 Trainees may be authorized to operate cranes provided they are under the supervision of a qualified operator and the office approves the training.
4 Daily Inspection
13.31 A qualified person shall visually inspect the cranes or derricks controls, rigging and operating mechanism prior to the first operation on any work shift. Use the job site form to document the results.
13.32 Inspections shall be conducted every day. Use job site survey form.
5 Boom-Type Mobile Crane
13.41 Boom Hoist Mechanisms –
a. Boom hoist can stop - stop immediately and has brake
b. Brakes & clutches can be adjusted
c. Must have 2 wraps on drum in lowest position
d. End of line is anchored to the drum
e. Automatic stop of drum at highest boom angle
13.42 Load Hoist Drums –
a. Brakes & clutches must work with loads at minimum engine revving
b. Must have 2 wraps on the drum when hook is in the extreme low position
c. End of the line must be securely anchored to the drum
d. Brakes must hold max rated load
e. Must have load drum rotation indicator
f. Hydraulic brakes must have automatic brake in case of power loss
g. Foot brakes must be clean & in good condition
h. Must have locks for brakes
6 Hydraulic Cranes
13.51 Hoist Mechanisms - Must be able of developing 110% of fine pull and maintaining load.
13.52 Boom Hoist & Supporting Mechanism - Hydraulic cylinders for boom angle and telescoping must have load checks in order to prevent boom from unintentional lowering.
13.53 Swing Lock or Brake - Self-locking brake or equivalent must be used to stop accidental swing of the crane.
13.54 Brakes - Must be capable of holding crane on any grade the crane is capable of working.
13.55 Outriggers - Must be used according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
13.56 Boom length - If boom has a length indicator, must show minimum & maximum and be visible.
13.57 Hydraulic relief valves - Must be set to relief pressure if worked over 110% of rated load.
7 Operating Practices
1. Before closing the switch or starting the engine, all controls shall be in the "off" position and all personnel in the clear.
2. Loose material, tools, lunch box, clothing, etc., need to be stored in a way which will not interfere with the operation of the crane controls.
3. The operator shall respond to signals only from the appointed signal person, but shall obey a stop signal at any time from anyone.
4. Whenever the operator doubts the safety of a lift, the operator is authorized to stop the operation until safety has been assured. MAKE SURE THE LOAD IS PROPERLY SECURED.
5. Use the horn when approaching unaware workers.
13.61 Before leaving the crane unattended, the operator is required to:
a. Land or properly secure any attached load;
b. Disengage clutch;
c. Set travel, swing, boom brakes, and other locking devices unless otherwise specified by the certified agents;
d. Put controls in the "off" position;
e. Stop the engine or motor;
f. Secure crane against accidental travel.
13.62 If power fails during operation, the operator is required to:
a. Set all brakes and locking devices;
b. Move all clutch or other power controls to the "off" position;
c. If practical, the suspended load shall be landed under brake control.
13.63 Working the Crane:
a. Avoid sudden stops when swinging the crane.
b. Use the outriggers whenever possible.
c. Test the brakes each time a heavy load is lifted.
d. When two or more cranes are picking a load, a signal person needs to direct the operation.
e. DO NOT load trucks by lifting the load over the cab of the truck.
f. Make sure the load is well secured and balanced in the slings.
g. Make sure crane is level before picking loads.
h. Ribbon off the pinch points of the crane, such as, the area between the counterweight and crane.
i. Only a qualified person can give signals to the crane operator. Use a signal person when you do not have a clear, full and direct view of the operation.
j. DO NOT lift loads over employees.
k. No one allowed riding hook or load.
l. When making a one-crane lift, make sure a tag line is attached.
13.64 Lifting Personnel with man basket:
a. Cranes with a live boom (booms in which lowering is controlled by a brake without aid from other devices which slow the lowering speeds) cannot be used to lift a man basket.
b. Before using the man basket, a safety meeting has to be held and documented reviewing all the safety rules listed below.
c. Man basket shall have rated load capacity permanently marked on the basket.
d. Make sure man basket hangs evenly and level.
e. Crane load lines must be able of handling 10 times maximum rated capacity of man basket.
f. Crane has to be level and all outriggers used.
g. A trial lift has to be made before lifting someone in the man basket. The basket must be loaded to 125% of rated capacity during the trail lift.
h. A visual inspection of the lines and man basket needs to be conducted after the trial lift.
i. Lifting the man basket shall be conducted in a slow, controlled and cautious manner with no sudden movements.
j. When the man basket is stopped at the working place, the brakes have to be set and dogs or pawls set.
k. Free fall is prohibited.
l. Man baskets can be used only to lift employees and the tools they need for the job. DO NOT use to lift only material and equipment.
m. Employees must stay in the basket during raising and lowering.
n. Tie the basket to the working structure if it is safe.
o. Tag lines have to be used if it is safe to use them.
p. Crane operator has to stay at controls when using the basket.
q. Employee in the basket has to use a safety belt and lanyard. The lanyard has to be attached to the lower load block or overhaul ball or to structural member of the basket.
r. Crane cannot be moved (travel) when someone is in the man basket.
s. When using a boatswain chair, use an independent safety line.
13.65 Safe Use of Slings:
a. Damaged or defect slings cannot be used.
b. Slings cannot be shortened with knots or bolts.
c. Slings cannot be kinked or knotted.
d. DO NOT use sling over rated capacity.
e. Set slings in a way to avoid slipping.
f. Protect slings from sharp edges of loads.
g. Keep hands and fingers away from slings when the sling is being tightened
around the load.
h. DO NOT pull slings from under loads if it will damage the sling. Set load on blocks.
13.66 Overhead Power Lines
a. WATCH OUT for overhead power fines.
b. Crane must have High - Voltage warning sign clearly visible from 12 feet on both sides.
c. Do not place material or equipment under power lines.
d. Distances from power lines is the following:
Voltage Minimum Required Clearance (feet)
600 to 50,000 10
50,000 to 75,000 11
75,000 to 125,000 13
125,000 to 175,000 15
175,000 to 250,000 17
250,000 to 370,000 21
370,000 to 550,000 27
550,000 to 1,000,000 42
10 General Safety
1. Checking Equipment
a. Crane Operator will inspect equipment and tools daily and document on job site survey form. Report necessary repairs or replacements to supervisor.
b. Check rental equipment the same as EVAPAR, Inc. equipment. DO NOT accept faulty rental equipment.
c. Unsafe equipment or tools will not be used; employee may be terminated for not following this rule.
2. Clothing and Protective Wear
a. Steel toe safety boots
b. Hard hat *
c. No tank tops
d. No loose baggy clothing. *
e. Safety glasses when required.
3. Fire Extinguishers
a. Check tags weekly for service date.
b. Turn in bad or used fire extinguisher
c. Fire extinguisher to be used on small fire only, out of control fires to be handled by the fire department.
d. During welding or other hot work fire extinguisher is to be readily available.
4. CLIENT NAME policy for subcontractors
a. Subcontractors will abide by CLIENT NAME safety policies.
b. Subs must attend safety meeting.
5. Crane Operator Responsibility
a. Make sure load is properly secured.
b. Do not allow anyone to walk or work under a suspended load.
c. DO NOT operate within 10 feet of an overhead power line.
d. DO NOT set loads under power lines.
e. Conduct a pre-trip inspection before the start of work and make sure the crane operates property.
6. Driving the Crew Truck or Equipment
a. Conduct a pre-trip inspection.
b. Observe all traffic laws
c. No alcohol or drugs on company property or equipment.
d. Make sure nothing can fall off the equipment or crew truck.
e. Avoid oil or diesel spills on the road.
f. Gear down when going down steep grades. Normally, go down a hill in the gear it takes to climb the hill. Use fight, constant pressure with the brakes. DO NOT pump the brakes.
g. If pulling a trailer, secure the trailer to the crew truck. Must have and use safety chain.
h. ALL accidents or incidents must be IMMEDIATELY reported to Supervisor and office.
i. Crane operator should always supervise movement of crane.
11 Defensive Driving:
There are three key elements to defensive driving:
1. Space
2. Visibility
3. Communication
Five Seeing Habits:
Remember the five seeing habits from the phrase "All Good Kids Love Milk"
1. Aim high in steering - "Find a safe path well ahead'
2. Get the big picture - "Stay back, see it all"
3. Keep your eyes moving - "Scan - Don't stare"
4. Leave yourself an out - 'Be prepared - expect the unexpected"
5. Make sure they see you - "Don't gamble - Use your horn, lights, signals"
Ten rules of defensive driving:
1. 1 car length
2. Left, right, left, right - look twice
3. Count 1-2-3 go
4. 4 - 6 second following distance
5. 5 - 8 seconds check mirrors
6. Stale green lights
7. Scan parked cars
8. 8 - 12 second eye lead time
9. Pulling from curb, look over left shoulder
10. Eye contact, attention
12 General Rules
1. Employees can only work under vehicles if there are protective blocks to hold the machine or tool truck up. DO NOT work under vehicle if it is supported by jacks or chain hoists.
2. Job sites must be surveyed each day to review safe work conditions. Unsafe conditions must be reported in writing to the Supervisor.
3. Anyone known to be under the influence of drugs or alcohol is NOT allowed on the job.
4. Horseplay or fighting is prohibited.
5. ALL injuries must be immediately reported to the office.
6. Gasoline shall not be used for cleaning purposes.
7. YOU must know the location of emergency equipment, such as fire extinguishers, first aid kit, kill switches, and emergency procedures.
8. YOU must be trained on equipment before YOU operate it.
9. DO NOT jump over sidewalks with curbs. Walk around or over.
10. Safety is YOUR responsibility and starts with YOU. Safety is for your benefit and a CONDITION OF EMPLOYMENT.
13 Heat Stress
1. Wear fight colored clothes when it is hot.
2. Drink water regularly during the day-
3. Come to work with plenty of rest and ready to work.
4. If you feel hot, dizzy, nausea and are sweating a lot, find a cool spot in the shade; rest and drink water.
5. If you or someone else on the crew has signs of heat stress and stops sweating, CALL 911 immediately. That person is going into heat stroke, which can kill.
6. Beware of the sign, symptoms and hazards of heat.
14 Kill switches
1. Show all employees where all kill switches are located and EXPLAIN how they work.
2. Check kill switches daily - write it down and give to supervisor, if kill switches do not work
3. Paint kill switches red and clearly label.
15 Back Injury Prevention
1. Size up the load. If it is too heavy get help.
2. Check the path where you are going to carry the load. Make sure it is clear of tripping hazards.
3. Get a firm grip on the equipment, lift with the legs and hold close to your chest.
4. DO NOT twist or JERK when picking up the load.
5. Set the load down where you will not have to move it again. Try to lift it only once, not two or three times.
16 Fall Protection Rules
1. Inspect safety belt, lanyard and anchor point before using equipment.
2. Wear safety belt snug, not loose.
3. Securely connect lanyard or safety lines to safety belt.
4. Connect lanyard or safety line to D - ring positioned on the back of your back. Do not connect on front or side.
5. Pre-Plan rescue procedures. Remember a person can hang in a body belt 10 minutes and a full-body harness for 20 minutes.
6. Make sure you have training before using fall protection equipment.
7. Read the warnings and instructions contained on safety belts.
8. Always use fall protection equipment when working 10 feet above the ground.
9. Do not tie knots in the lanyard.
17 Confined Space
1. Confined space is defined as a space not meant for continues occupancy, limited entry/ exit, hazardous atmosphere (low oxygen, fire hazard, toxic gas) or hazard of moving machinery, high voltage.
2. DO NOT enter any confined space without a permit signed by the supervisor.
18 S.D.S.
1. Employees to read SDS sheets on oil, fuel, solvent, lubricants and gasoline.
2. Supervisor to obtain SDS on all chemicals.
3. Supervisor to obtain from subcontractors SDS on acid, cement and any chemicals.
4. S.D.S. & hazard communication books in the office and shop area.
19 Lockout/ Blockout/ Tagout Policy:
All employees, who encounter a situation during the performance of their duties requiring lockout, blockout or tagout, are responsible for following the guidelines set forth in this program. Failure to follow or comply with the Lockout/Tagout program will result in disciplinary action up to or including termination of employment.
Some examples of Lockout/Blockout/Tagout are:
1. Servicing crane when not visible to operator
2. When working within 10 feet of overhead power fines, the power line must be de-energized and tagged out. Tag must be signed and dated by person who de-energizes power line.
EVAPAR, Inc.
MOTOR VEHICLES OPERATIONS
EVAPAR, Inc.
MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY
1 DRIVER SELECTION
The selection of employees who will be required to drive full or part-time should be done with care. Drivers of company vehicles can be considered qualified when they meet the following criteria:
1. Possess a valid State driver's license of the proper class.
2. A review of their driving record shows that they do not pose an unreasonable risk.
3. Successfully pass a road test administered by the Safety Coordinator and/or their supervisor where required by their department.
2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Establishment of a preventive maintenance program for all company vehicles is essential. Record jackets should be maintained on all vehicles so that a log can be maintained on all planned maintenance, as well as repairs made from noted defects.
3 VEHICLE INSPECTION
The operator shall inspect each vehicle or piece of equipment on a daily basis before and after operation. Each operator is responsible for the safe condition of the equipment. Any vehicle having steering or brake problems is not to be operated until a mechanic has made repairs. Any other unsafe conditions are to be reported to the operator's supervisor as soon as possible.
4 VEHICLE OPERATION
All company vehicles and equipment are to be operated in a safe manner and adhere to all applicable laws. The operator is totally responsible for the safe operation of the equipment. The vehicle operator shall report any accidents or damage to the supervisor.
DRIVER SAFETY PROGRAM
6 INTRODUCTION
The operation of vehicles is indispensable in conducting company business. The way in which each vehicle is handled will directly affect the loss picture of the entire company. Fleet losses are potentially one of the most costly types of losses that an operation can incur.
The types of exposure that involve the fleet program include: property damage, bodily injury, fatalities, liability suits, and Worker's Compensation cases.
The claims cost that would result from losses incurred can mount to dollars that will adversely affect our efforts to accomplish company objectives. To help prevent vehicle accidents and the type of loss exposures associated with them, the following guidelines have been established:
7 POLICY
The success and the safety of our employees depend on the mutual cooperation of each employee who has been entrusted with the responsibility of driving a company vehicle or their own vehicle while conducting company business.
In order to reduce vehicle accidents and to limit the company's liability because of driver negligence, the company has adopted a Driver Safety Program.
8 PROCEDURE
The procedures set forth in the Driver Safety Program will be the guidelines for management adherence to this policy.
9 RESPONSIBILITY
The Supervisors have the primary responsibility for the Driver Safety Program. The Safety Coordinator will appoint a responsible representative to report all driver information requested by our Insurance broker.
10 MONITORING
The Safety Coordinator is to be responsible for the records of the Driver Safety Program. Duties will include, but not be limited to:
1. Be responsible for monitoring the driving record of those persons who operate the company vehicles or their own "personal" vehicle while on company business.
2. Monitor the Driver's Safety Program and report to management any suggestions for improvement or needed changes.
3. Monitor the maintenance policy of fleet vehicles so that they are kept in safe condition.
4. Review each vehicle accident report or infraction with management.
5. Monitor renewals of insurance records.
11 DRIVERS
Drivers of vehicles that are owned, rented, or leased by the company will be required to follow defensive driving techniques and practices. The basic defensive driving practice is to plan ahead and do everything that one can reasonably do to prevent an accident. This is to include the use of seat belts. The following guidelines will also be followed:
1. Drivers must possess a valid State driver's license in order to operate any company vehicle or their own personal vehicle on company business. The duties of drivers will be reviewed to see if they will involve the operation of vehicles that require a commercial license or other special license. The employee’s supervisor or personnel staff will note the requirement at the time of hire. Job descriptions will state the requirements for a State driver's license to include the type of license.
2. The driver should be physically and mentally capable of driving the vehicle he/she is assigned to drive, whether the vehicle is a car, van, or truck.
12 PRE-OPERATION OF VEHICLES
Prior to the assignment of any vehicle to any employee or prior to allowing an employee to drive THEIR OWN VEHICLE on company business, the following minimum standards will be implemented and records maintained to insure that the driver is qualified to drive the vehicle and minimize the risk of liability to the company:
13 INITIAL ASSIGNMENT
1. Verification and recording of date and type of driver's license held, and renewal date noted;
2. A review of the driver's state Motor Vehicle Record for the most recent three-year period to include the following:
a. Review of the accident report history showing the dates and types of accident regardless who was at fault;
b. Review of the traffic violations for the last three years;
Unacceptable limits are 6 points accumulated or any major conviction during the past 36 months prior to employment. (See Point System below)
3. Confirmation of personal insurance for those driving their personal vehicle on company business.
4. Physical examinations when required by the state for the driving of specified vehicles or by funding and licensing contract.
14 POINT SYSTEM
The following criteria will be used in order to determine the acceptability of all drivers:
1 point - minor conviction of a moving violation
1 point - minor accident (no injuries)
NOTE: These will not be considered if a driver is able to remove the citation by going to a traffic school.
2 points - serious accident (those involving injury to any person which requires medical attention)
Continuing criteria as company driver:
a. Points will be doubled if driving a company vehicle.
b. 2 points will be applied for failure to report a violation or accident regardless of how minor, involving a company vehicle to the driver's supervisor or fleet supervisor.
c. A warning letter will be issued at 4 points or at the time of any preventable accident. At 6 points the Safety Coordinator will investigate the matter, corrective action will then be determined.
d. The driver with a major conviction shall be immediately suspended from driving any company vehicle or their personal vehicle on company business.
e. Driving a company vehicle while under the influence of drugs or alcohol will subject the employee to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
15 ANNUAL REVIEW
Once each year a request for current license information will be sent to each employee. Employees who drive a company vehicle or if they request mileage reimbursement for driving their personal vehicle on company business will have their personal driving record reviewed. It will be the responsibility of the employee to respond in a timely manner. Failure to respond to the requested information by personal vehicle drivers may result in the delay in mileage reimbursements.
A review of each driver's file and record will be made annually and will include all of the criteria above as appropriate for each employee. This will not preclude request of driver's records for review by the Safety Coordinator as deemed necessary.
16 DEFINITIONS
17 MAJOR CONVICTIONS
Major convictions include but are not limited to:
1. Driving while intoxicated or under the influence of alcohol or drugs;
2. Failure to stop and report an accident;
3. Homicide, manslaughter or assault arising out of the operation of a motor vehicle;
4. Driving during a period when license is suspended or revoked;
5. Reckless driving;
6. Possession of an open container of alcoholic beverage; speed contest, drag or highway racing; or
7. Attempting to elude a Peace Officer.
18 MINOR CONVICTIONS
Any moving traffic violation other than a major conviction except the following:
1. Motor vehicle equipment, load or size requirements;
2. Improper display or failure to display license plates provided such plates exist; and
3. Failure to have in possession a valid driver's license.
19 PREVENTABLE ACCIDENT
A preventable accident is defined by the Safety Council as "Any vehicle accident involving a vehicle which results in property damage and/or personal injury regardless of who was injured, what property was damaged, to what extent, or where it occurred in which the driver in question failed to exercise reasonable precaution to prevent the accident."
20 COMMERCIAL DRIVER
According to the Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Division, commercial driver means a person who is employed by another for the principal purpose of driving a motor vehicle, or a person who drives a school bus transporting school children or any motor vehicle when in use for the transportation of persons or property for compensation, but does not include a car pool operator.
21 VEHICULAR ACCIDENT
Any accident occurring between a company vehicle (or private car when employee is on official company business and has been formerly authorized mileage) and another vehicle, pedestrian, animal or fixed object.
22 SPECIAL NOTE
Police shall be called to investigate all company vehicle accidents, and it is incumbent upon the supervisor to insure that all facts are obtained with respect to the driver. Under no circumstances should any employee make any statement relative to liability or draw any conclusions as to the facts asserted at the scene.
The occurrence of a vehicle accident may or may not be the fault of the employee. Therefore, it is imperative that the same investigative procedure which was outlined for the industrial accidents be used to determine the cause of accident and corrective action taken by the employee's immediate supervisor.
23 QUESTIONS TO HELP DETERMINE IF A VEHICLE ACCIDENT WAS PREVENTABLE
One basic question in determining preventability is: "Did our employee take every reasonable precaution to avoid the auto accident?" If "No," our driver was not driving defensively and, thus, the accident should be judged "preventable." Please note that legal liability or any citations should never influence the decision of determining preventability of an accident.
Answer the following questions which adhere to the given situation(s):
24 INTERSECTION ACCIDENTS
1. Did our employee approach the intersection at a controlled speed that was reasonable for conditions?
2. Was our driver prepared to stop before entering the intersection regardless of right of way?
3. Did our driver avoid entering an intersection on the amber signal?
4. Did our driver avoid overtaking or passing at the intersection?
5. At a blind corner, did our driver approach slowly, with a foot on the brake pedal?
6. Did our driver make certain all other drivers were stopping for a traffic light or stop sign?
7. Was our driver alert for the turns of other vehicles?
8. Did our driver signal his/her change in direction well in advance?
9. Did our driver allow oncoming traffic to clear before making a left turn?
10. Did our driver turn from the proper lane?
25 WE PULLED FROM PARKED POSITION
1. Did our driver look to the front and rear for approaching traffic immediately before pulling out?
2. Did our driver look back, rather than depending upon the rear vision mirrors?
3. Did our driver signal before pulling away from the curb?
4. Did our driver start out only when an action would not require traffic to change its speed or direction in order to avoid our vehicle?
5. Did our driver continue to glance back while pulling out?
26 WE HIT THE OTHER VEHICLE IN REAR
1. Did our driver adjust speed to the conditions of the road, visibility, and traffic?
2. Was our driver maintaining a safe following distance for conditions?
3. If a vehicle pulled in front of our vehicle, did our driver drop back and re-establish the proper following distance?
4. Did our driver approach the green traffic light cautiously, expecting the driver ahead to stop suddenly on a signal change?
5. Did our driver look ahead of the vehicle in front for possible emergencies?
27 WE WERE BACKING
1. Was it necessary to back?
a. Did our driver have to park so close to the vehicle or obstacle ahead that backing was necessary when leaving the parking space?
b. Was it necessary to drive into a narrow street, dead-end, alley or driveway from which backing resulted?
2. If our driver could not see where to back:
a. Did the driver try to get someone as a guide?
b. Did the driver walk around the vehicle before getting in?
c. Did the driver back immediately after walking around?
d. If applicable, did the driver use the cone policy correctly?
e. Did the driver use the horn while backing?
f. Did the driver look to the rear without depending on the rear vision mirrors?
g. Did the driver back slowly?
28 WE SKIDDED
1. Did our driver travel at a speed safe for the conditions of weather and road?
2. Was our driver keeping a safe following distance?
3. Was our driver alert for loose gravel, sand, ruts, etc.?
29 PEDESTRIANS
1. Did our driver tap the horn to alert pedestrians of our vehicle approach?
2. Did our driver pass through congested section anticipating that pedestrians might step in front of the car?
3. Did our driver keep as much clearance between our vehicle and parked cars as conditions permitted?
4. Did our driver interpret the pedestrian's next action or intention?
5. Did our driver check the location of pedestrians before staring at a green signal?
6. Did our driver give all pedestrians right of way?
7. Did our driver refrain from passing a stopped school bus?
8. Did our driver account for all children before starting up?
9. Was our driver alert for signs of children who might run into the path (balls rolling into street, etc.)?
30 OTHERS HIT US WHILE WE WERE STOPPED OR PARKED
1. Did our driver properly signal his/her intention to stop?
2. Did our driver avoid coming to a sudden stop?
3. Was our driver parked on the proper side of the road?
31 NOTE
In the event that the provisions of this safety manual conflict with the provisions of the company Vehicle Policy or any other company policy, rule or regulation, the provisions of such other policy, rule or regulation shall control.
EVAPAR, Inc.
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
1 GENERAL
In the normal activities of vehicle maintenance, it is essential that adequate safety standards be prescribed and observed by all shop and company personnel. This should help promote efficiency and reduce the possibility of personal injury and property damage.
Oil and grease-soaked rags or other waste should be disposed of in self-closing metal waste cans approved (UL or FM) by SAFETY recognized fire protection laboratories.
2 MECHANICAL HOIST/LIFTS
1. Every mechanical automotive hoist should have a brake that will automatically hold twice the rated load at whatever level it may be when lifting ceases.
2. Hydraulic lifts have devices that will hold the load independently of the lifting means at the maximum "up" position.
3. Hoists should never be used to lift vehicles that weigh beyond the rate lift's capacity or to lift one end of the vehicle only.
4. The condition of lifts should be checked monthly. Leaks should be repaired and oil levels maintained on hydraulic lifts.
5. Controls on lifts should require continuous pressure from the operator and at a distance so the operator will not be struck by the falling load if the lift falls.
6. No person should stand in front of vehicles being driven onto the lifts and no person should remain in a vehicle being lifted. No bystanders should be allowed near equipment being lifted.
7. All lifts should have safety legs which will hold the load if the lift fails.
8. Employees must always place these legs properly before working under raised equipment.
9. Wearing safety goggles will save the annoyance of workers getting dust and an occasional serious injury from foreign particles in the eye.
10. Employees should never put their hands over grease gun nozzles (grease can be forced under the skin if the gun handle is pulled).
11. When lubricating springs, stand clear of lubricant spray to avoid inhalation.
12. The tops of grease cylinders must be securely screwed or clamped in place to prevent blowing off under pressure.
3 JACKS
The rated load should be legibly and permanently marked in a prominent location on the jack by casting, stamping, or other suitable means.
4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE:
1. In the absence of a firm foundation, the base of the jack should be blocked. If there is a possibility of slippage of the cap, a block should be placed in between the cap and the load.
2. The operator should watch the stop indicator, which should be kept clean, in order to determine the limit of travel. The indicated limit should not be overrun.
3. After the load has been raised, it should be cribbed, blocked, or otherwise secured at once.
4. Hydraulic jacks exposed to freezing temperatures should be supplied with an adequate antifreeze liquid.
5 TIRE REPAIRS (MULTI-PIECE AND SINGLE PIECE RIM WHEELS)
All employees will be instructed in and expected to follow the established safe operating procedures.
6 EMPLOYEE TRAINING:
All employees who service rim wheels must be trained in the hazards involved and the safety procedures to be followed in a manner which the employee is able to understand.
Employees should demonstrate and maintain the ability to perform the following tasks:
1. Demounting of tires (including deflation);
2. Mounting of tires (including inflation with restraining device or other safeguard);
3. Use of the restraining device or barrier, and other equipment required;
4. Handling of rim wheels;
5. Inflation of the tire when a single piece rim wheel is mounted on a vehicle;
6. An understanding of the necessity of standing outside the trajectory both during inflation of the tire and during inspection of the rim wheel following inflation; and
7. The Installation and removal of rim wheels.
Employees will be evaluated on their ability to perform the above-mentioned tasks and to service rim wheels safely. Additional training will be provided as necessary to assure employee proficiency is maintained.
7 TIRE SERVICING EQUIPMENT
A restraining device or barrier for inflating tires on multi-piece wheels and single piece wheels is provided, unless on the single piece wheels the rim wheel will be bolted onto a vehicle during inflation.
Each restraining device or barrier should have the capacity to withstand the maximum force that would be transferred to it during a rim wheel separation occurring at 150 percent of the maximum tire specification pressure for the type of rim wheel being serviced.
Restraining devices and barriers should be capable of preventing the rim wheel components from being thrown outside or beyond the device or barrier.
Restraining devices and barriers should be visibly inspected prior to each day's use after any separation of the rim wheel components or sudden release of contained air.
Any of the following defects exhibited on any restraining device or barrier should be removed from service:
1. Cracks at welds;
2. Cracked or broken components;
3. Bent or sprung components;
4. Pitting of components due to corrosion; or
5. Other structural damage that would decrease its effectiveness.
Restraining devices or barriers removed from service should not be returned to service until they are repaired and re-inspected. Any structural repairs such as component replacement or re-welding should not be returned to service until either the manufacturer or a Registered Professional Engineer certifies them.
For inflating tires, an airline assembly should be provided and consist of the following:
1. A clip-on chuck;
2. An in-line valve with a pressure gauge or one that can be pre-set; and
3. A sufficient length of hose between the clip-on chuck and the in-line valve (if one is used) to allow the employee to stand outside the trajectory.
Current charts (rim manuals) should have instructions available in service areas for the types of wheels being serviced.
Only tools recommended in the rim manual for the type of wheel being serviced should be used to service rim wheels.
8 WHEEL COMPONENT ACCEPTABILITY
1. Multi-piece wheel components should not be interchanged, except as provided in the charts or in the applicable rim manual.
2. Multi-piece wheel components and single piece wheels should be inspected prior to assembly.
3. Any wheel or wheel component exhibiting damage or defects such as cracks, bands, corrosion, etc. should not be used, tagged unserviceable, and removed from the service area.
4. Damaged or leaky valves should be replaced.
5. Rim flanges, rim gutters, rings, bead seating surfaces, and the bead areas of tires should be free of any surface rust, scale or loose or flaked rubber build-up prior to mounting and inflation.
6. The size and type of both the tire and the wheel should be checked for compatibility prior to assembly of the rim wheel.
9 CONTROLLING MOVING VEHICLES/TRAFFIC
1. Movement of vehicles inside shops, and garages should be regulated by rigidly enforced traffic rules.
2. Vehicles with air brakes should not be moved until sufficient air pressure has been built up.
3. Mirrors should be installed at blind corners.
4. Vehicles should be moved in low gear and at low speed inside shop areas, especially up and down ramps.
5. Employees should stand out of the way of moving vehicles.
6. No vehicle should be backed in a garage without assistance from a signalman.
7. Mechanics should not work under vehicles while lying on "creepers" if there is any danger another vehicle will pass over the area where their legs are sticking out. If necessary, adjacent vehicles should be locked and tagged and/or adjacent spares should be blocked with barricades.
8. Mechanics should follow lockout procedures when working on vehicles to ensure that engines are not started and vehicles are not moved while they are at work.
9. Mechanics should:
a. Lockout the starting switch;
b. Place a warning tag on the starting control or steering wheel; and
c. Block wheels and all moving parts during maintenance.
10. Tilt cabs and engine hoods should be propped up when not in place.
11. To prevent steam burns, all vehicles should be equipped with a safety petcock, which should be opened to bleed steam off before removing radiator caps.
EVAPAR, Inc.
INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS
EVAPAR, Inc.
1 FORK LIFT OPERATING RULES & PROCEDURES
The company has adopted the OSHA rules and regulations on the following pages as the basic minimum guidelines for the safe operation of forklifts. The key to the success of our program is the use of qualified and competent drivers.
The company will ensure that all operators are "qualified" or trained prior to allowing anyone to operate a forklift. Each driver will be reviewed at least annually for his or her ability to perform using the forklift safely. This will be done by utilizing a planned program review by qualified oversight personnel within the company or to use the services of an outside agency to "Certify" our forklift operators.
Both drivers and employees who work around these vehicles are required to follow these operating rules and procedures:
1. Only authorized drivers who are trained in safe operation may operate forklifts.
2. Do not ride on the forks of any lift truck/forklift.
3. Passengers are not allowed on any forklift.
4. Do not place any part of your body outside the running lines of a forklift, or between the mast uprights or other parts of the truck where shearing or crushing hazards exist.
5. Do not stand, pass, or work under the empty or loaded elevated portion of any industrial truck, unless it has been blocked effectively to prevent it from falling.
6. Check the vehicle at least once each shift to ensure that the following are operating properly:
TIRES LIGHTS FUEL SYSTEM BATTERY HORN
STEERING MECHANISM CONTROLLER LIFT SYSTEM BRAKES
BACK-UP ALARM
7. Any vehicle in need of repair should not be used until repairs have been made.
8. Look in the direction of travel, and don't move the vehicle until you see that your path is clear of people and objects.
9. Do not drive toward anyone standing in front of a bench or other structure; if the vehicle fails mechanically, or you misjudge distance, that person may be trapped between your truck and the structure.
10. Do not exceed the authorized safe speed.
11. Do not pass other trucks traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots, or other dangerous locations.
12. Maintain a safe distance from other vehicles. For trucks traveling in the same direction, a safe distance would be 3 truck lengths or a 3 second time lapse passing the same point.
13. Observe all traffic regulations.
14. Slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed.
15. Carry the forks as low as possible consistent with safe operation.
16. Cross over railroad tracks diagonally wherever possible. Do not park closer than eight feet six inches from the centerline of the railroad tracks.
17. Do not load industrial trucks in excess of their rated capacity.
18. Do not move a loaded vehicle until the load is secure.
19. If the load obstructs forward view, drive backwards.
20. Ascend or descend a grade slowly with the load upgrade.
21. Do not tilt the load with the mast extended past the center of gravity.
22. Do not drive a vehicle into any elevator unless you are specifically authorized to do so.
23. Before entering the elevator, make sure that your vehicle and load will not exceed the rated capacity of the elevator. Once your vehicle is on the elevator, shut the power off, and set the brakes.
24. Before you drive your vehicle on a floor, platform, or into rail cars, trucks, or trailers be certain the structure will support the loaded vehicle.
25. When you leave the fork lift bring the mast to the vertical position, place the forks on the floor, shut the power off and curb or block the wheels (if parked on an incline).
USING A FORKLIFT TRUCK TO ELEVATE EMPLOYEES
2 THE PLATFORM
When a fork lift is used to elevate employees, the lift must be equipped with a "safe" work platform.
The platform must be at least 24" x 24" square and it must be large enough to accommodate the employee and the material to be elevated.
The platform must be securely attached to the forks and/or must be equipped with a standard guardrail with mid-rails on all open sides.
The platform must have a slip-resistant floor and cannot have spaces or holes between the floor sections larger than 1 inch in size.
The side of the platform resting against the forklift mast must be equipped with a substantial covering so that an employee cannot reach into the operation of the lifting mechanism. This covering or guard must extend from the floor of the platform to a minimum of 7 feet above the workers feet.
3 THE FORKLIFT
The forklift must be the proper size and capacity for the intended job.
The forklift must be equipped with overhead protection whenever it is operated under conditions that expose the operator to danger from falling objects.
4 THE OPERATOR
The operator of the forklift must be at the control position of the lift while employees are on the elevated platform.
5 OPERATING RULES WHEN ELEVATING EMPLOYEES ON FORK LIFTS
1. Use a securely attached "safety platform".
2. Make sure the lifting mechanism is operating smoothly.
3. Place the mast vertical and never tilt it forward or rearward when it is elevated.
4. Place the gears in neutral and set the parking brake.
5. Lift and lower the work platform smoothly and with caution.
6. Watch for overhead obstructions.
7. Keep hands and feet clear of controls other than those controls being used.
8. Never travel with personnel on the work platform other than to make mirror adjustments for final positioning of the platform.
EVAPAR, Inc.
HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM
EVAPAR, Inc.
HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM
EVAPAR, Inc.has established a Hearing Conservation Program to protect workers from the hazards of noise on the job.
OSHA regulations require that each employer implement a hearing conservation program when workers are exposed to noise levels exceeding 85 dB. It is not hard to exceed this level of noise on many of the jobs within our work. Typically, noise levels exceeding 85 dB are experienced when working with any type of pneumatic tools or machines, metal saws, and grinders.
EVAPAR, Inc. has taken a conservative approach to this environmental hazard by establishing this program. The following elements establish the program:
1. An Audiometric Testing Program
2. An Employee Education and Training Program
3. Monitoring and Analysis of Workplace Noise Levels
4. Provide Suitable Engineering Control When Appropriate
5. Provide Hearing Protectors Where Required
6. Maintain Pertinent Records for The Above
1 HEARING LOSS
Conductive: A hearing problem involving the outer or middle ear.
Sensory-neural: A hearing problem involving the inner ear.
Tinnitus: Often occurs in conjunction with hearing loss.
Factors Affecting Hearing Loss
Intensity of the noise (pressure level)
Frequency or Pitch (type of noise)
Length of Daily Exposure
Duration of Exposure in Years
Individual Susceptibility
Other Factors (disease, genetics, lifestyle, age, etc.)
12 NOISE EXPOSURE
Exposures of less than 80 dBA are considered safe. 90 dBA should be considered the maximum limit of continuous exposure during an 8-hour day. Continuous exposure of 115 dBA or higher should not be allowed.
|OSHA’s Permissible Noise Exposure |
|90 dB |8.0 hours |
|92 dB |6.0 hours |
|95 dB |4.0 hours |
|97 dB |3.0 hours |
|100 dB |2.0 hours |
|102 dB |1.5 hours |
|105 dB |1.0 hours |
|110 dB |30 minutes |
|115 dB |15 minutes |
13 SELECTING HEARING PROTECTION DEVICES
People should wear a hearing protector if the noise or sound level at the workplace exceeds 85 decibels or dBA. Hearing protectors reduce the noise exposure level and the risk of hearing loss.
If hearing protection is required, then a complete hearing conservation program should be instituted. A hearing conservation program includes noise assessment, hearing protector selection, employee training and education, audiometric testing (only required for employee’s working in 85 dBA or higher with 8 hour exposure or more per day), maintenance, inspection, record keeping, and program evaluation.
The effectiveness of hearing protection is reduced greatly if the hearing protectors do not fit properly or if they are worn only part time during periods of noise exposure. To maintain their effectiveness, they should not be modified. Remember, radio headsets are not substitutes for hearing protectors and should not be worn where hearing protectors are required to protect against exposure to noise. Manufacturers provide information about the noise reducing capability of a hearing protector as an NRR (noise reduction rating) number. The NRR ratings are based on noise reduction obtained in laboratory conditions and is used to determine how effectively HPD’s reduce employee exposure by subtracting the NRR from the employee’s exposure. However, the NRR does not accurately reflect attenuation, and a safety factor of 7 must be used.
Select hearing protection that is:
• Correct for the job.
• Provides adequate protection. Check the manufacturer's literature.
• Comfortable enough to be accepted and worn.
14 AVAILABLE HEARING PROTECTION
Ear plugs are inserted to block the ear canal. They may be pre-molded (preformed) or moldable (foam ear plugs). Ear plugs are sold as disposable products or reusable plugs. Custom molded ear plugs are also available.
Semi-insert ear plugs which consist of two ear plugs held over the ends of the ear canal by a rigid headband.
Ear muffs consist of sound-attenuating material and soft ear cushions that fit around the ear and hard outer cups. They are held together by a head band.
15 CHOOSING PROPER HEARING PROTECTION
The choice of hearing protectors is a very personal one and depends on a number of factors including level of noise, comfort, and the suitability of the hearing protector for both the worker and his environment. Most importantly, the hearing protector should provide the desired noise reduction. It is best, where protectors must be used, to provide a choice of a number of different types to choose from.
If the noise exposure is intermittent, ear muffs are more desirable, since it may be inconvenient to remove and reinsert earplugs. A combination of ear muffs and earplugs, or other, provides greater protection than either device alone.
16 ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS OF EAR PLUGS AND EAR MUFFS
There are advantages and disadvantages associated with the use of both ear muffs and ear plugs.
Ear plugs can be mass-produced or individually molded to fit the ear, and they can be reusable or disposable. On the positive side, they are simple to use, less expensive than muffs, and more comfortable in hot or damp work areas. On the negative side, they provide less protection than some muffs, and should not be used in areas having noise levels over 105 dBA. They must be properly inserted to provide adequate protection.
Ear muffs can vary with respect to the material and depth of the dome, and the force of the headband. The deeper and heavier the dome, the greater the low-frequency attenuation provided by the protector. The headband must fit tightly enough to maintain a proper seal, yet not be too tight for comfort. On the positive side, ear muffs can usually provide greater protection than plugs, although this is not always true. They are easier to fit, generally more durable than plugs, and they have replaceable parts. On the negative side, they are more expensive, and often less comfortable than plugs, especially in hot work areas. Area’s where noise levels are very high, muffs and plugs can be worn together to give the user better protection.
The following table summarizes the differences between ear plugs and ear muffs.
|Comparison of Hearing Protection |
|Ear Plugs |Ear Muffs |
|Advantages: |Advantages: |
|small and easily carried |less attenuation variability among users |
|convenient to use with other personal protection equipment (can be |designed so that one size fits most head sizes |
|worn with ear muffs) |easily seen at a distance to assist in the monitoring of their use |
|more comfortable for long-term wear in hot, humid work areas |not easily misplaced or lost |
|convenient for use in confined work areas |may be worn with minor ear infections |
|Disadvantages: |Disadvantages: |
|requires more time to fit |less portable and heavier |
|more difficult to insert and remove |more inconvenient for use with other personal protective equipment. |
|require good hygiene practices |more uncomfortable in hot, humid work area |
|may irritate the ear canal |more inconvenient for use in confined work areas |
|easily misplaced |may interfere with the wearing of safety or prescription glasses: |
|more difficult to see and monitor usage |wearing glasses results in breaking the seal between the ear muff and|
| |the skin and results in decreased hearing protection. |
17 OSHA REQUIRED TRAINING
1910.95(k)(1) The employer shall train each employee who is exposed to noise at or above an 8-hour time weighted average of 85 decibels in accordance with the requirements of this section. The employer shall institute a training program and ensure employee participation in the program.
1910.95(k)(2) The training program shall be repeated annually for each employee included in the hearing conservation program. Information provided in the training program shall be updated to be consistent with changes in protective equipment and work processes.
1910.95(k)(3) The employer shall ensure that each employee is informed of the following:
1910.95(k)(3)(i) The effects of noise on hearing;
1910.95(k)(3)(ii) The purpose of hearing protectors, the advantages, disadvantages, and attenuation of various types, and instructions on selection, fitting, use, and care; and
1910.95(k)(3)(iii) The purpose of audiometric testing, and an explanation of the test procedures.
1910.95(l) "Access to information and training materials." The employer shall make available to affected employees or their representatives copies of this standard and shall also post a copy in the workplace. Copies for this standard are available to all OnSite Health and Safety employee’s at
Employee Training
Affected employees will be required to attend training concerning the proper usage and wearing of hearing protection. The training will be conducted by the Safety Coordinator, or a designated representative, within a month of hire and annually thereafter.
Training shall consist of the following components:
a. how noise affects hearing and hearing loss;
b. review of the OSHA hearing protection standard;
c. explanation of audiometric testing;
d. rules and procedures;
e. locations within company property where hearing protection is required; and
f. how to use and care for hearing protectors.
Training records will be maintained by the Safety Coordinator.
19 MONITORING
The hearing conservation amendment requires employers to monitor noise exposure levels in a manner that will accurately identify employees who are exposed to noise at or above 85 decibels (dB) averaged over eight working hours, called an 8-hour time-weight average (TWA). The exposure measurement must include all noise within an 80 dB to 130 dB range and must be taken during a typical work situation. This requirement is performance oriented since it allows employers to choose the monitoring method that best suits each individual situation.
Under this revised amendment, employees are entitled to observe monitoring procedures and they must be notified of the results of the exposure monitoring of their workplace. The method used to notify employees is left to the discretion of the employers.
Instruments used for monitoring employee exposures must be carefully checked or calibrated to ensure that the measurements are accurate. Calibration procedures are unique to specific instruments. Employers have the duty to assure that the measuring instruments they are using are properly calibrated. They may find it useful to follow the manufacturer's instructions to determine when and how extensively to calibrate.
20 AUDIOMETRIC TESTING
Audiometric testing not only monitors the sharpness or acuity of an employee's hearing over time, but also provides an opportunity for employers to educate employees about their hearing and the need to protect it.
The important elements of an audiometric testing program include baseline audiograms, annual audiograms, training, and follow-up procedures.
Audiometric testing must be made available to all employees who have average exposure levels over an 8-hour period of 85 dB. And the audiometric testing program follow-up should indicate whether hearing loss is being prevented by the employer's Hearing Conservation Program.
A professional audiologist (specialist dealing with individuals having impaired hearing), an otolaryngologist (physician specializing in the diagnosis and treatment of disorders of the ear, nose, and throat), or a physician must be responsible for the program. Both professionals and trained technicians may conduct audiometric testing. The professional does not have to be present when a qualified technician is conducting testing, however. The professional responsibilities include overseeing the program and the work of the technicians, reviewing problem audiograms, and determining whether referral is necessary.
There are two types of audiograms required in the hearing conservation program: baseline and annual audiograms.
21 BASELINE AUDIOGRAMS
The baseline audiogram is the reference audiogram against which future audiograms are compared. Baseline audiograms must be provided within 6 months of an employee's first exposure at or above an 8-hour time weighted average, TWA, of 85 dB. Where employers are using mobile test vans to obtain audiograms, baseline audiograms must be completed within one year after an employee's first exposure to workplace noise at or above a TWA of 85 dB. Where mobile vans are used and employers are allowed to delay baseline testing for up to a year, after 6 months their employees exposed at or above 85 dB must be issued and fitted with hearing protectors to be worn until the baseline audiogram is obtained.
Baseline audiograms taken before the effective date of this amendment are acceptable baselines in the program if the professional supervisor determines that the audiogram is valid.
22 ANNUAL AUDIOGRAMS
The annual audiograms must be conducted within one year of the baseline. It is important to test hearing on an annual basis in order to identify changes in hearing ability so that protective follow-up measures can be initiated before hearing loss progresses. Annual audiograms must be routinely compared to baseline audiograms to determine whether the audiogram is accurate and to determine whether the employee has lost hearing ability (that is, if a standard threshold shift (STS) has occurred), STS is defined in the amendment as an average shift in either ear of 10 dB or more at 2000, 3000, and 4000 Hz. An averaging method of determining STS was chosen because it diminishes the number of persons falsely identified as having STS who are later shown not to have had a change in hearing ability.
23 AUDIOGRAM EVALUATION
If an STS is identified, employees must be fitted or refitted with adequate hearing protectors, shown how to use them, and required to wear them. Employees must be notified within 21 days from the time the determination is made that their audiometric test results showed an STS. Some employees with an STS may need to be referred for further testing if the professional determines that their test results are questionable or if they have an ear problem of a medical nature that is thought to be caused or aggravated by wearing hearing protectors. If the suspected medical problem is not thought to be related to wearing protectors, employees must be informed that they should see a physician. If subsequent audiometric tests show that the STS identified on a previous audiogram is not persistent, employees whose exposure to noise is less than a TWA of 90 dB may discontinue the wearing of hearing protectors.
A subsequent audiogram may be substituted for the original baseline audiogram if the professional supervising the program determines that the employee's STS is persistent. This substitution will ensure that the same shift is not repeatedly identified. The professional may also decide to revise the baseline audiogram if an improvement in hearing has occurred. This will ensure that the baseline reflects actual hearing thresholds to the extent possible.
24 RECORDKEEPING
Noise exposure measurement records must be kept for 2 years. Records of audiometric test results must be maintained for the duration of employment of the affected employee. Audiometric test records must include the name and job classification of the employee, the date, the examiner's name, the date of acoustic or exhaustive calibration, measurements of the background sound pressure levels in audiometric test rooms, and the employee's most recent noise exposure measurement.
EVAPAR, Inc.
WELDING SAFETY PROGRAM
EVAPAR, Inc.
OXYGEN ACETYLENE WELDING AND CUTTING SAFETY
1 OXYGEN - FUEL GAS APPARATUS
Oxygen-fuel gas welding depends on the heat produced by the combustion of a fuel gas in the presence of oxygen. The equipment is relatively portable and does not require an electric power source. Basic equipment consists of a cylinder of oxygen, a cylinder of fuel gas, two regulators, two hoses and a welding torch. The regulators are used to reduce the pressure of the gas in the cylinder to the required work pressure. Other protective equipment (safety check valve) in the piping system prevents the backflow of oxygen into the fuel gas system, stops a flash from entering the fuel gas system, and prevents an excess of pressure from oxygen in the fuel gas system. These devices help to prevent fires and explosions and are basic and permanent parts of the apparatus.
2 SAFE HANDLING OF CYLINDERS
Explosions of fuel gas or oxygen cylinders are not common occurrences due in part to the healthy regard that workers have developed for the disastrous consequences of unsafe handling procedures.
Cylinders must be stored in dry well ventilated areas where they are not likely struck or knocked over. They should be secured "upright" by some substantial (chain, heavy wire, etc.) means so they will not fall. They should never be stored near stairways, gangways, or elevators. Keep sources of ignition at least 20 feet away from the storage area. Store oxygen and fuel gas cylinders separately (at least 20 feet apart or by a noncombustible barrier 5 feet high) and do not store oxygen with reserve stocks of carbides or other combustible materials. It is particularly important not to store oxygen cylinders in the same area as oil, grease or other petroleum products. CONTACT BETWEEN OXYGEN AND ANY PETROLEUM BASED PRODUCTS CAN RESULT IN FIRE AND EXPLOSION.
Always attach the valve protection cap (hand tight) when the cylinder is not being used. The cap is designed to protect the valve from damage that could cause the sudden release of the contents of the cylinder.
Make sure the cylinder is clearly marked with their contents, i.e. oxygen, acetylene, etc. When a cylinder is emptied, make it EMPTY or M T.
3 VALVE EXAMINATION AND REGULATORS
Use the proper wrench when attaching the regulator to the cylinder. Do not use a pipe wrench or a pair of pliers. If the valve is equipped with a hand wheel do not attempt to open or close it with a hammer.
Watch the needle of the regulator after the torch valves have been closed. If it begins to creep upward replace the regulator immediately. Do not try to repair regulators or torches. Repair work should be done by a qualified person.
4 CONNECTIONS AND HOSES
Replace hoses that have leaks, burns, or worn places. Cut out the damaged section and splice the two cuts together. do not attempt to repair hoses with tape. You can test for leaks by submerging the hose in water and looking for bubbles. Leaks in connections and hoses can also be detected by painting on a leak test solution of soapy water and checking for bubbles. Never test for leaks by using a flame.
Use only approved bronze or brass fittings. When making up connections do not use white lead, grease, pipefitting compounds or other petroleum products.
Make sure that the hoses are not placed where they can be walked on, driver over, cut or otherwise damaged. Do not expose them to heat, sparks, oil or grease.
5 COLOR CODE THE HOSES
All welding gas hoses used in the operation should conform to the following color code schedule:
GREEN.......….OXYGEN
RED........…….ACETYLENE
BLACK.......…..AIR/INERT GAS
6 ELECTRIC ARC WELDING
Electric arc welding is a fusion process in which adjoining pieces of metal are melted together forming a joint that is as strong as the original metal. Heat is supplied by an electric arc drawn between the work and an electrode. There are two types of electrodes, Carbon and Tungsten. The only function of a carbon or tungsten electrode is to carry current. As current is applied to the electrode, the electrode melts supplying filler metal to the joint.
In addition to carrying current and supplying filler metal, these electrodes are coated with a substance that vaporizes as the electrode melts. The vapor, which is formed, provides a gaseous shield around the arc and the work that prevents the formation of oxides and nitrides in the weld metal. While vapor from the coating of the electrodes has not been identified as an occupational hazard, filler metals, which are introduced to the joint as the electrode melts, may contain cadmium, nickel, or fluorine compounds. In all instances precautions must be taken to avoid contact with the metal fumes or the flux itself.
OSHA regulations require that when the filler metal contains cadmium the containers must be labeled:
WARNING
CONTAINS CADMIUM
POISONOUS FUMES MAY BE FORMED
ON HEATING
When fluxes contain fluorine compounds the containers must be labeled:
CAUTION CONTAINS FLUORINE
Adequate ventilation and/or respirators must be used to avoid breathing the fumes.
WELDING PROCEDURES
7 FIRE PROTECTION
Misuse of portable welding equipment is a frequent cause of industrial fires. Stationary equipment is less hazardous because it is usually located in an area designed with fire prevention in mind. Portable equipment can be carried to almost any location on the job and improper use of the equipment can result in a fire and/or explosion.
Do not allow welding in areas that have not been made fire safe.
8 BEFORE BEGINNING WELDING OPERATIONS
1. Clear the floor of paper, wood shavings and other flammable materials for a space of 35 feet. Move other flammable materials at least 35 feet from the work area, or cover them with fire resistant shields.
2. Cover the cracks and openings in the floor to prevent sparks from falling through to the lower floors. If it isn't possible to do this, check the lower floor and make sure there are no combustibles, which could be exposed to, sparks.
3. When possible move the work to be welded to a safe location.
4. Cover wooden floors with a fire resistant material.
5. Cover nearby combustible walls and partitions with fire resistant shields. If the walls area made of metal, remove the combustible material from the other side. If they cannot be removed, station a "fire watch".
6. Shut down ventilation and close ducts if there is a chance they could transmit sparks to other areas in the plant.
7. Maintain a "fire watch" during the work and for 1/2 hour after the work is completed.
8. Train "fire watchers" in the proper use of fire extinguishing equipment and how to sound alarms.
9. Provide fire extinguishers or sprinkler systems in welding areas. Portable welding equipment should be equipped with an extinguisher.
9 WELDING EQUIPMENT
1. Check both the weld lead cable and the work lead cable for damaged insulation and for exposed wires.
2. Check the electrode holders for loose or exposed connections. Do NOT splice weld lead within 10 feet of the holder. Replace it.
3. Do NOT coil the electrode cable around your body.
4. Check the composition of fluxes, rods, and coatings. If there is a potential hazard find out how to protect yourself.
5. Ground both the frame of the welding equipment and the metal being welded. Do NOT attach the ground wires to pipes carrying gas or flammable liquids or to metal conduits carrying electrical wires. Ground as close to the machine as possible.
6. When floors are wet take precautions against shock.
7. Do NOT allow metal parts in contact with the electrode to touch your skin or wet clothing. Wear dry work gloves.
8. Do NOT cool electrode holders by putting them in water.
9. Electrically disconnect the welding equipment when changing electrodes in gas tungsten arc electrode holders.
10 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE GEAR
Personal protective gear for welders is required to protect the operator’s eyes from radiation and to protect the operator from hot weld slag.
Sunglasses or colored glass will not provide sufficient protection against radiation. Specially designed helmets equipped with filter plates to protect against ultraviolet, infrared and visible radiation must be worn when arc welding.
Cover bare skin to protect against both sparks and radiation. Woolen clothing gives better protection than cotton because it is less flammable. If cotton clothing is worn it should be treated chemically to reduce flammability. Clothing should be free of grease and oil and other substances that may burn. Do not wear clothing with cuffs or pockets where sparks can lodge. Flameproof gauntlet gloves, a leather or asbestos apron and high top shoes provide good protection against sparks and hot slag.
WELD DEPARTMENT / PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
11 RESPONSIBILITY
1. It is recognized that no set of safe job procedures can cover all possible exposures where personal protective equipment may be needed. For this reason, we depend on your good judgment to wear the personal protective equipment that is necessary to protect your safety and health while on the job.
2. Each employee is also responsible for maintaining the personal protective equipment that is provided by the company for his or her protection.
12 HAZARDS
1. Foot injuries that result from objects that drop or fall onto the foot while handling, moving or working with heavy materials.
2. Eye injuries, particularly flash burn that could occur when looking at arc welding operations without benefit of eye protection.
3. Foreign particle in eye injuries that result from flying or falling particles generated during production operations.
4. Burns to hands, fingers, arms and body from accidental contact with hot surfaces during or after welding or cutting operations.
5. Hearing impairment that results from prolonged exposure to high noise levels without benefit of hearing protection.
6. Head injuries that may occur when there is a possibility of falling or flying objects or bumping into suspended or traveling stock. Irritation or damage to your respiratory system that result from inhalation of weld fumes.
WELD DEPARTMENT
13 SAFE JOB PROCEDURE
1. Wear safety glasses in all production areas of plant. Small foreign particles area generated throughout the weld shop department, and these particles could enter the eye causing severe eye irritation. For this reason, it is essential that eye protection be worn.
2. Wear safety-toe shoes in all production areas. The shoes worn in the weld department should provide adequate protection against heavy objects that could fall or drop. Canvas covered shoes and/or sandals are not permitted in work areas of the plant.
3. Hearing protection, insert plugs or muffs, must be worn in all areas of the department where high noise levels are generated.
4. For arc welding, approved hoods with shaded lenses adequate for the type of welding being done must be worn. It is also necessary to wear goggles under hoods to protect the eyes when chipping or grinding after the weld operation.
5. Adequate gloves must be worn to protect against burns or cuts while performing work in the weld department. It is recommended that leather gloves be worn to provide protection against the hot surfaces and sharp edges that are basic to our operation.
6. Wear adequate clothing for this type of operation. Synthetic shirts and pants should not be worn since some of these are highly combustible and can burn with even a slight spark. Heavy cotton shirts with long sleeves, buttoned at the wrist, are preferred. Padded leather aprons or similar protection is recommended for welders.
7. When welding operations produce irritating or noxious fumes, you must wear a disposable filter mask.
14 SAFETY TIP
1. It is essential that you take care of your personal protective equipment. Safety goggles and shields must be kept clean to be sure that you have good vision at all times.
WELD DEPARTMENT
OXY GAS TORCH CUTTING
15 HAZARDS
1. Fire or possible explosion damage to the plant and equipment because of faulty torch, gas fuel leaks, or improper operation of the torch.
2. Burns resulting from contact with open flame or slag during cutting operations and from accidental contact with hot material or scrap produced during operation.
3. Eye injury caused by looking at point of operation without protective eye shields.
4. Caught in or between and struck by accidents caused when handling moving materials to be cut or when removing materials after the cutting operation is performed.
16 SAFE JOB PROCEDURE
1. Know the correct procedure for setting up the cutting operation, turning on the torch and completing the cut before attempting to use the torch-cutting machine. If you have questions on proper set-up, ask your supervisor.
2. Inspect the torch body, gauges, and hose for damage or defects before making any cuts. Report gas and oxygen leaks immediately for repairs.
3. Keep oil and grease away from all oxygen valve connections, hoses and gauges.
4. Make sure all hose and torch body connections are tight and not cross threaded. Remember that gas hose connections have left-handed threads. Never interchange oxygen with gas hose.
5. When setting up for a cut, visually check for congestion, combustibles, and other conditions that could impair the safety of the operation.
6. Wear proper protective equipment when working on torch cutting operations. Properly tinted safety glasses with side shields, safety shoes, gloves and clothing suitable for this job must be worn. Do not wear clothing with synthetic materials that can burn rapidly when exposed to sparks.
7. Be alert for leaks when opening natural gas valves. If a strong odor of gas is present, shut the system off and check out the problem.
8. When lighting the torch, open the torch fuel gas valve one-half turn. Reduce the fuel pressure to get rid of black smoke. Open the torch oxygen valve to get the proper flame. If torch backfires, try relighting. If there is another flashback, stop using the torch and get it inspected.
9. During cutting, keep hands and arms out of the scrap fall area and be alert for sparks during the operation.
10. When torch-cutting lead painted steel or galvanized materials, wear a respirator.
11. Make sure that a fire extinguisher is readily available during cutting operations. The fire extinguisher should be located in close proximity and easily accessible.
12. After making the cut, turn off torch valves and fuel/oxygen supply. Mark all hot materials with the work "HOT" if other employees are working close to this operation.
13. Make sure work area is clean and ready for next operation after completing work or at the end of the shift.
WELD DEPARTMENT
17 SAFETY TIPS
1. By far the greatest exposure in the cutting operation is from burns because of a flame, hot materials, or slag. You must use good judgment in performing the operation and wearing the proper clothing and equipment to prevent these injury exposures.
2. Shaded safety glasses should be worn whenever torch cutting, to protect your eyes from burns.
3. Never permit flammable liquids or combustible materials to be located close to the cutting operation. The work area should be clean and uncongested.
4. Always be on the alert for pinch points caused from material being placed onto the torch table by hoist or manually. Never place your fingers into an area that could result in a crush injury because of something being dropped or moved.
5. Torch bodies and tips must be kept clean if they are going to do the right job. Always be sure that the tip and the torch body are in good condition. When lighting torches, don't use cigarettes, matches or cigarette lighters. The best method is to use the spark lighter.
6. Never interchange hoses on gas-oxygen welding equipment. If hose is damaged or defective, have it repaired or replaced.
7. Always on the alert for natural gas leaks. If strong odor of gas is present, shut down the system and check out the problem.
8. Always keep your mind on what you are doing when operating the torch-cutting machine.
WELD DEPARTMENT
ARC WELDING
18 HAZARDS
1. Burns resulting from accidental contact with hot surface during welding operation or immediately after, before materials have been cooled.
2. Flash burns to eyes resulting from looking at the arc too closely without proper eye protection.
3. Respiratory irritation resulting from breathing in fumes or particles generated through some welding operations.
4. Electric shock or burns because of accidental contact with electrical energy source.
5. Strains that result from manually moving material during the welding fit-up operation.
19 SAFE JOB PROCEDURE
1. Proper protective clothing should be worn whenever performing arc-welding operations. The following clothing is recommended:
a. Gauntlet gloves and aprons of leather should be worn as protection against radiated heat and sparks.
b. Shirt sleeves should be kept buttoned about the wrist with nothing in shirt pockets.
c. It is not advisable to wear low cut shoes unless the ankles area covered with protective leggings. It is easy for sparks and hot flux particles to fly into open shoes, causing severe burns to feet.
d. Safety glasses with proper side shields and shaded lenses should be worn under arc helmets to protect against flying particles that area generated during cleaning operations.
e. Helmets or hand-held shields should be used whenever arc welding and the shields should contain the proper filter lenses and sheer protective glass cover. We recommend the following shades of filter type for lenses:
AMPERAGE SHADE
Below 30 6-7
30-70 8
75-300 10
300-400 12
Over 400 14
Or, if shade is based on rod diameter:
ROD DIAMETER (INCHES) SHADE
1/16" 10
3/32" 10
1/8" 10
5/32" 10
3/16" 12
7/32" 12
1/4" 12
5/16" 14
3/8" 14
2. Visually inspect protective equipment, particularly helmets and hand shields frequently for damage. If the equipment has a damaged shield or is badly cracked, it should be replaced.
3. Always check general safety of work area before starting operations. Be considerate of others working in the immediate area. If necessary, place suitable shields or screens around the operation to prevent your arc flash and ultra-violet rays from casing injury to other workers.
4. If welding on zinc or cadmium plated metals, wear a fume respirator.
5. Plan ahead. Make sure that jig or worktable is ready for operations to be done. Good judgment should be used in setting up for the welding operation so that manual handling or moving parts to be welded is minimized. Be sure that all the tools and materials needed for the job are close at hand, but yet not in the way.
6. Before starting welding operation, check all electrical connections. Be sure that the electrical connections are secure and firmly attached to the work. The ground rod should be securely connected to the work or to the work jig.
7. Keep work leads as short as possible to minimize damage and reduce trip hazards to yourself and others working in area. When laying out leads, be considerate of others who work or walk in the area, don't create tripping hazards with your equipment or welding leads.
8. Carefully examine the electrical insulation on holders and cable at the beginning of each shift. Badly worn or frayed insulation and damaged holders should be replaced or repaired. Report any unsafe condition to your supervisor.
9. Make sure electrode is clear of conductor before starting the work. If the electrode does touch a good ground, an accidental flash can result with injury to your eyes and the eyes of another. It is also important to keep yourself insulated from the ground or metal when
changing electrodes.
10. Remove electrodes from holder when not in use.
11. Always shut off power source at machine and make sure that arc is not in contact with ground lead whenever leaving the work area.
12. Be alert for possible burn hazards. Always be watchful of others working in the area who may be burned as a result of heat generated from your welding operation. Be certain that material is cool before you touch it without gloves.
13. Good housekeeping is critical to safety in welding operations. Maintaining good housekeeping is an on-going job, but it is very important in this operation.
20 METAL INERT GAS WELDING
1. Secure inert gas cylinders in upright position at all times. Do not leave bottles unsecured since they could fall over causing injury to others or property damage.
2. Caps must be kept on gas cylinders not hooked up to regulators. Never store gas cylinders without the cap being secure.
3. Exercise good lifting techniques when lifting electrode wire onto spools. The wire is heavy, so lift it with slightly bent knees, keep the back nearly straight. Do not bend at the waist to pick spools up.
4. Check regulator, gas flow settings before starting weld. Make sure that gas line connections are tight and that the regulator is properly adjusted. Do not use regulators that are in damaged condition. Have them repaired.
5. Exercise caution when changing inert gas bottles. The bottles are heavy so good material-handling techniques must be used. Always be extra careful with fuel bottles that do not have protective caps in place. The bottle must be secured before removing the protective cap.
6. Check torch body and electrode holder for defects prior to starting to weld. Damaged insulation hoses or other noticeable defects should be reported.
7. Never look directly at work when striking an arc without adequate eye protection. Always be alert to the danger of flash burns to yourself and others. Remember, arc welding produces infrared and ultraviolet rays that can easily burn unprotected eyes.
8. Prior to starting weld, be sure that wire electrode spool is not binding.
CAUTION
21 TOXIC SUBSTANCES MAY BE PRESENT WHEN WELDING
When hazardous substances are used as base metals, fluxes, plating or filter metals, local exhaust ventilation must be used. Beryllium, cadmium, chromium, fluorides, lead, mercury, zinc, or any inert gas metal arc welding, and oxygen cutting of stainless steel, all require the use of local exhaust ventilation to bring toxic concentrations within the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL). If it is not possible to supply adequate ventilation, use supplied air respirators.
Remove coatings along the line of the weld (lead paint, galvanize, coal tar pitch, plastic, etc.) so they can't burn. Clean all work which has been degreased, and do not operate electric arc welding equipment near a degreasing operation. The degreasing agents trichlorethylene and perchlorethylene (or any other agent) decompose when exposed to the arc and can irritate the eyes and respiratory tract.
*****************************
22 WELDING IN CONFINED SPACES
The threat posed by toxic gases, fumes, and dust is intensified when the welding work is done in a confined space.
Concentrations of toxic substances can rapidly reach hazardous levels without adequate ventilation.
OSHA regulations governing work in confined spaces require that the area be adequately ventilated and free from flammable or explosive substances. No welding or cutting may take place until the atmosphere has been tested and shown not to be dangerous or likely to become dangerous.
Workers in the confined space must be equipped with a safety belt and lifeline. A trained worker with approved respiratory equipment must remain on "standby" outside the confined space ready to provide assistance in case of emergency.
REFER TO THE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM FOR COMPLETE DETAILS.
EVAPAR, Inc.
SAFETY MEETINGS
SAFETY TRAINING MEETINGS
OSHA REQUIRES THAT EACH EMPLOYER PROVIDE A MEANS OF SAFETY COMMUNICATION WITH EMPLOYEES. WHAT BETTER WAY IS THERE THAN TO DOCUMENT WHAT YOU ARE ALREADY PROBABLY DOING. USUALLY YOU TAKE THE TYPICAL 5 TO 10 MINUTES TO TALK TO EMPLOYEES PERIODICALLY ABOUT SAFETY ON THE JOB.
OSHA REQUIRES THAT "TAILGATE/TOOLBOX" SAFETY MEETINGS BE HELD AT LEAST EVERY 10 WORKING DAYS IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
INTRODUCTION:
Each supervisor is the official management representative for his group of employees. It is the supervisor who the company as well as employee looks to and who sets the example of company policy, philosophy, and communication. Safety communication is a key to employee safe work behavior.
The "worksite" safety meeting is one method of providing this line of communication with employees, which in time will assist in enhancing safety performance.
OBJECTIVES:
1. To encourage safety awareness.
2. To get employees actively involved.
3. To motivate employees to follow proper safety practices.
4. To encourage employees to report or discuss work hazards.
5. To introduce workers to new safety rules.
6. To provide vital information on accident causes and types.
PROCEDURES:
Minimum Action Standard
1. Each supervisor will meet at least once each month with their employees in a group meeting to communicate on safety issues.
2. The meetings should be held at the beginning of the shift, preferably on the first workday of the week.
3. The meeting should last at least 5 to 10 minutes.
4. The topic of the meeting should be prepared in advance in order to maintain employees’ attention.
5. Minutes of the meeting should be recorded on the "Worksite Safety Meeting" Report Form. (See attached)
6. The completed reports, with the signatures of all employees who attended would be turned into the office within 24 hours of being completed.
Preparation and Planning
Prior to each meeting, the supervisor may receive a written and prepared safety talk from the corporate office. This tool can be effectively used and presented directly to the employees by reading it. However, in some instances the written topic may not be available. Under these circumstances, the supervisor will be required to formulate a meeting "script" on his own. The following outline will assist the supervisor to develop his own meeting topic:
1. Choose your topic carefully: Such things as a recent accident, new equipment, or dangerous new chemicals will be impressive.
2. Gather your facts and figures: Be sure they are complete and accurate; use visual aids if possible.
3. Map out your presentation: Outline your topic; what you hope to accomplish; try to anticipate employees’ questions and reactions.
4. Keep within a time limit: The meeting should last from 5 to 10 minutes or longer; set a time table and stick to it; employees will pay more attention when the time does not drag on unreasonably.
5. Devise strategies to get employees involved: Discuss safety; ask questions that require more than a yes or no reply of the employee.
HOW TO CONDUCT A MEETING
If you have done your preparation and planning, the meeting will practically run itself. While some supervisors are not in the habit of conducting safety sessions and may be comfortable doing so, experience usually will stop these feelings. Whether presenting a safety topic in writing from the office, or preparing one yourself, the basic steps listed below should be followed in order to maintain employee attention and interest:
1. Introduce the Topic: Begin with the meat of the subject matter or the reason for the meeting. Use some humor if appropriate.
2. Present the Facts: Be concise as possible when providing any information to the employees. Use only credible facts and figures. Present them in as interesting a manner as possible.
3. Demonstrate: Use visual aids to demonstrate your point. Use employees to "act out" or role-play a new safety procedure or policy to give the meeting added impact.
4. Open the meeting up for discussion: Use this time for questions and answers, clarify any misunderstandings, and obtain feedback from the employees.
5. Summarize the major points: Recap the key points you have discussed. End the meeting on a note of thing employee should remember.
6. When you have selected a topic or been provided one for your meeting, review the material in advance to familiarize yourself with the information. Use any supplemental material you can think of to reinforce or illustrate the meetings' subject matter. Make a note on the outline material where you may want to emphasize important information or add any appropriate facts, or accident statistics.
7. When presenting the meeting from a prepared topic, try not to read the information word for word. But if it is necessary to do so, this method is better than no meeting. It is better to be prepared and know what you are to say, visual aids readily accessible, support equipment available, and demonstration rehearsed. This will allow the meeting to run more smoothly and keep employees attention. Otherwise employees will be distracted by disorganization, rambling discussion, or ill planned demonstration.
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
1 SCAFFOLDS...AND HUMAN LIFE
Scaffolds are a temporary, but essential part of contract construction. If we do work above the ground, we must have confidence in the scaffolding that we work from. Sure scaffolds are temporary, but we have got to build and maintain them as though they will last forever. We can't afford makeshift work.
All of us have seen the tragic headlines in our newspapers now and then...
"Man Dies After 40 Foot Fall From Scaffold"
"Scaffold Fails, Two Workers Die"
"Worker Paralyzed After A 2 Story Plunge From Work Platform" We have got to do everything we can to prevent such terrible headlines. We have got to build safe scaffolds with good materials, and solid construction. And, once the scaffold is erected, we've got to check it regularly to make sure it stays in good shape. Check scaffolds daily, and when you do, keep this important question in mind...
"Would I be willing to trust my life to that scaffold?"
• Some important things to check on scaffolds:
• Has the scaffold moved or shifted? Are the base plates or footings secure?
• Is the scaffold properly and securely tied off? Does it sway?
• Are the uprights, ledgers and ribbons solid and secure? Is cross bracing in place along the entire length of the scaffold with solid connections?
• Is planking in good condition with no splits? Are the planks cleated to prevent walking?
• Is the scaffold equipped with good guardrails, intermediate rails and toe boards?
• Is the housekeeping under and on top of the scaffold good?
Remember - You have the responsibility to check your scaffolds to make sure that they are safe. Please help us avoid the tragedy of a scaffold fall.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
2 MAKE-SHIFT WORK PLATFORMS
In the rush to get an overhead job done, how many times have you or someone you know balanced precariously on a board to reach some inaccessible height? Thousands of construction workers do it every year and hundreds of them pay for it in serious injuries or even with their lives. Of course, we all think that it will never happen to us...I've got good balance, I won't fall." But too often, it can and does.
Consider these two accidents:
1) Two employees were using a 2" x 12" x 15' plank as a work platform 14'9" above the floor. The plank was tied at one end with a rope and secured to steel brace with a "C" clamp on the other end. They were installing buss header connectors overhead.
One of the workers was using an electrical drill that apparently had a sort in the wiring. The drill sparked, startling the worker, and causing him to step backward off the plank. He fell on the concrete and died of head injuries two hours later.
2) The deceased was soldering a pipe joint while standing on a 2" x 12" x 16' scaffold plank apparently set on forms placed there by a carpenter. The gas torch he was using burned through the hose line supplying gas to the torch and ignited. In an effort to get away from the flame, the employee stepped backward falling 24 feet to the concrete floor.
These accidents have something in common. Both workers relied on makeshift platforms and didn't bother to plan their work. In both instances, an unsafe work practice triggered the accident. The results were tragic. Next time you want to erect a temporary work platform, just remember that falls, even from low heights, can be serious. To be safe, you must have a work platform that is sturdy, secured and sufficient size to provide a safe working surface in case you do lose your balance.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
3 ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
Shock Injuries
Every year people die or are injured from electrical shocks. You can receive an electrical shock anytime part of your body comes into contact with an electrical source. If it does, you can get hurt in three ways:
• From nerve shock which could cause your lungs or heart to stop.
• From the heating effect of the current which can cause severe burns
• From secondary injury caused from normal body reaction to the shock. If you touch something that is not or gives you a jolt, your body may move back involuntarily. This could hurt if you are on a ladder.
If you are standing on a dry, clean nonmetallic floor, chances are that you will have enough resistance and shouldn't get a severe shock. But you can never tell whether the work area or floor is sufficiently clean and free of conductive objects like nails or metal scrap.
If your work surface is wet or covered with metallic objects, and if your are sweaty, your body resistance may be so low that a shock as low as 30 volts could kill. The only effective way to minimize shocks is to keep electrical equipment in good condition so that live current is fully contained.
Some points to remember:
• Make sure, not only that the electrical equipment is grounded, but also the electrical service is grounded.
• Don't use electrical tools that do not have a grounded plug.
• Don't use electrical tools while standing on or in contact with metal ladders or work platforms.
• Inspect flexible electrical cords and connections for damage before you use the equipment.
• Don't perform work on or close to energized electrical equipment unless the power is locked out and you are qualified to do this type of work.
• If you see defective electrical tools or service cords take them out of service and report them at once. Be alert for the electrical hazards that others may create for themselves and you. If you see hazards, let us know about them.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
4 OFFICE SAFETY
Introduction
Although safety in offices does not appear to be a major problem area, many severe and costly accidents occur as the result of improper planning of space and a lack of attention toward seemingly harmless exposures. Offices, like any other workplace, should receive adequate attention to eliminate existing or potential hazards. Listed below are some of the more significant problem areas and possible solutions for the more predominant accident causing sources.
The Problems
|Narrow aisles |Protruding objects |
|Electrical grounding |Flammable liquid storage |
|Desks |Inadequate storage |
|Boxed supplies |Slippery or wet floors |
|Lifting |Transporting devices |
|Electrical cords |Lack of planning |
|Phone cords |File cabinets |
|Falls |Lack of attention to hazardous conditions |
The Solutions
|Proper planning |Flammable storage cabinet |
|Adequate storage |Electrical grounding |
|Inspections |Electrical cord routing |
|Cabinet bolting |Clean floors and pick-up spills |
|Space arrangement |Keep aisles clear |
Discussing Questions
1. Why office safety?
2. How can proper planning help eliminate office accidents?
3. How can storage arrangements be more effectively used in your office?
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
5 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Introduction
Some workers consider respiratory equipment a nuisance; not realizing that failure to wear it may endanger their lives. Failure to wear respiratory protection when required can cause permanent damage to your lungs and possibly death. Usually the attitude of such persons can be changed if someone in authority will clearly explain why the equipment is necessary, show them how to fit it in position and explain its operation.
The Problems
|Dust and small flying particles |Poor maintenance |
|Gases |Poor selection |
|Fumes |Improper care |
|Smoke |Storage |
|Lack of availability |Punch holes in filters |
|Lack of use |Training |
|Physically fit | |
The Solutions
|Know substance (environment) |Easy availability |
|Know significant properties and effects |Proper maintenance |
|Determine significant job factors |Adequate storage |
|Capabilities of users |Proper training |
|Facilities maintenance |Inspections |
|Correct respirator for the job |Good physical fitness |
Discussing Questions
1. Why are respirators often not worn when needed?
2. Why should respirators be inspected often?
3. Why is it necessary to train or instruct workers on respirator usage?
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
6 GRINDING SAFETY
Introduction
How much do your employees know about grinding safety? This question should help establish where your safety needs lie in relation to grinder use. Problems and solutions appear below. Check the ones you feel are relevant and solicit a response. You may wish to include other information. Discussion questions are also suggested.
The Problems The Solutions
|No protective equipment |Lax wheel inspection |Improve safety rules |Line up flanges |
|"Won't use protection" |Lax maintenance |Discipline |Observe safety rules |
|Flying particles |Wheel abuse |On-the-job training |Use safety equipment |
|No protective guard |Excessive vibration |Correct wheel for job |No flammable vapors |
|Wheel breakage |Storage in the way |Proper maintenance |Safe locations |
|High speed operation |Improperly stored wheels |Application of techniques |Teach limitations |
|Guard adjustment |Flammable vapors near |Strict wheel inspection | |
|Wrong wheel for job |Wheel humidity exposure | | |
|Improper use |Attitude | | |
|Hazard ignorance |Bad habits | | |
|incorrect work setup | | | |
Discussion Questions:
1. How can simple safety precautions lower the risk of injury?
2. What is the importance of a good safety attitude?
3. What are contributing factors to a wheel breaking?
4. Does efficiency have anything to do with safety?
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
7 TIRE MOUNTING SAFETY
Introduction
Each year severe injuries and even deaths result because of the failure to comply with proper tire mounting procedures. The directional control of all vehicles is dependent upon the proper functioning of the steering axle tires. The probability of a serious accident resulting from this failure is many times greater for the steering tires compared to drive or trail tires.
The Problems
|Mounting damaged rims |Mixing rim parts |
|Working on inflated tire and rim assembly |Seating rings with inflated tire |
|Check for damage |Installation of repaired tires of tubes for front wheel position |
|Large or small tube |Mounting damaged tires |
|Buckled, creased or damaged tires | |
The Solutions
|Remove valve core and deflate completely |Check rim diameter |
|Inspect tire for dirt, liquid, foreign material |Proper lubrications |
|Use new tubes and flaps in new tube type tires |Proper flange and ring seating |
|Check tube or tire for cleanliness |Use specialized tools |
|Safety cage, portable safety device |Inspect valve cores |
|Air pressure | |
Discussion Questions
1. Why should the inside of tires be inspected before mounting?
2. Which type of tools should be used in the mounting of tires?
3. When are safety cages or portable safety devices used when inflating tires?
4. What type of lubrication is used?
5. What size tubes should be used with regard to their respective casings?
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
8 HAND TOOL SAFETY
Introduction
Hand tools have played an important part in man's history. Without them there would be no civilization, as we know it today.
The trouble is that we take hand tools for granted. We treat hammers, saws, knives, wrenches, files, screwdrivers and such tools so casually that we seldom realize they can be dangerous.
But hand tools are dangerous, and the facts prove one thing: Little hand tools can cause great injuries!
In California for example, about 15 workers are killed and 17,000 disabled from hand tool injuries in industry every year. Six percent of all injuries are incurred through the use of hand tools.
Almost all hand tool injuries would be avoided if a few basic common sense rules were followed:
1) Select the right tool for the job.
2) Use it the right way.
3) Make sure it is in good condition.
4) If a tool is defective, tag it "do not use" and remove it from service.
INSTRUCTOR'S TIP:
Try to develop what your crew’s attitude is about hand tool safety, and what you and your company can do to improve it. Present your views and solicit discussion. You can select from the ideas here of supplement them with your own. The discussion questions at the bottom are designed as thought provokers. Some of the feedback from your people might well be relayed to senior management.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
9 POWER TOOL SAFETY TIPS
Famous last words:
• "It's only 110 - it can't really hurt you."
• "Let me just stretch a little and drill this one hole."
• "I emptied this staple gun...."
• "Let me pull this saw blade guard back just to finish this one cut."
Portable power tools are one of the greatest time and energy savers around. Since they're so readily available and useful, we tend to forget that they're powered, and have the potential to amputate, break bones, electrocute and kill.
The Problems
• Inadequate instructions.
• Use of improperly grounded, non-double insulated tools.
• Protective Guards were defective or removed.
• Dull cutting edges of blades and bits.
• Hang-up of power cord twist plugs on ladder rungs.
• Non-secure operator position.
The Solutions
• Proper training in power tool use.
• Preventive maintenance on power tools.
• Inspections and defective tool reports.
• Shorten power cord to prevent hang-ups.
• If you are performing elevated work, use safety belts.
Discussion Questions
1. Have you noticed any tools that appear to be defective?
2. Have you had any close calls recently while using power tools?
3. Do we need any tool holders to keep them off the floor?
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
WEEKLY SAFETY MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
11 POWER SAWS
The portable power saw has become an indispensable tool on construction sites. The fact that we are all familiar with them does not diminish how dangerous they are. You must keep safety in mind at all times when you are handling power saws. One wrong move - shifting your weight, a sneeze, stumbling, or just looking up from your work could spell disaster.
The teeth on a circular saw move at speeds around 12,000 feet per minute; that's almost 140 miles per hour. They sure as heck aren't going to stop if your finger, hand, or leg gets in the way. And remember the chips coming off that blade move almost as fast so be sure to wear your safety glasses.
You should always inspect saws prior to use. Look for damaged parts, frayed cords missing ground prongs, and damaged or missing guards. Never use a saw without all guards in place and in safe working order. If you find a defect, take the tool out of service, and be sure to tag it "do not use - needs repair" so no one else will try to use it.
When cuffing, be prepared for the saw to kick back - that is what happens when the blade or work piece catches or binds and jerks suddenly, usually back toward you. Make sure the work piece is secured, and keep a firm grip on the saw. Cut with a sharp blade; it will make a safer, easier, cleaner cut. Use a blade designed for the material you're cutting and make sure all guides are adjusted properly. Anytime you change blades or make adjustments be sure to disconnect the power. Remember to unplug the battery if the saw is battery powered. As with any electrical tool, never carry a power saw with your finger on the switch, never yank the cord to unplug it from the outlet, and never use the cord to raise or lower it. Clean your saw before you put it away and store it in a secure, dry place.
Not too many of the people who have cut off their fingers did so on purpose. More likely than not, either they-weren't paying attention, or they made a mistake. They had heard the same warnings about power saws that you've heard. It's up to you to be different by making sure you pay attention to the warnings always so you keep all your fingers on your hands where they belong.
Special Topics For Your Project _________________________________________________________________
Employee Safety Recommendations _________________________________________________________________
Reviewed SDS # Subject ______________________________________________________________________________
Meeting Attended By _________________________________________________________________
Supervisor's Signature ______________________________________________________________________________
WEEKLY SAFETY MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
13 SEVERE WEATHER
With warm summer months come family vacations, outdoor fun, and unfortunately, the threat of severe weather. The statistics are staggering. According to the SAFETY Weather Service, lightning has killed an average of 89 people every year for the last 30 years. Tornadoes strike the United States more than 500 times a year, killing hundreds and injuring many more. This year more than 100 people were killed by tornadoes, and that was just in the end of March and the beginning of April. Entire communities woke up to total devastation.
Lightning storms can be amazing to watch, but they are very dangerous. If possible get indoors, but be sure to stay away from windows, doors, electrical appliances, TV antennas, and plumbing fixtures. If you have to be outside during a lightning storm, keep away from crane booms, towers, metal objects, power and telephone lines, railroad tracks, metal fences, trees, water, boats, and structural steel buildings. Never seek shelter under a tree. Work smart and play smart and avoid lightning's favorite targets.
A severe thunderstorm may spawn a tornado with destructive winds that can exceed speeds of 300 miles per hour. Do you know the difference between a tornado watch and a tornado warning? A tornado watch means that conditions are right for tornadoes to develop. A tornado warning means a tornado has actually been sighted or picked up on radar by the SAFETY Weather Service. When a warning has been issued, danger is imminent. Seek shelter immediately - inside if possible. The best locations are the basement or an interior room on the lowest level of the building. If you cannot get inside try to find a low spot, like a ditch or creek, and lie down in it as flat as possible.
Millions of dollars of damage result not only from tornadoes and lightning strikes, but also from other types of severe weather. Heavy rains may cause flooding, mudslides, or flash floods. Hurricanes frequently damage coastal areas, and can reach miles inland. Strong winds can damage structures and equipment, and can blow dust, scrap, and material around the jobsite.
You cannot avoid severe weather or make it go away; you can only try to minimize its impact. Have a plan in place at work and at home so that everyone knows what to do and where to go when severe weather strikes.
SAFETY REMINDER: Keep an eye to the sky and an ear to your radio or television when severe weather is predicted.
Special Topics For Your Project
Employee Safety Recommendations
Reviewed SDS # Subject
Meeting Attended By
Supervisor's Signature
WEEKLY SAFETY MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
14 FIRST AID
No matter how hard we try to prevent them, injuries always seem to occur. Whether you're on the job or at home, you should be prepared to provide first aid. It is important to know how to treat each injury and to know when additional medical care is needed. Properly applied, immediate first aid may mean the difference between life and death and may prevent prolonged hospitalization or permanent injury. Obviously, serious injuries require immediate first aid followed by professional medical attention. All too often though, small injuries go completely untreated. Even something as minor as a splinter deserves attention - that's why it hurts! If not treated properly an even more painful infection may result.
Each jobsite is required to have at least one first aid kit and it must be available at all times. This means that it shouldn't be in somebody’s truck, unless that truck is always at the jobsite. The number of kits and what each should contain vary depending on the jobsite. The contents of each kit however, must be checked at least once each week to make sure that any used or expired supplies are replaced. Establish a schedule and assign a responsible person to ensure that the contents of all of your first aid kits are checked weekly.
OSHA requires that prompt medical attention be available in case someone is injured. Someone on the site must be certified to provide first aid if professional attention is not available in a reasonable amount of time. A good guideline for reasonable" is eight minutes. Is there a certified first aid provider on your jobsite? Who is it? Find out today.
Even if you aren't trained to provide first aid, there are still things that you can do to help. First, if there is someone who can provide first aid, know where to find him or her. Second, know how to call for help - memorize the emergency numbers for your jobsite, and know where the nearest phone is located. When you make an emergency call, stay as calm as possible and give the operator as much information as you can. First aid training is available from the American Red Cross, through the SAFETY Safety Council, and from many hospitals, fire departments, and rescue squads. Get your first aid certificate. The training isn't that difficult, and it doesn’t take much longer than attending a friend's funeral (a distinct alternative if you aren’t able to help).
SAFETY REMINDER Be prepared in the event of an emergency. Keep basic first aid supplies in your home, car, boat, and camper.
Special Topics For Your Project
Employee Safety Recommendations
Reviewed SDS Subject
Meeting Attended By
Supervisor's Signature
WEEKLY SAFETY MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
16 ARC WELDING
Welding is the fusing together of pieces of metal through the application of heat; arc and gas welding are the most common. Today we'll focus on arc welding hazards, although many of them are present during gas welding also. Common hazards include bums and fires from hot metal and sparks, eye and skin damage from infrared and ultra-violet radiation, and exposure to noxious fumes and gases. Most of these hazards can be controlled or avoided by wearing the proper personal protective equipment, staying alert, and inspecting the area before and after welding.
Always wear appropriate personal protective equipment when you are welding or exposed to a welding operation. Start with eye and face protection: use a welding hood with the proper filter lenses installed to protect you from the ultraviolet radiation of the arc. That ultraviolet light can actually give you a "sun" bum if your skin is exposed, so you should wear long sleeves. Protect your hands by wearing a good pair of welder's gloves. Your pants legs should cover the tops of your boots even when you're sitting down. This will help prevent sparks and slag from falling into your boots.
When you're welding you should have your hood down to protect your eyes. Unfortunately, that hood makes it impossible for you to see other operations and dangers around you. You need to be aware of what else is going on in your area, especially if you are welding near moving or dangerous equipment. If necessary, use a spotter. Fire is an ever-present danger when welding. Always have a charged fire extinguisher handy. It may even be necessary to have another person on fire watch.
If a hot work permit is required make sure you get one before you start working. Before you do any welding, check the area for anything that could cause a fire: flammable liquids and gases, explosive materials, or any combustibles like paper, rags, wood, grease, or cardboard. Find a safe way to run your leads so they don't create a tripping hazard. Check for adequate ventilation to avoid noxious fumes and gases. If you are working outside, try to stay upwind of the Arc. When you are finished welding, make sure you put away your leads; don't leave them lying around where someone could trip over them. Finally, a stray spark or a piece of smoldering debris could cause a fire later. Don't let that happen on your job. Always inspect the area before leaving.
SAFETY REMINDER: Never leave a rod in an unattended stinger.
Special Topics For Your Project
Employee Safety Recommendations
Reviewed SDS Subject
Meeting Attended By
Supervisor's Signature
WEEKLY SAFETY MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
18 ASSURED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PROGRAM
OSHA requires employers to provide ground fault protection on construction sites to help protect employees from electrocution. The employer may choose to use Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI's or GFI's), or an Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. Today we'll focus on the requirements of the latter.
There must be a written description of your company's Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program available at the jobsite at all times. The description should include a test schedule and specific procedures for testing and record keeping.
The program will cover all cord sets, all equipment, which requires grounding and is connected by cord and plug and all receptacles, which are not part of the structure's permanent wiring system. One or more competent persons must implement the program.
There are two tests that must be performed. The first is a continuity test to ensure that the equipment-grounding conductor is electrically continuous - that is, that electricity can flow through it without interruption. All equipment grounding conductors must be tested for continuity; all cord sets, cord-and-plug connected equipment, and all wiring and receptacles that are not part of the structure's permanent wiring system must be tested. The second test verifies that the grounding conductor is actually connected to the proper terminal. This test must be performed on all receptacles, attachment I caps and plugs. Any item that does not pass must be removed from service until it has been repaired and does pass the test or tests.
Each item must be tested: 1) before first use, 2) following any repairs, 3) after any incident which could reasonably be expected to have caused damage, and 4) at least every three months. Note that cord sets and receptacles which are fixed and not exposed to damage, need only be tested every six months. There is record keeping requirements also.
Examples of acceptable documentation include color-coding the items after testing, and keeping a log of each items serial or identification number, the date of testing, and the test results.
Proper implementation of an Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program will help prevent electrocutions, accidents, and damaged equipment. It will also help identify faulty equipment so that it can be repaired or replaced.
SAFETY REMINDER: All electrical equipment should be visually inspected before use each day.
Special Topics For Your Project
Employee Safety Recommendations
Reviewed SDS Subject
Meeting Attended By
Supervisor's Signature
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
19 EYE PROTECTION
Introduction
Our eyes are pretty important to us, so we want to take good care of them. Eye hazards come in many forms, but fortunately your employees can be protected by wearing the proper eye protection -- different types for different hazards.
You can talk about the hazards likely to be encountered in their work, and the types of protection that should be used. Be sure that the proper protection is readily available and its use enforced.
Also, if an employee does get a foreign body in the eye, be sure medical treatment is obtained to remove it and prevent further injury.
The Problems The Solutions
Flying chips for sawing, drilling etc. Goggles, safety glasses with sideshields.
Particles from drilling concrete. Goggles, safety glasses with sideshields.
Splashed chemicals - gasoline, solvents, etc. Chemical goggles or faceshield.
Flashburns from arc welding. Welding goggles or welding helmet.
Acetylene cutting or welding. Welding goggles.
Particles from grinding. Goggle, glasses with sideshields, or faceshield.
Flying dust or chips (especially on windy days). Goggles, possibly safety glasses with sideshields.
Rubbing eyes. Don't rub them. You may irritate or injury your eye.
Discussion Questions
Does anyone know a person that has had a serious eye injury? What was the result? Was it preventable? What jobs or situations here should require eye protection? What types?
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
20 SOMETHING IN YOUR EYE? DON'T RUB!!
Every year a number of seemingly "non-serious" foreign particle-in-eye injuries develop into serious eye infections or abrasions because of the tendency to rub the affected eye in an effort to remove the particle. If something gets into your eye, DON'T RUB IT!! Seek first aid or medical help if at all possible. Chances are that assistance is close at hand. If there is no other course but to try to remove the particle yourself, General Scientific Company suggests the following action: Should you feel irritation beneath the upper lid, pull this lid down over the lower lid and attempt of roll your eyes upward. The natural tearing of your eye, plus the pulling down of the lid should remove most particles that are not imbedded in the eye. If the particle is in the lower lid, pull the lid forward and down to expose the particle. In this manner the particle may be removed with a handkerchief or with sterile cotton. Common sense should tell us never to touch the eye with anything that isn't clean. If the particle can't be easily removed, don't wait!! Seek medical attention. You may risk permanent injury if you don't. Between the time the particle lodges in the eye and medical attention is received, it is best to wash the eye with a mild eye solution or water and cover with a cold compress.
Foreign particles in the eye can be prevented by following these basic rules:
Wear your goggles or shield glasses when working in dusty areas or where small flying or falling objects are present.
• Keep your eyes out of the line of work in case a tool should break.
• In grinding operations, try to keep your face a safe distance from the work area.
• If you must remove your goggles and you are working with power tools, turn the tool off first.
• Never wear dirty, cracked or pitted safety goggles.
• Never talk to others while working with power tools. Keep your concentration on the job in progress.
• Don't wipe your face or eyes with dirty hands that might have some chips or particles clinging to them. This also applies to rags or handkerchiefs.
• Keep sharp or pointed objects away from your face and eyes.
• Never use striking tools (punches, chisels, etc.), which have mushroomed heads.
REMEMBER - SIGHT IS A MOST PRECIOUS GIFT. DON'T LOSE IT!!
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
21 EVERYONE IS A SAFETY INSPECTOR
Many times I have said that "everyone" should be a safety inspector. The reason is that all of us together will see things that any one person could overlook. That's not only because there are more people looking, but that each person has specific things we are looking for.
An inspector doesn't walk into a place and look around waiting for something to show up. He has certain things he looks for. He has a list with these things printed on it and he checks them off as he looks. Then when he has finished he can be sure he has covered everything. Let's think for a minute what are some of the things we would put on a safety inspection checklist.
First right around the workplace. Hazards in the work area:
• The footing - Is it rough, uneven or slippery? Are there tripping hazards?
• Working here am I exposed to traffic? To things that may fall? To sparks or chips thrown from other operations?
• Machinery hazards of my job - Unguarded point of operation? Unguarded moving parts? Unsafe starting and stopping
• Devices? Electrical hazards?
• Tools - Do I have proper tools for my work? Are they in good condition? Are they always kept in place?
• Material handling - Do I have to lift or move objects in an awkward and unsafe manner? Is the material to be lifted
• Dangerously heavy? Is mechanical handling equipment safe and convenient?
This list will be especially useful in sizing up your own workplace. It will be equally useful in looking at any workplace in the shop.
BE YOUR OWN SAFETY INSPECTOR - IF YOU THINK SOMETHING IS DANGEROUS. MORE THAN LIKELY IT IS. TAKE ACTION TO CORRECT THE SITUATION BEFORE YOU OR ONE OF YOUR FELLOW WORKERS IS INJURED.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
24 WATCH YOUR STEP
It's up to you...
• Did you ever step on a screwdriver or a short piece of pipe and end up flat on your face?
• Did you ever trip over an electrical power cord or a hose line and end up in a heap?
• Did you ever step on a nail and have it pierce the sole of your shoe-and your foot?
• Did you ever trip over a shovel carelessly left in the path of travel?
• Have you ever been working below when a fellow worker accidentally kicked a piece of material or scrap through a floor opening?
If so, you know why so much emphasis is placed on keeping the job cleaned up.
Of course, major clean-up operations are usually the task of a special crew. But keeping the area, in which you are working free of tripping, falling, fire and other hazards, is your own responsibility.
Your safety and that of your fellow workers depends on how well you carry it out.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
25 WHY SHOULD ACCIDENTS BE INVESTIGATED?
Any accident or near accident whether or not it results in property damage or employee injury is an indication something has gone wrong in the operation. For example, an inspector carrying an expensive instrument stumbles and falls over some boxes, which were thoughtlessly left in the walkway. The inspector may or may not be injured, however, his instrument is damaged requiring repair, and some work is delayed, delaying other work in turn. While this accident is regrettable and costly, it should also be an indicator or warning of much greater, hidden problems.
Is possible that something is wrong in the planning?
Or in the handling and placing of materials?
Are proper instructions and communications lacking?
Is it possible that the scheduling program has gone awry?
Any of these conditions could prevail throughout the work, creating a general pattern or poor operation. The intent of an accident investigation is first to determine what other losses could be related to this cause and what can be done to eliminate this basic cause. It is common knowledge that the same loss producing causes are responsible for personal injury losses, losses involving damaged equipment, damaged material, unnecessary delays, rework, poor quality and damaged public relations. Accidents are definitely an operating problem.
Employees Responsibility
Employees are not only charged with the responsibility to perform their jobs in a safe manner and to avoid accident-producing situations, but have additional responsibilities to:
1) Report all accidents promptly and completely.
2) Fully cooperate with supervision in accident investigations so both primary and underlying accident causes can be identified and corrected.
3) Current and/or bring to the attention of the supervisor, conditions which the employee feels could lead to an accident.
4) Fully cooperate with all measures taken to promote safe working conditions and safe work habits.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
26 HORSEPLAY
Horseplay can hurt both the victim and the person who initiated it. People horse around because:
1. They haven't grown up emotionally (in attitude).
2. They want to amuse people by causing discomfort to someone.
3. They don't mean any real harm, but they hurt people and often themselves, just for the sake of teasing someone.
Certain types of horseplay are harmful:
1. Type that shows physical superiority.
A. Wrestling and scuffling with a weaker opponent.
B. Any action to get a victim sore or provoke a fight.
C. Any action that could result in a fall, sprained wrist or ankle, broken arm or leg, or a head injury.
2. Type that makes victim nervous.
A. "Goosing." A startled person can bump into something or trip and fall. A jolt from a compressed; air line could explode a victim's body.
B. Deliberate tripping. Some people trip easily and fall hard.
C. Tossing an object. A small object could cost someone an eye. A large object could crush a leg, even after a bounce.
D. Shaking a ladder. A fall could break an arm of leg.
3. Type that tries to get a laugh.
A. Truck driver jams on brakes (or swerves) to make someone lose his or her balance.
B. Horn honker who startles people.
Sometimes these people get away with their pranks; sometimes they backfire. There is resentment, as well as hurt. Often people become so angry that they can't keep their minds on the job and have an accident later.
Don't horse around. Keep your mind on the job.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
27 SPRAY PAINTING SAFETY
Accidents that occur when employees are working with paints and other flammable chemicals can have extreme results. The following are two examples of the dangers of working with these or other flammable liquids.
1. "An explosion ripped through the unventilated storage area in a plant which was being spray painted. Paint thinner vapor build-up making contact with a unprotected electric lamp caused the explosion."
2. "A painter tore his hand open and developed a severe infection when he accidentally pulled the trigger on an airless spray gun while cleaning it."
The Problems
• Inadequate ventilation; rapid build-up of toxic/flammable vapor.
• Inhalation of toxic vapors and mists (lead, toluene, Naphtha, chromates, etc.).
• Paint overspray buildup; spontaneous ignition.
• Unprotected electrical circuits and appliances (radios, fans, lamps, etc.).
• Paint soaked scrap and combustible materials.
• Smoking permitted in spray area.
• Improper use and cleaning of high-pressure airless spray guns.
The Solutions
• Ensure adequate ventilation.
• Spray painters should wear approved respirators for the exposure (over spray).
• Schedule regular clean-ups.
• Work within an "approved" spray booth.
• Provide covered metal waste scrap containers.
• Ensure explosion proof electrical protection when required.
• Train employees in the proper use and cleaning of airless spray guns.
Discussion Questions
1. Do our painters know spraying hazards and properly control them?
2. What is adequate ventilation?
3. If we have vapor levels in the explosive range do we have a health hazard? How about vice versa?
4. How is our housekeeping and equipment maintenance?
5. Do our employees clean guns before clearing and depressurizing?
| | |
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
28 LADDER SAFETY
Portable ladders are a simple and effective means for climbing except for one problem:
They are so easy to use that most of us neglect the common sense precautions and safety rules for using them.
Almost all ladder accidents can be avoided by following these three basic rules:
1. No ladder is safe unless it is the right type and right size for the job to be done.
• Don't use a stepladder to do the job of a straight ladder by leaning it against a support.
• Don't use metal ladders in the vicinity of exposed electrical circuits or power lines.
• The ladder should not be too short or too long. Straight ladders should extend at least 3 feet above the landing.
2. No ladder is safe if it is missing rungs, if its rungs or rails are defective, if it is poorly built, or if it is in a weakened condition.
• Inspect the ladder for cracks, splits, missing or broken rungs, cleats and damaged or loose rails.
• Don't use painted ladders since paint can hide defects.
• If a ladder is defective, discard it. Don't try to fix it.
3. No ladder is safe unless the person using it takes common sense precautions.
• Place ladder with care. The distance for a straight ladder to a wall or support should be 1/4 of the ladder's total length.
• Check the setting of the ladder after it is placed. Use safe shoes on all ladders to prevent slipping. Make sure the base is firm.
• Don't lean a ladder against an object that might move. Never lean the ladder against glass or the window sash.
• Stay below the top three rungs. Never overreach, push or pull the ladder while standing on it. Don't use a ladder in high wind.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
29 TRAGIC FORKLIFT FALL
A fatal plunge recently ended the outstanding career of a 17-year-old high school quarterback. The boy loved football and planned to play at a leading college in the fall.
According to witnesses, the boy was standing atop the prongs of a forklift, about 25 feet high, while changing light bulbs. They later found him on the ground with a serious head wound. Although he was revived at the scene, he died enroute to the hospital.
We many all wonder why this boy, who had so much to live for, would take such a risk as standing on a 6" wide prong so high above the ground. Yet, everyday there are many who take shortcuts, perhaps because they haven't got time to do it the safe way or because they know it could never happen to them.
1. Unfortunately, accidents with forklifts do happen frequently and falls are a major source of injury. Remember, if you take shortcuts with forklifts or, for that matter, any powered equipment, you might end up the loser and, when you consider that it's your life, the stakes are high.
2. Don't stand on the prongs of forklifts, and don't ride on the palletized load of a lift truck. Forklifts can save us a lot of backbreaking work; but, if we are not cautious, they can also hurt us.
3. Use an approved platform that meets the OSHA requirements for any work, which requires the use of a forklift.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
30 JOB PROCEDURES
Many jobs have specific procedures that must be followed if the work is to be done efficiently and safely. For many jobs, the procedures are self-evident and do not need much explanation. Other jobs are more complex or hazardous and require a clear list of procedures so that there is no misunderstanding about what is done and how to do it.
Too many injuries occur because job procedures are not followed. In most of these accidents, the worker was taking a shortcut or just didn't feel that the procedure was necessary. For one employee, it was a fatal mistake.
The Accident
The employee was partially inside a large food-mixing machine changing its paddles for routine maintenance. He didn't lock out the power.
The janitor was dusting out the control room and accidentally brushed against the switch controlling the mixers motor. The mixer started up, pulling the maintenance worker inside before the janitor knew what was happening. By the time he heard the screams of the maintenance worker in the machine, it was too late. He died of major injuries.
This man had changed the paddles several times before and he was considered "well qualified." Others who worked at the plant insisted that he always locked out the power on previous occasions. This time he was in a hurry and, apparently, didn't feel that it was necessary to do so. After all, he never had any problems before.
How about your job?
Do you ever take shortcuts that leave you close to the brink of danger?
Is the time you save really worth the risk?
Have you thought much about the procedures that you follow to do your work?
THE RISK OR CHANCE YOU TAKE COULD PROVE TO BE BRUTAL, IF NOT FATAL.
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
31 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS ON THE JOB
Fire is a hazard normally associated with industrial plants. However, a fire can happen anywhere. Here are a few incidents that recently occurred:
• A maintenance welder decided to cut the end out of a 55-gallon drum that had been used for storing diesel fuel. Only residual liquid remained in the drum, but enough vapor and air existed to cause an explosion. The mechanic was seriously injured.
• Two equipment operators were attempting to start a truck y priming the carburetor with gasoline. The open container of gasoline spilled onto one worker and ignited after the engine backfired. The worker suffered severe burns to his arms and face.
• A portable can of gasoline was damaged after being struck by a forklift in the warehouse area of the plant. Workers left in the work area where it leaked over the floor. Leakage from the can covered a wide area of the floor and later ignited, probably from a cigarette or match. The building sustained a total loss from fire.
Flammable liquids may be used on the job for many reasons. The important thing is to respect them and know how to handle them properly. Some important points to remember are:
• Never smoke while handling or using flammable liquids and especially near areas where flammable liquids are stored.
• Flammable liquids must have good cross ventilation. If the smell of vapors is heavy, check to make sure that adequate ventilation is provided.
• Large drums of flammable liquids must be bonded to good ground, and portable containers filled from thee drums must be grounded to prevent static sparks.
• Never allow flammable liquid spillage or leakage to go unattended inside of buildings or storage rooms.
• If flammable liquids are being used, a suitable fire extinguisher should be available close to the area, but not immediately adjacent to the liquid. (A fire extinguisher sitting next to a can of gasoline won't be much good if the can catches on fire).
• You should know how to use and care for fire extinguishers. Don't wait for the fire to find out you don't know how to use an extinguisher.
• If a fire does occur, make sure it's reported to someone immediately.
• When cleaning, use nonflammable solvents. Never use gasoline to clean floors.
| | |
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
32 HARD HATS
Introduction
Employees need to wear hard hats at all jobsites where there are hazards from falling or flying materials. Besides protecting people from these hazards, safety hats also provide protection from electrical shock (except metal hats) and from spills of chemicals, etc.
Today's hard hats are lightweight and cool to wear, reflecting the sun and providing a "breathing space" between the head and hat.
The Problems
• Cranes moving material overhead.
• Boards, tools, etc., falling from scaffolds, roofs and upper stories of frame-stage buildings.
• Being hit in head by boards or materials being carried by other persons.
• Electrical contact.
• The suspension in the hat can wear out, deteriorate, or become defective, making the hard hat ineffective.
Solutions
• Wear your hard hat where needed!
• Never use a metal hat where electrical hazards are present.
• Some things to consider:
• Be sure the suspension and headband are adjusted right.
• A chinstrap can be used to avoid frequent falling off.
• Liners are available for head hat use in cold weather.
• Hard hats fitted for welding helmets are available.
• Be sure to check the suspension regularly and replace where necessary.
Questions: What are some situations in which hard hats can protect you? Has anyone ever seen an injury avoided due to a person wearing a hard hat? What happened?
|Important Facts: | |
| | |
| | |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| | |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| | |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
33 LOADING DOCK SAFETY
Introduction:
Loading docks are often the starting and ending points of our production cycle. Traffic on these docks can be quite heavy. Certain employee safety considerations should be made for those working around loading docks. Below are problem and solution ideas with discussion questions. Use those most applicable to your situation for presenting your safety talks.
The Problems:
|Floor and edge irregularities |Dockplates - securing, design capacity, handling |
|Exposure to inclement weather |Shear points of hydraulic dock-plates |
|Car/Truck sporting and control. |Elevated work area. |
|Inadequate illumination. |Spills. |
|Dock/Truck height alignment. |Temporary Storage on docks. |
|Improper dock edge protection. | |
Solutions:
|Inspection maintenance program. |Better design. |
|Edge protection (bumpers, angle iron, etc.). |Warning signs. |
|Perimeter protection (guardrails). |Provide access to elevated area. |
|Chocks and positive means to prevent car/truck movement. |Planned storage and traffic |
Discussion Questions:
1. Who inspects and maintains our docks?
2. Is traffic congested on our docks?
3. What aids would make work easier on our docks?
4. What improvements do you have for our material storage and traffic?
| | |
|Important Facts: | |
| |
| |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
34 HAND TOOL SAFETY CHECKLIST
Discuss the following problems/solutions with the group.
The Problem The Solution The Problem The Solution
|Hand Saws | |Knives | |
|Dull |Keep sharp and properly set |Dull knives |Keep sharp |
|Rusty |Oil lightly after use |Exposed blades |Keep in sheaths |
|Sawing nails |Inspect Materials |Broken blades |Don't pry with knife |
|Cut Thumbs |Place thumb high |Cut hands |Cut away and keep mind on work |
|Twisting or binding |Even pressure-straight line | | |
|Hammers | |Screw Drivers | |
|Loose heads |Check and repair or replace |Slipping in slot |Grind square |
|Broken handles |Don't use as pry bars |Improper size |Select different screw driver |
|Flying pieces |Use soft head |Electrical shock |Use insulated handles |
|Smashed thumbs |Don't "choke" handles |Slips and cuts to hands |Use vise of firm support |
|Wrenches | | | |
|Dull jaws |Keep sharp and replace | | |
|Bent, cracked, battered |Discard | | |
|Smashed Knuckles |Pull don't push | | |
|Nut won't crack |Use larger wrench, not extension | | |
Discussion questions:
1. Is there a place for every tool and is it in its place?
2. Are your hand tools in good condition?
3. Do you put tools away and are they clean?
4. Are your cutting tools sharp?
| | |
|Important Facts: | |
| |
| |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
35 CONCRETE INDUSTRIAL HEALTH HAZARDS
There are certain hazards that are common to most concrete handling operations. Among them is skin irritation (dermatitis) due to contact of cement of parts of the body. Other hazards are dust in the eyes and/or nuisance dust or silica dust that could lead to respiratory problems depending on the amounts of exposure.
Attempt to develop an attitude with the crewmembers regarding safe methods of handling concrete.
Hazard - Skin irritation (Dermatitis) due to contact depending on amount of cement, water and length or time mixture is in contact with skin. Solution - Keep off skin, keep out of wet exposures. Keep clothes dry. Keep hands protected by dry gloves or protective cream. Wash concrete off immediately.
Hazard - Batching areas and Mixing Areas. Exposure to nuisance dust. Easily inhales causes irritation to eyes and lungs. Solution - Good Housekeeping. Wear approved nuisance dust respirator (mask). Flush eyes with water thoroughly.
Hazard - Exposure to Silica Sand could cause chronic disorders of respiratory system. Solution - Wear approved protective safety equipment.
Hazard - Sandblasting Concrete. Solution - Must wear approved supplied air respirator and hood. Other employees must be kept out of area.
REMEMBER - BREATHING IN TOO MUCH DUST IS LIKE BREATHING IN TOO MUCH SMOG; IT'S NOT GOOD FOR YOU.
|Important Facts: | |
| |
| |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
SAFETY TRAINING MEETING
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
| | | | | | |
|Company Name | |Location | |Date | |
36 FIRST AID
All injuries, no matter how minor, should be reported immediately and treated. Too often employees think an injury isn't important enough to leave the job to get treated. Some people consider themselves too tough to need first aid.
Some years ago, the SAFETY Safety Council distributed a poster showing a cartoon of a huge, muscular fellow nursing a badly infected and swollen finger. The words under the cartoon said, "Little scratches need first aid, even on tough guys!" Everyone should remember those words. If you happen to be a particularly healthy person and are proud of your strength, you have all the more reason to get proper first aid at once, so that you can retain your health.
People who work with their hands may get a scratch, a sliver, or a nipped finger. It may not hurt or bleed much, but any time your skin is broken the door is open to infection.
For example, an employee was handling wooden boxes without wearing gloves. A wooden sliver became imbedded in his thumb. He couldn't get it out himself, so he had another employee remove it with his knife. Later, the thumb became so infected that the man had to be put into the hospital. He lost more than a week from work and was fortunate not to have lost his thumb.
It's not only a safety rule, but a rule of good common sense, to get proper first aid immediately even for minor injuries. Don't try to treat an injury yourself unless you are qualified in first aid.
|Important Facts: | |
| |
| |
|Special Subjects for Review: | |
| |
| |
|Employee Safety Suggestions | |
| |
|S.D.S. Review ♦ Yes ♦ No |
|Subject | |
| |
| |
|Meeting Attended By | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Supervisors Signature | |Date | |
EVAPAR, Inc.
DRUG AND ALCOHOL FREE WORKPLACE
EVAPAR, Inc.
DRUG AND ALCOHOL FREE WORKPLACE
1 PURPOSE
EVAPAR, Inc. recognizes the problems which drug abuse have created in the construction industry and the need to develop drug abuse prevention programs. Accordingly, in order to enhance the safety of the workplace and to maintain a drug-free environment, EVAPAR, Inc. has amended its Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program to comply with Federal Regulations Part IV, Department of Transportation, Research and Special Programs administration, 49 CFR Part 199, "Control of Drug Use in Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas, and Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Operations". EVAPAR, Inc. intends to abide by all future Federal Regulation and amendments, and specific requirements as determined by our customers.
2 SCOPE
This revised Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program is effective on September 1, 2014. The provisions of this Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program are applicable to all employees of EVAPAR, Inc.
Implementation and continued enforcement of the Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program is subject to appropriate local, state, and federal laws as well as any collective bargaining agreements, and customer requirements.
Any special customer requirements not included in this policy will be adopted and enforced as required by that customer.
3 GENERAL PROVISIONS
It is the intent of EVAPAR, Inc. to provide a drug free working environment by maintaining a strong drug and alcohol prevention program as part of our safety program which ensures that all employees are healthy and fit for work, including job site, management, shop, and clerical personnel.
4 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
The use, possession, transfer or sale of illegal drugs, narcotics, or other unlawful substances is absolutely prohibited and may be considered grounds for termination of employment. When discussed with management, employees experiencing problems prior to being identified through a positive drug test will be referred to an EAP (Employee's Assistance Program) for assistance. Refusal to enter treatment may result in termination.
5 PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (MINIMUM)
The following elements form the basic minimum requirements for this program. Details of these and other requirements are outlined in the Procedures section of this policy.
6 PRE-EMPLOYMENT
Testing of potential new hires for the presence of drugs will be required.
7 REASONABLE SUSPICION
Employees who exhibit through identification of abnormal job performance or behaviors, which suggest that drug or alcohol abuse may be a factor, may be requested to test for the presence of alcohol of drug test.
8 RANDOM TESTING
All employees will undergo unannounced drug testing based on a computerized random selection process.
9 POST ACCIDENT TESTING
Will involve any employee in an accident or contributing to an accident as defined in this policy.
20.10 ABSTINENCE MONITORING
Of all employees who receive some form of rehabilitation may be required.
ON-THE-JOB USE, POSSESSION OR SALE OF DRUGS OR ALCOHOL
20.11 ALCOHOL
Being under the influence of alcohol by any employee while performing company business or customer location is prohibited to the extent that such use or influence may affect the safety of co-workers or members of the public, the employee's job performance, or the safe or efficient operation of the company facility.
Consumption of alcohol on company property or job site is prohibited.
20.12 LEGAL DRUGS
Except as provided below, the use or being under the influence of any legally obtained drug by any employee while performing company business or while at a company or customer facility is prohibited to the extent such use or influence may affect the safety of co-workers or members of the public, the employee's job performance, or the safe or efficient operation of the company.
An employee may continue to work, even though under the influence of a legal drug if management has determined, after consulting with the employee’s physician and Employee Relations, that the employee does not pose a threat to his or her own safety or the safety of their co-workers and that the employee's job performance is not significantly affected by the legal drug. Otherwise, the employee may be required to take a leave of absence or comply with other appropriate action determined by Management.
20.13 ILLEGAL DRUGS
The use, sale, purchase, transfer or possession of an illegal drug by an employee while at a company or customer facility or while performing company business is prohibited. The presence in detectable amount of any illegal drug in an employee while performing company business or while in a customer or company facility is prohibited.
20.14 DISCIPLINARY ACTION
Violation of the Policy can result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination, even for a first offense. An individual will not be hired if he/she fails the drug screening.
20.15 CUSTOMER OR OWNER REQUIREMENTS
It is understood that EVAPAR, Inc. "customers" may, under the provisions of the contract, retain the right to search employees and their belongings for drugs, controlled substances, alcohol, or firearms while on the customer's property.
SEARCHES
20.16 SCOPE AND PROCESS
1. Searches of an employee and their personal property may be conducted when there is Reasonable Suspicion that the employee is impaired from performing his/her job or: in an "Unfit Condition"; and "incident on duty"; "Post Accident", "Reasonable Suspicion", or when management believes the possession of alcohol or drugs may be occurring in violation of the company policy or customer's policy.
2. Searches and/or screening of employees and their personal property may otherwise be conducted who contributed to an accident or where there is Reasonable Suspicion to believe that the accident resulted from drug abuse.
3. The company may conduct unannounced searches for illegal drugs or alcohol in company or customer facilities or on job sites. Employees are expected to cooperate in the conducting of such searches.
4. An employee's consent to a search is required as a condition of employment and the employee's refusal to consent may result in disciplinary action, including termination, even for a first refusal.
5. Searches of company facilities and property can be conducted at any time and do not have to be based on Reasonable Suspicion.
6. Searches of clothing and personal effects will be conducted under the direct supervision of management accompanied by a witness. When on a customer's property, notify the customer representative prior to beginning the search so that their designated representative or Security personnel may observe.
20.17 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING SEIZED PROPERTY
1. A receipt should be given for seized property.
2. If not already involved, the customer representative or security personnel should be notified in order to communicate, as appropriate, with local law enforcement authorities concerning identification of the material seized and possible prosecution.
3. Seized items should be retained in a locked cabinet under the exclusive control of a designated management employee.
4. If possession is transferred, a chain of custody should be established.
5. Seized property may turn out after the investigation to be property that properly was in the employee's possession. In such cases, the property should be returned and a receipt obtained. If the property represents a violation of the Policy, the employee will be prohibited from working at the customer’s facility in the future.
20.18 DISPOSITION OF UNCOOPERATIVE EMPLOYEES
Employees who refuse to cooperate with the search procedures will not be forced to comply, but will be informed that failure to comply will be grounds for removal for the customer's premises. Those employees who refuse the search procedures will not be granted admittance to the customer's facilities in the future.
20.19 CONTRACT PERSONNEL
The policy provisions stated in all sections above are applicable to contract personnel. Violation of these provisions or refusal to cooperate with implementation of the policy can result in the company's barring contract personnel from company facilities or participating in company operations.
20.20 EMPLOYEE'S REPORTING REQUIREMENTS - LEGAL DRUGS
For certain job positions, an employee's use of a legal drug can pose a significant risk to the safety of the employee or others. Employees who feel or have been informed that the use of a legal drug may present a safety risk are to report such drug use to the Personnel Department to determine job related consequences. Supervision who is aware of such a situation is to instruct the employee to report to the Personnel Department.
20.21 DEFINITIONS
"Under the influence" means, for the purposes of this policy, that the employee is affected by a drug or alcohol or the combination of a drug and alcohol in any detectable manner. The symptoms of influence are not confined to those consistent with misbehavior, nor to obvious impairment of physical or mental ability, such as slurred speech or difficulty in maintaining balance. A determination of influence can be established by a professional opinion, a scientifically valid test and, in some cases such as alcohol, by a layperson's opinion.
"Legal drug" means any drug; (a) which is not legally obtained, or (b) which is legally obtainable but has not been legally obtained. The term includes prescribed drugs not legally obtained and prescribed drugs not being used for prescribed purposes. It also includes marijuana.
PROCEDURES
20.22 EDUCATION AND TRAINING
1. All employees will be advised in writing of EVAPAR, Inc.’s Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program. The information given will cover reasons for the program, the actual policy and procedure for implementation along with information on how to enroll in an Employee Assistance Program.
2. All employees, at the time of assignment to any customer facility, will be provided with a copy of the Program for review.
3. All supervisory personnel will be trained in the following areas:
a. One session lasting 2 to 4 hours in length, of training on the specific, contemporaneous physical, behavioral, and performance indicators of possible drug use.
b. Drug abuse recognition, signs, and symptoms.
c. Company policy and procedure in response to implementation and the handling of employees who appear to be under the influence of prohibited drugs.
d. Documenting observations and impressions of persons who may be under the influence of prohibited drugs.
20.23 NOTIFICATION
1. When an employee is observed in an "Unfit Condition" such as any of those specified in this policy that requires further investigation, testing, or searches, this "Condition" shall be immediately reported by the employee's supervisor to the supervisor's manager and the Safety Coordinator.
2. While at a customer facility, the designated company representative must also be notified.
3. Upon notification from the employee's supervisor to the supervisor's manager and/or the Safety Coordinator, appropriate action as outlined in this policy is to be taken, i.e., testing of the employee, implementing search procedures, etc.
TYPES OF DRUG TESTING
20.24 PRE-EMPLOYMENT TESTING
1. A pre-employment drug test will be conducted on all individuals who meet the criteria for employment.
The company will maintain pre-employment screening practices designed to prevent hiring individuals who use illegal drugs or individuals whose use of legal drugs or alcohol indicates a potential for impaired or unsafe job performance.
All applicants or newly hired employees will undergo a drug screen at a predetermined medical facility. EVAPAR, Inc. will pay each applicant or employee who takes and passes the drug screen test for all the time it takes to undergo the drug screen up to a maximum of two hours travel time plus lab time.
2. Applicants not passing the drug screen will not be placed on the EVAPAR, Inc. payroll or receive any compensation. Employees not passing the drug screen will be removed from the EVAPAR, Inc. payroll. EVAPAR, Inc. will pay the cost for administering the drug screen.
All applicants will be informed of the 48 - 96 hours of delay prior to joining the work force to obtain the results of the drug test.
3. A sufficient amount of a sample shall be taken to allow for an initial test and a confirmation test. The initial test will be by Enzyme Multiplied Immunoassay Technique (EMIT). In the event a question or positive result arises from the initial test, a confirmation test must be utilized before action will be taken against an employee or applicant. The confirmation test will be by Gas Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS).
Pre-employment job applicants who test positive do not have the option to have to be retested a second time at the expense of EVAPAR, Inc.
Testing standards for both the initial test and the confirmation test will be those established by the SAFETY Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA). The testing laboratory will retain confirmed positive samples in secured long term frozen storage for a minimum of one year. Handling and transportation of each sample will be documented through strict chain of custody procedures.
4. EVAPAR, Inc. employees will be required to meet any special requirements imposed by the Customer's Substance Abuse policy prior to being assigned to that job.
20.25 UNFIT CONDITION
1. All supervisory personnel will be trained in the recognizing the specific, contemporaneous physical, behavioral, and performance indicators of possible drug or alcohol abuse.
2. The decision to test an employee for alcohol and drugs while on duty will be done by a meeting of the employee's supervisor and at least one other supervisor and the Safety Coordinator. While at a customer facility, the designated company representative must also be notified.
3. The search procedure shall be initiated as part of any observation as an integral part of the screening process.
4. The employee shall be escorted to a designated "off-site" medical facility for actual screening.
5. The employee will be excluded from further work at the customer's facility pending the outcome of the test results.
20.26 INCIDENT ON DUTY
1. The decision to test an employee for alcohol and drugs while on duty will be done by a meeting of the employee's supervisor and at least one other supervisor and the Safety Coordinator. While at a customer facility, the decision to test must be made in conjunction with their designated representative.
2. Any employee refusing to submit to the alcohol and drug test will be immediately suspended from all work responsibilities without pay until all requested tests are completed; for a period not to exceed five (5) working days. If the employee chooses not to submit to the drug and alcohol screen during the five (5) day period, the employee may be considered to have voluntarily terminated employment.
3. The employee will be excluded from further work at the customer's facility pending the outcome of the test results.
20.27 REASONABLE SUSPICION TESTING
1. EVAPAR, Inc. will drug test an employee for drugs and alcohol when there is Reasonable Suspicion to believe the employee is using a prohibited drug or under the influence of alcohol.
2. A decision to test will be based on specific contemporaneous physical, behavioral, or performance indicators of probable drug use such as:
a. Discovery of an employee in possession of drugs or alcohol while on duty;
b. Sudden change in work performance;
c. Sudden change in attitude;
d. Minor, yet consistent avoidable accidents;
e. Observations of extreme behaviors, i.e.;
Slurred speech;
Uneven gait;
Mood swings;
Violent outbursts of temper.
f. Excessive Absenteeism;
g. Pattern of consistent tardiness;
h. Disappearing/missing from designated work site without the supervisor aware of whereabouts;
i. Consistently in areas where employees should not be or has reason to be.
3. Before an employee is asked to test for Reasonable Suspicion, two of the company's supervisors will substantiate and concur in the decision to request a drug test. One of the two supervisors must have observed the behavior. The two supervisors may concur by telephone.
4. When a negative test result is received, the employee will be put back to work.
5. When a confirmed positive test result is received, the employee will be advised in writing of his/her termination of employment. The written notification will include the reason for the termination, the conditions under which rehire could be considered and specific recommendation to seek professional assistance.
6. Any employee refusing to submit to the alcohol and drug test will be suspended from all work responsibilities without pay until all requested tests are completed; for a period NOT to exceed five (5) working days. If the employee chooses not to submit to the drug and alcohol screen during the five (5) day period, the employee may be considered to have voluntarily terminated employment.
7. See specific requirements of Customer Substance Abuse policies, which will be distributed as appendices to this Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program.
20.28 RANDOM TESTING
1. Random testing; when required by Customer, State, or Federal mandate: applies to all employees including supervisors, as well as those who just supervise such performance by others.
2. EVAPAR, Inc. will random test fifty percent (50%) of all employees annually.
3. The tests will be conducted once a month in order to be evenly spaced throughout the year.
4. To assure that the selection process for random testing is indeed random, all employees will be place in a common selection pool
5. When a confirmed positive test result is received the employee will be advised in writing of his/her termination of employment.
The written notification will include the reason for the termination, the conditions under which rehire could be considered, and the specific recommendations to seek professional assistance.
6. See specific requirements of Customer Substance Abuse policies, which will be distributed as appendices to this Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program.
20.29 POST ACCIDENT TESTING
1. Employees whose performance either contributed to an accident or cannot be completely discounted as a contributing factor to the accident will be tested for drugs and alcohol. The employee will be tested as soon as possible, but no later than 32 hours after the accident or incident.
2. An accident on is defined as:
a. An event that involves mechanical failure or damage to of our equipment or that of our customer, a death or personal injury, or vehicle accident.
b. An event that is significant in the judgment of our customer, or EVAPAR, Inc. even if it does not meet the criteria of paragraph (a).
3. When a negative test result is received, the employee will be put back to work after an appropriate medical release to return to work.
4. When a confirmed positive test is received, the employee will be advised in writing of his/her termination of employment. The written notification will include the reason for the termination, the conditions under which rehire could be considered, and the specific recommendation to seek professional assistance.
5. See specific requirements of Customer Substance Abuse policies, which will be distributed as appendices to this Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program.
20.30 FEDERAL DRUG SCREEN LIMITS FOR ILLICIT DRUGS
CLASS SCREENED METHOD DRUG CONFIRMATION
CUTOFF METHOD CUTOFF
__________________________________________
AMPHETAMINES IA 1000 ng/ml Amphetamine GC/MS 500 ng/ml
(Amphetamine/Methamphetamine) Methamphetamine GC/MS 500 ng/ml
OPIATES IA 200 ng/ml Codeine GC/MS 200 ng/ml (morphine/Codeine) Morphine GC/MS 200 ng/ml
COCAINE IA 200 ng/ml Benzoylecogonine GC/MS 150 ng/ml (Cocaine Metabolites)
PHENCYCLIDINE IA 25 ng/ml Phencyclidine GC/MS 25 ng/ml (PCP)
CANNBINOIDS IA 10 ng/ml THC-COOH GC/MS 15 ng/ml
ALCOHOL* .080 BAC *
*Customer Policy if more stringent, i.e. UNOCAL .050% BAC (Blood Alcohol Concentration).
The illicit Drug Screen includes confirmations.
Specimen requirements: 90 ml urine.
20.31 CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS
(See applicable appendix when customer policy is more stringent).
20.32 POSITIVE TEST RESULTS OR REFUSAL TO TEST
1. If an employee refuses to test for drugs or tests positive, and the MRO determines that prohibited drug use was the cause, that employee will be terminated. EVAPAR, Inc. will not rehire that individual until he/she has:
a. Successfully completed a rehabilitation program as deemed by the Employee Assistance Program.
b. Has been recommended for return to duty by Medical Review Officer (MRO); and
c. Has passed a drug test.
20.33 THE TESTING FOR DRUGS
1. The collection of Employee's urine specimen will be conducted under the procedures required by the mandatory guidelines for Federal Workplace Drug Testing Programs. These procedures allow for individual privacy. The person at each collection site will take every precaution to ensure that each sample is not tampered with during the collection procedure. The specimen collection will follow strict chain of custody and security procedures.
a. Photo identification (e.g., driver's license) must be presented at the collection site.
b. Employees will be required to wash and dry their hands prior to providing specimens.
c. Employees will be asked to remove unnecessary outer garments (e.g., coats or jackets). All personal belongings such as purses or briefcases will remain with the outer garments.
d. The collection site person working with the employees will be of the same gender.
e. The specimen will be provided in the privacy of a stall or otherwise partitioned area that allows for individual privacy.
f. After handing the specimen bottle to the collector, the employee should make sure that his/her specimen is in full view until it is sealed and labeled. This protects the employee from wrong labeling or tampering with the specimens.
g. If the collection site person has reason to believe that an employee may have altered or substituted the specimen, a higher-level supervisor will be notified. Should the employee actually tamper, adulterate, or in any other way attempt to dilute his/her specimen he/she will be terminated from employment.
h. The employee will be asked to initial the identification label on the specimen bottle (identified by his/her name) for the purpose of certifying that it is that employee's.
i. The employee will be asked to sign the permanent record book next to the information identifying his/her specimen, certifying that the specimen identified as having been collected from his/her is, in fact, the specimen he/she provided.
j. If after laboratory analysis, the specimen is found to contain traces of a prohibited drug, the results will be disclosed only to the MRO. Prior to making a final decision, the MRO will verify a positive test result by giving the employee an opportunity to discuss the test results and submit medical documentation of legally prescribed medications.
20.34 DRUG TESTING LABORATORY
1. The drug testing laboratory will be NIDA certified and approved by the Department of Health and Human Services as required under the DOT procedures.
2. The drug-testing laboratory will permit unannounced inspections, including examinations or records at any time.
20.35 RECORDKEEPING
1. The following records shall be kept for specified length of time:
a. Records that demonstrate the collection process will be kept for at least three (3) years.
b. Records of employee drug test results that show a failed drug test, and the type of test failed (e.g., Post Accident, Random) and records which demonstrate rehabilitation, if any, will be kept for at least five (5) years. These records will include the following information:
a) The functions performed by employees who failed a drug test.
b) The prohibited drugs which were used by the employees who failed a drug test.
c) The disposition of employees who failed a drug test (e.g., terminated).
d) The age of each employee who failed a drug test.
c. Records of negative drug test results will be kept for one (1) year.
d. A record of the number of employees tested, by type of test (e.g., Random, Reasonable Suspicion) will be kept for at least five (5) years.
e. Records confirming that supervisors and managers have been trained will be kept for at least three (3) years.
f. Records must be maintained for the life of the equipment for employees tested under D.O.T. regulations.
2. Records concerning collection and testing are covered under the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 522 A. Employee records will be maintained and used with the highest regard for privacy.
a. Amy employee, upon written request, has access to any records relating to his/her drug tests.
b. The results of a drug test will not be disclosed without the employee's prior written consent, unless it is to:
a) Employee's Medical Review Officer (MBO);
b) The administrator of any Employee Assistance Program in which the employee is receiving counseling or treatment or is otherwise participating; or
c) A management official having authority to advise personnel action against the employee.
3. To maintain confidentiality, written records will be stored in locked containers. These records will not be a part of an employee's personnel records.
4. EVAPAR, Inc. will not release the employee's rehabilitation or drug test records to a subsequent employer unless the employee gives his/her written consent.
20.36 RETENTION OF SAMPLES
Specimen samples, which yield positive test results on confirmation, will be retained by the laboratory in properly secured, long term, frozen storage for at least one (1) year. If within the one (1) year period the laboratory has not received a proper written request, the specimen sample may be discarded.
20.37 RETESTING
If the Medical Review Officer (MRO) determines there is no legitimate medical explanation for a confirmed positive test result other than the unauthorized use of a prohibited drug, the original sample may be retested if the employee makes a written request for retesting within sixty (60) days of the receipt of the final test result from the MRO. The cost of shipment and re-analysis of the sample will be borne by the employee. The employee will be reimbursed for such expense if the retest is negative.
20.38 MEDICAL REVIEW OFFICER
1. EVAPAR, Inc. will contract for the provisions of MRO services as part of its Drug and Alcohol Prevention Program.
2. The MRO will be a licensed physician with knowledge of drug abuse disorders.
3. The MRO will be responsible for the following:
a. Review the results of drug testing before they are reported to EVAPAR, Inc.
b. Review and interpret each confirmed positive test result to determine if there is an alternative medical explanation for the positive test result as follows:
a). Conduct a medical interview with the employee whose test results were positive.
b). Review the individual’s medical history and any/all relevant biomedical factors.
c). Review all medical records made available by the employee tested to determine if a confirmed positive test resulted from legally prescribed medication.
d). When necessary, require that the original specimen be reanalyzed to determine the accuracy of the reported results.
e). Verify that the laboratory report and assessments are correct.
c. Determine a schedule of unannounced testing for an employee who has been rehired after completing a rehabilitation program.
d. Ensure that an individual who tested positive and was terminated has been drug tested in accordance with the DOT procedures before he/she is rehired.
4. The following rules govern MRO determinations:
a. If the MRO determines, after appropriate review, that there is a legitimate medical explanation for the confirmed positive test result other than the unauthorized use of a prohibited drug, the MRO is not required to take further action.
b. If the MRO determines, after appropriate review, that there is no legitimate medical explanation for the confirmed positive test result other than the unauthorized use of a prohibited drug, the MRO shall report the findings to EVAPAR, Inc. Drug Abuse Representative.
c. Based on a review of laboratory inspection reports, Quality Assurance and Quality Control Data, and other drug test results the MRO may conclude that a particular drug test result is scientifically insufficient for further action. Under these circumstances, the MRO should conclude that the test is negative for the presence of a prohibited drug metabolic in the employee's system.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF DRUG & ALCOHOL PREVENTION PROGRAM
I, the undersigned employee of EVAPAR, Inc. acknowledge that I have received, read, and understand the Company's Policy and Procedure for responding to drugs and alcohol in the workplace. I have had an opportunity to have any/all aspects of this Policy and Procedure explained to me. I understand that this Policy and Procedure are terms and conditions of my employment. Violation of this Policy or any aspect of the Procedures may result in my termination. I agree to abide by the contents herein described.
________________________________ ______________________________________
EMPLOYEE'S SIGNATURE DATE
________________________________ ______________________________________
WITNESS'S SIGNATURE DATE
EVAPAR, Inc.
HAZARD COMMUNICATION & CONTROL PROGRAM
EVAPAR, Inc.
HAZARD COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL PROGRAM
1 TITLE AND PURPOSE
This document is the EVAPAR, Inc. program for HAZARD COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL. Its purpose is to set forth guidelines and procedures for the proper handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous substances in order to ensure a healthful and safe environment for all persons engaged in activities at the company's facility.
Upon request, this document shall be made available to employees, their designated representative, and authorized, State, or Federal safety officials.
2 LEGAL REFERENCES
It is the intent of this document to reflect and incorporate the legal requirements of the Federal Hazard Communication Standard, (GHS) CFR1910.1200; and SARA Title III, Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act of 1986, as they apply to Hazard Communication Standards.
3 SITE COORDINATOR
The Safety Coordinator will be the site coordinator for the Hazard Communication Program. The Safety Coordinator will be responsible to coordinate and manage the company Hazard Communication Program.
As appropriate, the Safety Coordinator may designate key personnel to assist with the Hazard Communication Program.
It is the responsibility of Safety Coordinator to ensure that storage, handling, and disposal of hazardous substances takes place in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this document.
4 HAZARD DETERMINATION AND DISCLOSURE
Hazardous substances are those chemicals that are designated as hazardous by one of the following: the manufacturer; by the Safety Data Sheet; or if they are listed on the "Directors List" of hazardous chemicals, or similar Government List.
Manufacturers and suppliers are required to provide health and safety information to their customers on hazardous substances purchased. This is done through the use of Safety Data Sheets (SDS), which must be provided to the purchaser prior to, or at the time of shipment.
HAZARD COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL
The company is mandated by law to maintain copies of the required SDS for each hazardous substance in the work place and to ensure that these are readily accessible to employees when they are in their work area(s).
1. An ongoing inventory shall be taken and a complete and current list, including quantity, of all hazardous substances shall be compiled for each area where such substances are stored, handled, or utilized. The inventory shall be reported to the Safety Coordinator's office monthly. (See Appendix "A" for Inventory Sheet)
2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) shall be requested from manufacturers and suppliers, and all purchases of any item containing a "Hazardous Substance" must include the SDS with the delivery.
3. Any hazardous substance received without the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) should not be utilized until a follow-up request has been sent and an SDS received. If the vendor has not provided the SDS within 25 working days of the request, the local office of OSHA shall be notified for assistance as specified in the Law.
4. Only "designated" employees shall have the authority to make purchases that involve "hazardous materials". All "designated" company employees who purchase materials shall ensure that vendors and suppliers are notified of the SDS requirement. Open purchase orders shall not include hazardous substances that by law must be accompanied by a SDS.
5. All purchases shall be made from the list of "Approved" vendors only. The Safety Coordinator must first approve any exception from this practice.
6. It shall be the responsibility of Safety Coordinator to ensure that Safety Data Sheets and hazardous substance lists are developed, maintained in a current status, and posted or filed in the work place for employee use.
7. The Safety Coordinator will rely upon the manufacturer's determination of hazardous material as stated in the information provided on their published Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the designated government lists of hazardous substances.
HAZARD COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL
5 LABELS AND OTHER FORMS OF WARNING
1. Each product, which contains hazardous substances, must be properly labeled, tagged, or clearly marked with: (1) the identity of hazardous substance(s) within; (2) appropriate hazard warnings; and (3) manufacturer's name.
2. Existing labels on incoming containers shall NOT be removed or defaced unless the container is immediately marked with the information required above.
3. If existing labels on containers received from suppliers already convey the required information, new labels do not need to be affixed.
4. Hazardous chemicals that are transferred to containers which are intended only for "immediate use" need not be labeled providing that such containers, upon completion of the transfer and use, shall be emptied and devoid of any hazardous residue.
5. Large containers or other stationary process containers may be labeled with signs, or other appropriate written information as long as the container to which the information applies is identified.
6. Substances that do not have the proper label and/or cannot be identified shall not be used, handled, or stored. In such cases the Safety Coordinator must be notified immediately. The material must then be identified and properly labeled or removed from the site under the direction of the Safety Coordinator's office.
6 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
1. At each department, or area where hazardous substances are used or stored, employees shall be provided with information and training on:
a. How to handle hazardous materials safely and use personal protective equipment.
b. Where to find and how to use Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and the hazardous substances labeling system.
c. Potential physical and health hazards associated with the use of hazardous substances or mixtures.
d. Methods and observations used to detect the presence or release of hazardous substances in the work place.
e. First aid and emergency procedures to be utilized in the case of spills or accidental overexposure.
f. General safety precautions necessary to prevent or minimize exposure to hazardous substances.
g. Throughout the company, employees shall be informed whenever any temporary activity involving the use of hazardous materials is to take place. In such cases, employees shall be informed of the nature of the activity and advised of any necessary precautions or potential hazards to be avoided.
h. Employees shall be advised of the location and availability of the company's written Hazard Communication and Control program.
i. Employees shall be advised:
a). Of the right of the employee and/or the employee's physician to receive information regarding hazardous substances to which the employee may be exposed.
b). That the employee is protected against any form of discrimination due to the employee's exercise of the rights afforded to the provisions of the Hazardous Substances Information and Training Act.
7 OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS
Whenever outside contractors, vendors, suppliers, or emergency responders enter or work at/in the company where hazardous substances are stored or utilized, the Safety Coordinator, or supervisor shall inform them that their employees may encounter hazardous substances while performing their work, and provide the visitors with access to Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and suggested appropriate protective measures.
Further, a site map shall be prepared to identify the location of areas where hazardous materials are stored or in use. The site map shall be made available to emergency responders and shall be provided upon request, or at the site coordinator's discretion, to employees of outside contractors, vendors, or suppliers.
Whenever it becomes necessary for an employee to perform an unfamiliar, non-routine task, which involves exposure to or utilization of a hazardous substance, the employee's supervisor shall ensure that the employee receives appropriate safety and hazard awareness training prior to the work.
8 STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
1. To the maximum extent possible, all poisons, acids, and flammable chemicals shall be stored separately from all other substances, preferably in designated storage areas or cabinets that are approved for the type of exposure anticipated.
2. The Safety Coordinator shall schedule periodic inspections to ensure that all hazardous substances within the company are appropriately labeled and stored.
3. Chemicals and substances utilized in maintenance, and which are particularly vulnerable to incompatibility and possible adverse reaction or accident due to improper storage, should be minimized. To the maximum extent possible, for storage purposes, chemicals and substances should be separated into organic and inorganic groupings and further sorted into compatible families within the two major groupings.
9 HAZARDOUS WASTES DISPOSAL PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS
Federal, state, and local environmental regulations require strict control of the handling, storage, and disposal of all materials identified as being hazardous or toxic to human health or the environment. Once such materials have been used within the operations, specific restrictions and procedures apply as to their disposal. The Safety Coordinator's office will maintain a monthly inventory based on information gathered during his survey and reporting by the department, accordingly, the following procedures shall be carried out for all departments that generate hazardous waste:
1. No hazardous waste may be dumped in drains, sewers, dumpsters, or onto the ground. The only exception is small quantities of some chemicals may be disposed of by drain or dumpster, in accordance with local Sanitation District rules or OSHA guidelines or the Safety Data Sheet (SDS).
2. The Safety Coordinator's office shall be the contact point for all information regarding storage and disposal of hazardous materials. It will arrange for periodic removal (a minimum of quarterly, or as required by law) of hazardous waste by a licensed hazardous waste hauler as needed.
3. Department of Transportation (DOT) storage drums are required for storage of waste oils, sludge, and solvents. Prior to removal, waste oils, sludge, and solvents shall be stored in Department of Transportation (DOT) approved and labeled storage drums with lids. Labels shall clearly identify the material being stored for removal and the date it was placed in the drum. The average monthly quantity of each category and waste name shall be maintained and reported to the Safety Coordinator.
4. Hazardous wastes designated for disposal or treatment must be removed from the company by a licensed hazardous waste hauler. Arrangements for any hazardous materials disposal MUST be made through the Safety Coordinator's office. For removal, send an inventory sheet to the Safety Coordinator's office with name, quantity, and location of hazardous materials. Before choosing the hauler, his identification and record will be checked.
5. When hazardous waste is disposed of from a given site, a manifest list must be prepared by the hauler. Each list must identify the name and amount of each material for disposal. A copy of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) manifest list and any related documents MUST be forwarded to the Safety Coordinator's office as soon as they are completed. The ORIGINAL shall be kept on file.
After the waste has been deposited at an approved dumpsite, another copy of the manifest will be returned to the Safety Coordinator's office to document proper disposal and site location.
6. The Safety Coordinator shall be responsible for keeping an on-going Hazardous Waste Disposal Manifest File, with copies of all information for the master file. As provided by law, the site Disposal Manifest File is subject to regular inspection by the local HEALTH DEPARTMENT. Appropriate fines may be levied for noncompliance.
10 DISCLOSURE PROCEDURE FOR EMERGENCY RESPONDERS AND EMERGENCY
RESPONSE PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS SPILLS
1. Compulsory Federal Law (SARA Title III) provides that counties adopt ordinances mandating that businesses or persons using, handling, or storing hazardous materials provide information regarding the location, type and health risks of such materials to emergency responders such as fire department and paramedics.
2. To comply with SARA Title III, the company will provide the designated area agencies the Hazardous Chemical Inventories and Emergency Response Plans. Currently the law applies only to businesses or persons using, storing or handling hazardous materials where:
Sample Statement:
THERE IS AN ESTIMATED TOTAL YEARLY USE IN EXCESS OF 55 GALLONS OF LIQUIDS, 500 POUNDS OF SOLIDS, OR 200 CUBIC FEET OF GASEOUS SUBSTANCES.
ONCE THE COMPANY HANDLES THIS AMOUNT OF PRODUCT, IT IS NECESSARY TO DETERMINE HOW MUCH WASTE IS THEN BEING GENERATED. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO RECYCLE OR DISPOSE OF WASTE THROUGH A LICENSED WASTE HAULER, RECYCLER, ETC., THEN THE COMPANY MUST THEN BECOME LICENSED AS A GENERATOR OF HAZARDOUS WASTES.
Each department shall maintain an inventory of all hazardous chemicals, the quantities, and the Safety Data Sheets. The updated inventories shall be sent to the Safety Coordinator's office on a monthly basis.
The Safety Coordinator's office shall assist in coordinating the program.
APPENDIX "A"
11 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL (PRODUCT) INVENTORY
============================================================================
SITE LOCATION ________________ SITE COORDINATOR _____________________
============================================================================
INVENTORY DATE ______________________
PRODUCT NAME QUANTITY ON SITE
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
EVAPAR, Inc.
SAFETY DATA SHEETS
IMPORTANT REFERENCE INFORMATION
SAFETY DATA SHEETS
Valuable information for the safe use, handling and disposal of chemical materials on the site may be obtained from the manufacturer or supplier in the form of a Safety Data Sheet (SDS). Each SDS describes the physical and chemical properties of one chemical material or substance. It also provides information for first aid treatment and special personal protection, procedures for cleanups, and precautions for storing and handling that are appropriate to the material.
The Safety Data Sheet is designed to inform the user of the properties of the material and to suggest proper controls for protecting employees, property and the environment against injury or damage. The data sheet also helps the user set up and maintain appropriate controls so that he can avoid preventable accidents.
Below is an outline of the contents of a Safety Data Sheet.
1 MANUFACTURING IDENTIFICATION
Name, address and phone number of the manufacturer. Material and trade names, chemical family and other designations. Pay particular attention to the EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER. Should an emergency occur, this information should be readily available. The date the SDS was prepared is important because you should always refer to the most recent SDS for accurate information. Not only does new information on chemicals become available with time, but also product formulas change.
2 HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS
Hazardous ingredients and the percent (%) concentrations in the material, as well as their toxicity; also hazardous mixtures of other substances.
3 PHYSICAL DATA
Properties such as boiling point, vapor pressure and density, solubility in water, evaporation rate, percent (%) volatile, and characteristic appearance and odor.
4 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD INFORMATION
Properties such as flash point (method of ignition), autoignition temperature, and lower and upper limits in the air. This information is very important for materials used near sources of ignition or within poorly ventilated spaces. Also, means of extinguishment and special procedures for firefighting.
5 HEALTH HAZARD DATA
Threshold limit value (TLV), effects of overexposure, and first aid treatment for eye or skin contact and inhalation. This information offers a guideline for monitoring exposure during use or handling.
6 REACTIVITY DATA
Stability of the material and related conditions to avoid. Other materials that are incompatible. Hazardous decomposition products and hazardous polymerization with related conditions to avoid. This information outlines conditions of use and storage under which the material will remain stable, as well as likely conditions that could cause a dangerous chemical reaction.
7 SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES
Recommended action for safe clean-ups and for final disposition without posing a hazard to people, property, or the environment.
8 SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION
Suggestions covering the need for ventilation, respiratory protection, eye protection, gloves, and other protective equipment during exposure to the material.
9 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Information on safe storage and handling to avoid hazardous reactions, and Department of Transportation classification.
EVAPAR, Inc.
GLOSSARY OF SAFETY DATA SHEET TERMS
GLOSSARY OF SAFETY DATA SHEET TERMS
Information sheets, such as Safety Data Sheets for hazardous or toxic substances contain words that may be unfamiliar. The following explanation of terms will help you to understand the SDS.
ACGIH:
The abbreviation for the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. A private organization of occupational safety and health professionals. The ACGIH recommends occupational exposure limits for numerous toxic substances and it updates and revises its recommendation as more information becomes available.
CARCINOGENIC:
Capable of causing cancer.
CEILING LIMIT:
The maximum amount of toxic substance allowed to be in workroom air at any time during the day.
COMBUSTIBLE:
Able to catch fire and burn.
CONCENTRATION:
The amount of one substance in another substance.
DECOMPOSITION:
Breakdown of a chemical.
DENSITY:
How much space a given weight of substance takes up. Gold is a very dense substance because a small piece of it weighs a lot. Styrofoam is not very dense because it weighs very little but takes up a lot of space. The density of a substance is usually compared to water, which has been given a density value of one (1). Substances more dense than water (which sink in water) have a density greater than one (1); substances that float on water have a density of less than one (1).
DERMAL:
By or through the skin.
EXPLOSIVE LIMITS:
The amounts of vapor in air sufficient to form explosive mixtures. Explosive limits are expressed as LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMITS and UPPER EXPLOSIVE LIMITS; these give the range of vapor concentrations in air that will explode if heated. Explosive limits are expressed as a percentage of vapor in the air.
FLAMMABLE:
Catches on fire easily and burns rapidly.
FLAMMABLE LIMITS:
See EXPLOSIVE LIMITS
FLASH POINT:
The lowest temperature at which the vapor of a substance will catch on fire, and then go out, if heat is applied. Provides an indication of how flammable a substance is. Not to be confused with IGNITION TEMPERATURE.
HEALTH HAZARD:
Anything that can have a harmful effect on health under the conditions in which it is used or produced. There can be both ACUTE and CHRONIC health hazards.
IGNITION TEMPERATURE:
The lowest temperature at which a substance will catch on fire and continue to burn. The lower the ignition temperature, the more likely the substance is going to be a fire hazard.
INFLAMMABLE:
Same as FLAMMABLE.
INGESTION:
Swallowing.
LC50:
The concentration of a substance in air that causes death in 50% of the animals exposed by inhalation. A measure of acute toxicity.
LD50.
The dose that causes death in 50% of the animals exposed by swallowing a substance. A measure of acute toxicity.
mg/kg
A way of expressing dose: milligrams (mg) of a substance per kilogram (kg) of body weight. Example: a 100 kg (220 pound) person given 10,000 mg (about 0.02 pounds) of a substance would be getting a dose of 100 mg/kg (10,000 mg/100 kg).
mg/m
A way of expressing the concentration of a substance in air: milligrams (mg) of substance per cubic meter (m) of air.
MILLIGRAM:
One one-thousandth of a gram.
MUTAGENIC:
Capable of changing cells in such a way that future cell generations are effected. Mutagenic substances are usually considered suspect carcinogens.
NIOSH:
Abbreviation for the SAFETY Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. NIOSH does research on occupational safety and health questions and makes recommendations to OSHA.
ODOR THRESHOLD:
The lowest concentration of a substance's vapor, in the air, that can be smelled. Odor thresholds are highly variable depending on the individual who breathes the substance and the nature of the substance.
OXIDIZER:
Any substance that reacts violently with oxygen or that gives off large amounts of energy in a chemical reaction.
PEL:
Permissible Exposure Limit: means the same as TLV. PEL is often used in OSHA Standards instead of TLV.
PH:
A measure of how acidic or caustic (basic) a substance is on a scale of 1-14. Ph 1 indicated that a substance is very acidic; Ph 7 indicates that a substance is neutral; and Ph 14 indicates that a substance is very caustic (basic).
PPM:
Parts per million: Generally used to express small concentrations of one substance in a mixture.
REACTIVITY:
The ability of a substance to undergo change usually by combining with another substance or by breaking down. Certain conditions, such as heat and light, may cause a substance to become more reactive. Highly reactive substances may explode.
SOLUBILITY:
The amount of a substance that can be dissolved in solution, usually water.
SUSPECT CARCINOGEN:
A substance that might cause cancer in humans or animals, but has not been proven to do so.
TERATOGENIC:
Capable of causing birth defects.
TLV:
Abbreviation for Threshold Limit Value (TLV). The average 8-hour occupational exposure limit. This means that the actual exposure level may sometimes be higher, sometimes lower, but the average must not exceed the TLV. TLV's are calculated to protect most workers for a working lifetime.
TOXIC SUBSTANCE:
Any substance that can cause acute or chronic injury to the human body, or that is suspected of being able to cause disease or injury under some conditions. Many toxic substances are chemicals or chemical mixtures, but there are other kinds of toxic substances as well (bacteria and viruses, for example).
VAPOR:
The gas given off by a solid or liquid substance at ordinary temperatures.
VAPOR DENSITY:
The density of the gas given off by a substance. It is usually compared with air, which has a vapor density set at 1. If the vapor is denser than air (greater than 1) it will sink to the ground; if it is less dense than air (less than 1), it will rise.
VOLATILITY:
A measure of how quickly a substance forms vapors at ordinary temperatures. Vapor pressure is a measure of volatility. The lower the vapor pressure, the lower the volatility.
EVAPAR, Inc.
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
EVAPAR, Inc.
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
1 TITLE AND PURPOSE
This document is EVAPAR, Inc.’s program for HAZARD WASTE MANAGEMENT. Its purpose is to set forth guidelines and procedures for the proper disposal of hazardous substances. Upon request, this document shall be made available to employees, their designated representative, and authorized State, or Federal safety officials.
2 LEGAL REFERENCES
It is the intent of this document to reflect and incorporate the legal requirements of: California "Community Right To Know" Assembly Bills (AB2185, AB2187, and AB3377); and SARA Title III, the Federal Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act of 1986, as they apply. Also as applicable is the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).
3 SITE COORDINATOR
The Safety Coordinator will be the site coordinator for the Program. The Safety Coordinator will be responsible to coordinate and manage the Program in conjunction with the company's Hazard Communication Program.
It is the responsibility of Safety Coordinator to ensure that storage, handling, and disposal of hazardous substances takes place in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this document.
4 STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE
To the maximum extent possible, all poisons, acids, and flammable chemicals shall be stored separately from all other substances, preferably in designated storage areas or cabinets that are approved for the type of exposure anticipated. All flammable liquids must be stored in UL or FM approved flammable storage cabinets.
The Safety Coordinator shall schedule periodic inspections to ensure that all hazardous substances within the company are appropriately labeled and stored.
Chemicals and substances utilized in maintenance, and which are particularly vulnerable to incompatibility and possible adverse reaction or accident due to improper storage, should be minimized. To the maximum extent possible, for storage purposes, chemicals and substances should be separated into organic and inorganic groupings and further sorted into compatible families within the two major groupings.
5 HAZARDOUS WASTES DISPOSAL PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS
Federal, state, and local environmental regulations require strict control of the handling, storage, and disposal of all materials identified as being hazardous or toxic to human health or the environment. Once such materials have been used within the operations, specific restrictions and procedures apply as to their disposal. The Safety Coordinator's office will maintain a monthly inventory based on information gathered during his survey and reporting by the department, accordingly, the following procedures shall be carried out for all departments that generate hazardous waste:
1. No hazardous waste may be dumped in drains, sewers, dumpsters, or onto the ground. The only exception is small quantities of some chemicals may be disposed of by drain or dumpster, in accordance with local Sanitation District rules or OSHA guidelines or the Safety Data Sheet (SDS).
2. The Safety Coordinator's office shall be the contact point for all information regarding storage and disposal of hazardous materials. It will arrange for periodic removal (a minimum of quarterly, or as required by law) of hazardous waste by a licensed hazardous waste hauler as needed.
3. Department of Transportation (DOT) storage drums are required for storage of waste oils, sludge, and solvents. Prior to removal, waste oils, sludge, and solvents shall be stored in Department of Transportation (DOT) approved and labeled storage drums with lids. Labels shall clearly identify the material being stored for removal and the date it was placed in the drum. The average monthly quantity of each category and waste name shall be maintained and reported to the Safety Coordinator.
4. Hazardous wastes designated for disposal or treatment must be removed from the company by a licensed hazardous waste hauler. Arrangements for any hazardous materials disposal MUST be made through the Safety Coordinator's office with name, quantity, and location of hazardous materials. Before choosing the hauler, his identification and record will be checked.
5. When hazardous waste is designated for disposal or treatment from our site, a "MANIFEST LIST" must be prepared by the hauler. Each list must identify the name and amount of each material for disposal. A copy of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) manifest list and any related documents MUST be forwarded to the Safety Coordinator's office as soon as they are completed. The ORIGINAL shall be kept on file.
After the waste has been deposited at an "approved dump site", another copy of the manifest will be returned to the Safety Coordinator's office to document proper disposal and site location.
6. The Safety Coordinator shall be responsible for keeping an on-going Hazardous Waste Disposal Manifest File, with copies of all information for the master file. As provided by law, the site Disposal Manifest File is subject to regular inspection by the local HEALTH DEPARTMENT. Appropriate fines may be levied for noncompliance.
6 DISCLOSURE PROCEDURE FOR EMERGENCY RESPONDERS AND EMERGENCY
7 RESPONSE PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS SPILLS
1. Compulsory Federal Law (SARA Title III) provides that counties adopt ordinances mandating that businesses or persons using, handling, or storing hazardous materials provide information regarding the location, type and health risks of such materials to emergency responders such as fire department and paramedics.
2. To comply with SARA Title III, EVAPAR, Inc. will provide the designated area the Hazardous Chemical Inventories and Emergency Response Plans. Currently the law applies only to businesses or persons using, storing or handling hazardous materials where:
THERE IS AN ESTIMATED TOTAL YEARLY USE IN EXCESS OF 55 GALLONS OF LIQUIDS, 500 POUNDS OF SOLIDS, OR 200 CUBIC FEET OF GASEOUS SUBSTANCES.
ONCE EVAPAR, Inc. HANDLES THIS AMOUNT OF PRODUCT, IT IS NECESSARY TO DETERMINE HOW MUCH WASTE IS THEN BEING GENERATED. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO RECYCLE OR DISPOSE OF WASTE THROUGH A LICENSED WASTE HAULER, RECYCLER, ETC., THEN EVAPAR, Inc. MUST BECOME LICENSED AS A GENERATOR OF HAZARDOUS WASTES.
Each department shall maintain an inventory of all hazardous chemicals, the quantities, and the Safety Data Sheets. The updated inventories shall be sent to the Safety Coordinator's office on a monthly basis. The Safety Coordinator's office shall assist in coordinating the program.
APPENDIX "A"
8 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL (PRODUCT) INVENTORY
_______________________________________________________________________________
SITE LOCATION_______________________________________________________________
SITE COORDINATOR__________________________________________________________
INVENTORY DATE_____________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT NAME QUANTITY ON SITE
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
EVAPAR, Inc.
EMERGENCY PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS SPILLS
EMERGENCY PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS SPILLS
|NAME OF FACILITY: | |
|MAILING ADDRESS: | |
|TELEPHONE NO: | |
|FACILITY MANAGER: | |
|OPERATIONS: | |
|EPA ID NO. | |
|Emergency Coordinators | |
|(To be contacted in order listed) | |
| | |
| | |
|Primary | |
|Coordinator: | |
|Alternates: | |
| |
| |
|Emergency | |
|Response Contact: | |
| | |
|Fire | |
|Department | |
|Police Department | |
|Hospital | |
|STATE OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES | |
TYPES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE HANDLED AT THIS FACILITY
|Description | |
|& Hazard Class: | |
| | |
|EPA | |
|Hazard Waste No.: | |
|Where stored: | |
| |
| |
|No. of Wastes | |
|Stored on Site: | |
| | |
| |
| |
| |
|Notes: | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
NOTE: There is little hazard with regard to the waste material handled in this facility. The waste solution holds only a minimal amount of Ethanol in solution with copious amounts of water. The resultant waste is NOT flammable corrosive, or an irritant.
2 PURPOSE OF EMERGENCY PLAN
This Emergency Plan is designed to minimize hazards to human health and the environment from any release of hazardous waste.
Since a small portion of the chemicals at this facility is flammable, one of the concerns of this Emergency Plan is to protect the employees from fire and to be certain that the material does not enter the environment from any release.
All facility personnel are familiar with the Emergency Plan from discussions during Safety Meetings and the Emergency Plan is available in the main office.
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
All employees who handle the chemicals or hazardous waste have been informed of the following emergency procedure:
1. Contain the release (spill or leak). Absorbent material and heavy-duty rubber gloves are located in the storeroom. The rubber gloves are to be put on immediately and check to make sure that the release is contained within a diked area. If not, the area around the release is to be diked using the absorbent material.
2. Contact the Emergency Coordinator. Notify the front office telephone operator. Request the Emergency Coordinator to come immediately to the area of the release.
4 EMERGENCY COORDINATORS
1. To be called first: _______________________________________________________
2. If unavailable, call: ______________________________________________________
The Emergency Coordinator will arrive at the scene immediately and determine the extent of the emergency and will take the necessary action. Unnecessary people will be kept away from the area.
5 INSIDE RELEASE EMERGENCY ACTION
1. DO NOT TOUCH RELEASED MATERIAL WITHOUT RUBBER GLOVES. Rubber gloves and absorbent material are located in the storeroom.
2. Stop the release if possible. If the release is caused by a hole in the container, stuff a rag into the hole. Rags are located in the spill control cabinet.
3. Dike the area around the release to prevent material from reaching any drains or spreading. Absorbent to use for the dike is located in the storeroom.
4. Fire extinguishers are located throughout the facility.
5. Spread absorbent material on the release. Allow absorbent to soak up released material.
6. Transfer any remaining non-released material into a clean empty container. An empty clean container is located in the spill control storage area.
7. Sweep absorbent material into a clean container for off-site disposal at an EPA approved secure landfill. All rags used for clean-up should also be placed in this container.
8. Scrub the area of the release with detergent and water. Clean-up water is to be collected in a container for off-site disposal at an EPA approved treatment or disposal facility. If the release has leached into the sealed concrete, steam clean the area, collecting the water as above.
9. Label all containers of release-collected material with the "Hazardous Waste" label.
10. Arrange for off-site disposal of all containers of material resulting from the release. All material must be shipped as "Hazardous Waste" and sent to an EPA approved treatment, storage or disposal site.
11. Complete a report of the release incident including:
a. What material was released
b. Reason for the release
c. Quantity of material released
d. Clean-up procedure used and
e. Disposition of clean-up waste.
12. 911 emergency equipment used (rubber gloves, portable fire extinguishers, etc.) are to be cleaned and ready for reuse.
6 OUTSIDE RELEASE EMERGENCY ACTION
NO HAZARDOUS WASTES ARE STORED OUTSIDE
7 ARRANGEMENTS WITH EMERGENCY RESPONSE AGENCIES
1. Fire Department
The Fire Department should be available to control the fire. Letters have been sent to the Fire Department, detailing the hazardous waste at the plant.
2. Police Department
The Police Department should be available for crowd control if needed. Letters have been sent to the Police Department, detailing the hazardous waste at the plant.
3. Hospital
The hospital should be prepared to treat all types of injuries and refer serious burns to other facilities. The hospital has been contacted via letter, detailing the hazardous waste at the plant.
The Emergency Plan will be sent to the local Emergency Agencies. Any responses from the Agencies will be documented as Appendices to the Emergency Plan. Any future verbal communications with the Agencies will be documented in the Emergency Plan to keep all responses up-to-date.
8 SAFETY DATA SHEETS
Safety Data Sheets (SDS) are available in the R & D office. The first aid procedures for all materials used at the facility are listed in the SDS. The SDS also provides for spill procedures. These would be useful in the event of a release.
10 DUTIES OF EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
1. Arrive at the scene of the release immediately.
2. Direct EMERGENCY RELEASE ACTION
3. Determine extent of emergency. If the release can be easily contained and cleaned up without possibility of damage to human health or the environment then no evacuation or notification to agencies is required. There are no floor drains near the hazardous waste area.
4. If the release of hazardous waste could threaten health and/or the environment or the release cannot be contained or cleaned up without possible threat to human health or the environment, then the Emergency Coordinator must activate the Evacuation Plan.
5. The Emergency Coordinator must use his best judgment as to which agencies can best respond to the emergency. Since some of the hazardous waste is/may be flammable, the fire department (911) would probably be contacted first.
All emergency telephone numbers are listed on the first page of the Emergency Plan for easy reference.
EVAPAR, Inc.
FIRE PREVENTION
1 FIRE PROTECTION
2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Portable fire extinguishers must be maintained in a fully charged and operable condition and kept in their designated places at all times when they are not being used.
2. Extinguishers must be conspicuously located where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use.
3. The selection of fire extinguishers for a given situation will depend upon the characteristics of a potential fire, the construction and occupancy of the individual property, the vehicle or hazard to be protected, ambient-temperature conditions, and other factors.
4. The number of extinguishers required must be determined by reference to the layout criteria included in this manual.
5. Only UL or FM approved fire extinguishers are permitted.
6. Only employees who have been trained in their proper use are permitted to use fire extinguishers.
7. All welding work must have a capable "fire watch" assigned to the area to monitor for and prevent fires.
8. All fire extinguishers are to be kept at their designated locations. In case of fire, follow information on emergency reaction poster.
9. Access to extinguishers, sprinkler risers, switch boxes, fire alarms, and exits are to be kept clear and unobstructed at all times.
10. Fire doors are not to be blocked and must be in operating condition at all times.
11. Any damaged or apparently used fire protection equipment must be promptly reported to the area supervisor.
3 MAINTENANCE
1. At regular intervals, not less than annually, or when specifically indicated by an inspection, extinguishers must be thoroughly examined and/or recharged or repaired to ensure operability and safety, or replaced as needed.
2. Extinguishers removed from their locations to be recharged must be replaced by spare extinguishers during the period they are gone.
3. Each extinguisher must have a durable tag securely attached to show the maintenance or recharge date and the initial or signature of the person who performs this service.
4 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND MATERIALS
1. Flammable liquid containers must be clearly labeled and stored in a protected, separate area.
2. Flammable liquids must be used only in small quantities and in approved (UL or FM), self-closing containers.
3. Do NOT refuel a hot or running engine. Clean up spills before restarting.
4. Never use gasoline as a cleaner or solvent. Anyone who may do so is subject to immediate discharge.
5. Use only the proper transfer equipment when transferring a flammable liquid such as gasoline for refueling.
6. Never use an air hose for pressure to empty drums.
7. Lines or other containers holding gasoline, oil, grease and other flammable material must be thoroughly purged and tested for explosiveness by approved testing equipment before any burning or welding is done.
5 SCRAP RECEPTACLE - TYPE, LOCATION AND USE
6 FIRE PREVENTION
This procedure outlines types, location, and use of containers for trash, scrap metal, and similar materials.
7 TYPE
1. All receptacles must be constructed of metal or other suitable type containers of non-flammable materials.
2. Paper or pasteboard cartons, wooden boxes or crates, and similar type containers must not be used for collection of combustible materials.
3. Receptacles, located outside of buildings, for combustible trash must be located at least 15 feet from the building or combustible materials.
Use
1. Employees must be instructed to use trash barrels for the disposal for paper, lunch, remnants, and all small scraps of a combustible nature.
2. Cigarette and cigar butts, matches, etc., should never be thrown in trash receptacles.
3. Glass (broken, empty jars, etc.), scrap metal, and similar material should be placed in special trash containers.
EVAPAR, Inc.
WORKPLACE VIOLENCE PREVENTION PLAN
EVAPAR, Inc.
WORKPLACE VIOLENCE PREVENTION
1 IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE
EVAPAR, Inc. will make preventing and controlling workplace violence a priority and announce the formation of a management team to develop, review and implement policies dealing with violence in the workplace.
The management team will:
1. Undertake an assessment of the employer's readiness for dealing with workplace violence.
2. Become experts on workplace violence.
3. Serve as a liaison with specialized resources from the community.
4. Be responsible for the education of supervisors and managers regarding workplace violence.
5. Be responsible for developing an action plan to deal with an incident of workplace violence.
EVAPAR, Inc. will conduct an education program regarding early warning signs of potentially violent behavior and steps to be followed in responding to and investigating an incident of workplace violence to include:
1. Ominous threats - such as, "This could be like the post office.”
2. Threatening actions - intimidation, menacing gestures.
3. Bizarre thoughts - perception that the world is falling apart, highly overstated sense of entitlement to a promotion.
4. Obsession - holding a grudge, unrequited romantic interest.
Supervisors and managers will be taught to recognize these behaviors and employees will be taught to report these signs to their management or to the threat management team.
EVAPAR, Inc. will increase physical security measures and develop a cooperative relationship with local law enforcement authorities.
EVAPAR, Inc. will have in place a comprehensive plan for maintaining the security of the work environment.
Crisis procedures will be developed for responding to an incident of workplace violence. They are to include the following:
1. What is the chain of command? What are the responsibilities of the immediate supervisor? When does the responsibility shift to the management team?
2. What emergency notification is necessary? Local police, medical, fire, EAP, others? Internal security? Team members?
3. What resources need to be solicited? Trauma consultant, physicians, security consultant, legal representative?
4. What assessment procedures should be immediately instituted to determine the immediate safety of the workplace and the effect of the incident on the workplace?
5. What information is available as to what occurred? Who are the witnesses? Is photographic information needed?
6. What external and internal notifications need to be made?
7. What counseling needs are necessary?
8. What public relations concern should be dealt with immediately? What can be said, who should talk to reporters?
Consider the courts to prevent and address incidents of workplace violence (e.g. State laws, restraining orders, etc.).
EVAPAR, Inc. will prevent workplace violence through the use of proper pre-screening, consistent enforcement of workplace rules, and the use of employee assistance program and medical care resources.
EVAPAR, Inc. will develop a public relations strategy before it is needed.
2 RESPONSIBILITY
The IIPP administrator for workplace security is:
Program Administrator
Has the authority and responsibility for implementing the provisions of this program for:
Establishment Name
All managers and supervisors are responsible for implementing and maintaining this plan in their work areas and for answering employee questions about the Injury & Illness Prevention Program. A copy of this plan is available from each manager and supervisor.
3 COMPLIANCE
Management of EVAPAR, Inc. is responsible for ensuring that all safety and health policies and procedures involving workplace security are clearly communicated and understood by all employees. Managers and supervisors are expected to enforce the rules fairly and uniformly.
All employees are responsible for using safe work practices, for following all directives, policies and procedures, and for assisting in maintaining a safe and secure work environment.
Our system of ensuring that all employees, including supervisors and managers, comply with work practices that are designed to make the workplace more secure, and do not engage in verbal threats or physical actions which create a security hazard for others in the workplace. This includes:
1. Informing employees, supervisors, and managers of the provisions of our Program for Workplace Security.
2. Evaluating the performance of all employees in complying with EVAPAR, Inc. workplace security measures.
3. Recognizing employees who perform work practices which promote security in the workplace.
4. Providing training and/or counseling to employees whose performance in complying with work practices designed to ensure workplace security is deficient.
5. Disciplining workers for failure to comply with workplace security practices.
4 COMMUNICATION
At EVAPAR, Inc. we recognize that to maintain a safe, healthy, and secure workplace we must have open, two-way communication between all employees, including managers and supervisors, on all workplace safety, health and security issues. EVAPAR, Inc. has a communication system designed to encourage a continuous flow of safety, health and security information between management and our employees without fear of reprisal and in a form that is readily understandable. Our system consists of one or more of the following checked items:
□ New employee orientation on our establishment's workplace security policies, procedures, and work practices.
□ Review of our IIPP Program for Workplace Security.
□ Training programs designed to address specific aspects of workplace security.
□ Regularly scheduled safety meetings to discuss workplace security.
□ Effective communication of safety, health and security concerns between employee, supervisors, and managers, including translation where appropriate.
□ Posted or distributed workplace security information.
□ A system for workers to inform management about workplace security hazards and verbal or physical threats of violence that includes protecting employees from retaliation by the person making the threats.
□ A system for immediately and safely communicating a warning to law enforcement authorities, management, and other employees about an imminent act of violence or threat of imminent violence.
□ Other: ____________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
INCIDENT INVESTIGATIONS
Procedures for investigating incidents of workplace violence include:
1. Reviewing all previous incidents involving violence at our workplace.
2. Visiting the scene of an incident as soon as possible.
3. Interviewing injured and threatened employees and witnesses.
4. Examining the workplace for security risk factors associated with the incident, including any reports of inappropriate behavior by the perpetrator.
5. Determining the cause of the incident.
6. Taking corrective action to prevent the incident from recurring.
7. Recording the findings and corrective actions taken; and
8. Other___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5 HAZARD CORRECTION
Hazards, which threaten the security of employees, shall be corrected in a timely manner when they are first observed or discovered. Immediate corrective action includes:
1. Notification of law enforcement authorities when a criminal act has occurred.
2. Emergency medical care provided in the event of any violent act upon an employee.
3. Post-event trauma counseling for those employees desiring such assistance.
EVAPAR, Inc.
GAS CYLINDERS AND COMPRESSED GASES
EVAPAR, Inc.
GAS CYLINDERS AND COMPRESSED GASES
1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains guidelines and requirements for the safe use of flammable and/or compressed gases. It covers the use of flammable-gas piping systems, high-pressure gas cylinders, manifold cylinders, and compressed air.
2 FIRE RISK
Fire requires three elements: fuel, oxygen, and ignition.
Any experiment or routine operation that places a flammable gas in the presence of an oxidant (air, oxygen, etc.) and an ignition source (spark, flame, high temperature, etc.) is extremely dangerous. To reduce the risk of fire, eliminate two of these three elements.
Thus, when using flammable gases:
✓ Eliminate ignition sources.
✓ Prevent mixing of fuel with air or oxygen.
✓ Contain or vent fuel.
Pyrophoric substances, which are materials that ignite spontaneously when exposed to air, require even more care. Minimize the use of oxygen in high concentration. Materials not normally considered combustible burn violently in high-oxygen atmospheres. Therefore, special precautions must be taken when working with high-oxygen concentrations.
3 GUIDELINES
1. All personnel authorized to work with flammable gases must be familiar with the hazards and emergency measures that might be required in the event of an accident. For safe operation, the following safety guidelines must be observed:
a. A piping (schematic) diagram of the apparatus and an operating procedure that includes safety considerations and emergency instructions must be developed, and the installed piping must be inspected to ensure that it is installed as shown on the piping diagram.
b. Only personnel authorized to work on the experiment are allowed in the operations area.
c. Appropriate warning devices and signs, such as "Danger-Hydrogen" and “No Smoking and/or Open Flames”, must be posted on or near the work area and at the doors to the operating area.
d. Flammable gas shut-off valves must be located outside flammable gas operating areas.
e. Good housekeeping practices must be observed. Unnecessary combustible material must be kept out of flammable gas operating areas.
f. Only the flammable gas cylinders actually required for the experiment are allowed in the operating area. Extra cylinders must be stored in an approved area outside the building or work area.
g. When two or more cylinders containing flammable gas are used inside a room or other confined area, and are connected to a common manifold, the regulators must be modified. The existing relief valves on the regulator must be replaced with two special relief valves connected to a metal vent line that terminates outside and above the building.
h. When the building occupancy is rated H7, as defined in the Uniform Building Code, all flammable gas regulators must have their relief valves vented to a vent line that terminates outside and above the building.
i. All ignition sources, (e.g., welding torches, lit cigarettes, electric arcs, electrostatic charges, and pilot lights) must be kept away from flammable gases at all times.
j. Ventilation must be provided to prevent entrapment of flammable gases in closed areas. If the gas is lighter than air, overhead ventilation is required. Gases denser than air must be prevented from entering trenches and manholes where they can collect and form explosive mixtures with air.
k. Cracking a hydrogen gas cylinder valve before attaching the regulator is not recommended since the gas may be ignited by static charge or friction heating. Closing the valve stops the flame immediately.
l. Never use a flame to detect flammable gas leaks. Use soapy water or use other approved methods.
m. If a flammable gas cylinder is discovered with a small leak and the gas has not ignited, the cylinder must be moved carefully to a safe outside area. If the leak is serious or the gas has ignited, evacuate the area and call the local Fire Department immediately.
4 ACETYLENE
Acetylene is used principally with welding and cutting torches. Commercial acetylene gas is colorless and highly flammable with a distinctive garlic-like odor. Acetylene, in its free state under pressure, may decompose violently - the higher the pressure, the smaller the initial force required to cause an explosion. Therefore, acetylene is stored in acetone, which dissolves 200 times its volume of acetylene. Acetylene cylinders are filled with a porous filler material that holds the acetone. The combination of filler and acetone allows acetylene to be contained in cylinders at moderate pressures without danger of explosive decomposition. Full cylinder pressure is 250 psig at 70O F.
CAUTION: When acetylene is withdrawn from its cylinder too rapidly, the gas cannot come out of the solution fast enough, the downstream pressure drops, and liquid acetone is thrown out of the cylinder and may limit the flow of the pressure-reducing regulator.
The following precautions are recommended when working with acetylene:
1. To prevent flashbacks, check valves are required in welding gas lines and at the welding/cutting torch. If the acetylene pressure drops, the oxygen pressure at the torch can push oxygen back up the acetylene line, where it can mix with acetylene and cause a flashback.
2. Copper must not be used in acetylene piping. Copper forms an impact-sensitive copper acetylide.
3. Never use free acetylene gas outside the cylinder at pressures over 15 psig (30 psia), as it can decompose violently.
4. Acetylene cylinders should be used or stored only in an upright position to avoid the possibility of acetone leaking from the cylinder. If an acetylene cylinder has been stored horizontally, the cylinder should be put up right and left in that position for about 30 minutes before being used.
5. When cylinders are empty of acetylene, valves must be closed to prevent evaporation of the acetone.
6. Acetylene cylinders may be filled only by the supplier.
5 CYLINDERS
1. Only cylinders meeting Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations may be used for transporting compressed gases. Each cylinder must bear the required DOT label for the compressed gas contained, except under certain specified conditions set forth in DOT regulations.
2. It is illegal to remove or to change the prescribed numbers or other markings on cylinders. Do NOT deface, cover, or remove any markings, labels, decals, or tags applied or attached to the cylinder by the supplier. Each cylinder in use at EVAPAR, Inc. must carry a legible label or stencil identifying the contents. Do NOT repaint cylinders unless authorized by the owner.
3. Compressed-gas containers must not contain gases capable of combining chemically, nor should the gas service be changed without the approval of the responsible safety officer.
4. The cylinder-valve outlet connections on cylinders containing gas mixtures are provided by the gas supplier, based on the physical and chemical characteristics of the gases.
5. Gas mixtures having a flammable component must have a cylinder-valve outlet connection with left-handed threads, even though the gas mixture is nonflammable, unless the responsible safety officer has authorized otherwise.
6. Regulators, gauges, hoses, and other appliances provided for use with a particular gas or group of gases must not be used on cylinders containing gases having different chemical properties unless information obtained from the supplier indicates that this is safe.
7. Gases must not be mixed at EVAPAR, Inc. sites in commercial DOT cylinders and must not be transferred from one DOT cylinder to another. Gases mixed at EVAPAR, Inc. must never be put into an EVAPAR, Inc. or vendor-owned compressed gas cylinder.
8. Vendor-owned cylinders must not be used for any purpose other than as a source of vendor supplied gas. Only the vendor may pressurize these cylinders.
9. It is illegal to transport a leaking cylinder (charged or partially charged) by common or contract carrier.
6 Transporting Cylinders
1. Prior to transporting, valve protecting cap or collar must be in place.
2. All cylinders shipped by common or contract carrier must have a DOT Red Shipping Label.
3. Before shipment, the cylinder must have a legible DOT hazardous material label or a marking in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-7, Appendix A.
Note: Install POL plug on cylinders up to 45 lbs. propane capacity. If required, apply DOT labels and NPGA Cylinder Warning Label (#0004).
Tile purpose of this bulletin is to set forth general safety practices for the installation, operation, and maintenance of LP-gas equipment. It is not intended to lay an exhaustive treatment of the subject, and should not be interpreted as precluding other procedures that would enhance safe LP-gas operations. Issuance of this bulletin is not intended to nor should it be construed as an undertaking to perform services on behalf of any party either for their protection or for the protection of third parties.
7 INSPECTIONS
All compressed gas cylinders, hoses, tubing, and manifolds must be inspected frequently to ensure that they are free of defects that could cause a failure. Cylinders must be considered defective and rejected (or removed from service) if a valve is stiff, or a fitting leaks, or if they contain dents, cuts, gouges, digs over 3 inches long, leaks (any size), fire damage, or valve damage. All defective cylinders EVAPAR, Inc. or vendor owned) must be sent back to the manufacturer or vendor for test and repair. Hoses and fittings that appear worn must be replaced before the equipment is put to further use.
All standard size single compressed gas cylinders (200 scf) that are used only at EVAPAR, Inc. such as in fixed tube banks, must be pressure tested to 5/3 (1.67) of their DOT service pressure every 6 years.
8 TRAINING PROGRAM
Compressed gases should be handled only by experienced and properly instructed personnel. When in doubt about the proper handling of a compressed gas cylinder or its contents, consult the Responsible Safety Officer.
Compressed gas cylinders are dangerous when handled incorrectly. Always assume that a cylinder is pressurized. Handle it carefully. Never throw, bang, tilt, drag, slide, roll, or drop a cylinder from a truck bed or other raised surface. If a cylinder must be lifted manually, at least two people must do the lifting. Because of their shape, smooth surface, and weight, gas cylinders are difficult to move by hand. A truck or an approved cylinder handcart must always be used to move a cylinder. Cylinders must be fastened in metal cradles or skid boxes before they are raised with cranes, forklifts, or hoists. Rope or chain lifting slings alone must not be used. Cylinders, even empty ones, must never be used as rollers for moving materials, as work supports, etc.
If damaged, a cylinder can cause severe injuries, including lung damage from inhalation of toxic contents and physical trauma from explosion. A pressurized gas cylinder can become a dangerous projectile if its valve is broken off.
When a cylinder is not connected to a pressure regulator or a manifold, or is otherwise not in use, it is extremely important that the cylinder valve be kept closed and the safety cap be kept in place. The cap protects the cylinder valve (do not lift cylinders by their caps). Notify the Responsible Safety Officer, giving details and cylinder serial number, if you believe that a foreign substance may have entered the cylinder or valve.
Cylinders containing compressed gases should not be subjected to a temperature above 125O F. Flames, sparks, molten metal, or slag must never come in contact with any part of a compressed gas cylinder, pressure apparatus, hoses, etc. Do not place cylinders where they might become part of an electric circuit. When cylinders are used in conjunction with electric welding, ensure that the cylinders cannot be accidentally grounded and burned by the electric welding arc.
Cylinders must not be subjected to artificially low temperatures. Many ferrous metals become extremely brittle at low temperatures. The loss of ductility and thermal stress at low temperature may cause a steel cylinder to rupture.
Never attempt to repair, alter, or tamper with cylinders, valves, or safety relief devices.
Compressed gases (over 150 psig) are usually stored in steel cylinders manufactured according to DOT specifications. When the DOT was formed in 1969, it acquired responsibility for cylinder specifications, formerly issued by ICC. DOT regulations require the following markings on all cylinders:
1. Type of Cylinder and Pressure Rating
2. Serial Number
3. Inspection Date
For example: DOT 3AA2065 973487 6/70
DOT 3AA indicates DOT specification 3AA, which is a seamless alloy-steel cylinder of definite prescribed steel, not over 1000 lbs. water capacity, with at least 150-psi service pressure.
2065 is the service pressure at 70o F, and the maximum refill pressure.
973487 is the manufacturer's serial number.
6/70 is the date of the initial qualifying test.
Old cylinders (made prior to 1970) will have "ICC" in the markings, whereas cylinders manufactured after 1970 will be marked "DOT." The other identification markings are unchanged.
Mixed-gas cylinders must be marked with an adhesive label placed on the shoulder of the cylinder. The label must contain a RED diamond for flammable gas or a GREEN diamond for nonflammable gas. The percentage of each gas component must be marked on the label and on a tag attached to the valve by the supplier. In addition, a circumferential white stripe must be painted near the shoulder of the cylinder to indicate mixed gas.
9 SAFETY RULES
1. All portable cylinders used for the storage and shipment of compressed gases shall be constructed and maintained in accordance with DOT regulations.
2. Compressed gas cylinders shall be equipped with connections complying with ANSI B57.1-1965. "Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Connections".
3. All cylinders with a water weight capacity of over 30 pounds shall be equipped with means of connecting a valve protection device or with a collar or recess to protect the valve.
4. Compressed gas cylinders shall be legibly marked, for the purpose of identifying the gas content, with either the chemical or the trade name of the gas. Such markings shall be by means of stenciling, stamping, or labeling, and are not readily removable. Whenever practical, the markings will be located on the shoulder of the cylinder.
5. Compressed air or other compressed gases in excess of 10 pounds per square Inc.h gauge will not be used to blow dirt, chips, or dust from clothing while it is being worn.
6. Compressed air or gases shall not be used to empty containers of liquids where the pressure can exceed the safe working pressure of the container.
7. The use of compressed air will be so controlled, and proper personal protective equipment or safeguards utilized, as to protect against the possibility of eye or body injury to the operator or other workers.
8. Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles shall be equipped with an operating valve that must be held open manually. A support will be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when it is not in use.
9. Compressed gases shall not be used to elevate or otherwise transfer any hazardous substance from one container to another unless the containers are designed to withstand, with a factor of safety of at least four, the maximum possible pressure that may be applied.
10. Always identify the contents of a gas cylinder before using it. If a cylinder is not clearly labeled, return it to the Responsible Safety Officer.
11. Before using a cylinder, be sure it is properly supported with two metal chains or the equivalent to prevent it from failing. Contamination of compressed gas cylinders by feedback of process materials must always be prevented by installation of suitable traps or check valves.
12. Suitable pressure-regulating devices and relief devices must always be used when gas is admitted to systems having pressure limitations lower than the cylinder pressure.
13. Gas cylinder valves can be "cracked” (opened slightly) momentarily before regulators are attached to blow dirt off the valve seats, but the valve outlet should always be pointed away from people or equipment. (Cracking the valve is not recommended with hydrogen because it can be ignited by static charge or friction.)
14. After the regulator is securely attached to the cylinder valve, fully release (turn counterclockwise) the pressure-adjusting screw of the regulator before opening the cylinder valve.
15. Open gas cylinder high pressure valves slowly, this gives compression heat, time to dissipate and prevents “bumping” the gauges.
16. Never use a wrench on any cylinder-valve hand wheel.
17. Keep removable keys or handles on valve spindles or stems while cylinders are in service.
18. Never leave pressure in a system that is not being used.
19. To shut down a system, close the cylinder valve and vent the pressure from the entire system.
20. Equipment must not be disassembled while it is under pressure.
21. Be aware that any valved-off portion of the system may still be under pressure. Bleed the hose, line, or vessel before disassembly to ensure that there is not enough pressure energy stored in the trapped gas or in piping distortion to propel loose objects.
22. Connections to piping, regulators, and other appliances should always be kept tight to prevent leakage.
23. Where a hose is used, it should be kept in good condition.
24. Manifold pigtails should not be left disconnected for more than a few minutes. Certain insects are attracted to pure gases and will quickly clog these lines.
25. Never use compressed gas to dust off clothing. This may cause serious injury or create a fire hazard.
26. About 30 psi gauge pressure (0.2 MPa) must be left in "empty" cylinders to prevent air from entering the cylinder and contaminating it. Air contamination in a hydrogen cylinder is extremely dangerous.
27. Before a regulator is removed from a cylinder, close the cylinder valve and release all pressure from the regulator.
28. Before returning an empty cylinder, close the valve and replace the cylinder-valve protective cap and outlet cap or plug.
29. Indiana fire code does not permit LP gas cylinder storage inside buildings.
EVAPAR, Inc.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
EVAPAR, Inc.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
1 INTRODUCTION
The objective of the Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Program is to protect employees from the risk of injury by creating a barrier against workplace hazards. Personal protective equipment is not a substitute for good engineering or administrative controls or good work practices, but should be used in conjunction with these controls to ensure the safety and health of employees. Personal protective equipment will be provided, used, and maintained when it has been determined that its use is required and that such use will lessen the likelihood of occupational injury and/or illness. This program addresses eye, face, head, foot, and hand protection. Separate programs exist for respiratory and hearing protection since the need for participation in these programs is established through industrial hygiene monitoring.
The CDC Personal Protective Equipment Program includes:
• Responsibilities of supervisors, employees, and the Office of Health and Safety
• Hazard assessment and PPE selection
• Employee training
• Recordkeeping requirements
2 RESPONSIBILTIES
Supervisors
Supervisors have the primary responsibility for implementation of the PPE Program in their work area. This involves:
• Providing appropriate PPE and making it available to employees.
• Ensuring employees are trained on the proper use, care, and cleaning of PPE.
• Maintaining records on PPE assignments and training.
• Supervising staff to ensure that the PPE Program elements are followed and that employees properly use and care for PPE.
• Seeking assistance to evaluate hazards.
• Ensuring defective or damaged equipment is immediately replaced.
Employees
The PPE user is responsible for following the requirements of the PPE Program. This involves:
• Wearing PPE as required.
• Attending required training sessions.
• Caring for, cleaning, and maintaining PPE as required.
• Informing the supervisor of the need to repair or replace PPE.
3 HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND EQUIPMENT SELECTION
OSHA requires employers to conduct inspections of all workplaces to determine the need for personal protective equipment (PPE) and to help in selecting the proper PPE for each tasks performed. For each work site, a certificate must be completed which lists the findings of the inspection and the specific protective equipment needed. These duties will be distributed between supervisors. The Safety Coordinator, in conjunction with Supervisors, will conduct a walk-through survey of each work area to identify sources of hazards, including impact, penetration, compression, chemical, heat, dust, electrical sources, material handling, and light radiation. Once the hazards of a workplace have been identified, Safety Coordinator will determine the suitability of the PPE presently available and as necessary select new or additional equipment which ensures a level of protection greater than the minimum required to protect the employees from the hazards. Care will be taken to recognize the possibility of multiple and simultaneous exposure to a variety of hazards. Adequate protection against the highest level of each of the hazards will be provided or recommended for purchase.
4 PROTECTIVE DEVICES
All personal protective clothing and equipment will be of safe design and construction for the work to be performed and shall be maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition. Only those items of protective clothing and equipment that meet NIOSH or ANSI (American National Standards Institute) standards will be procured or accepted for use. Newly purchased PPE must conform to the updated ANSI standards which have been incorporated into the OSHA PPE regulations, as follows:
a. Eye and Face Protection ANSI Z87.1-1989
b. Head Protection ANSI Z89.1-1986
c. Foot Protection ANSI Z41.1-1991
d. Hand Protection-there are no ANSI standards for gloves, however, selection must be based on the performance characteristics of the glove in relation to the tasks to be performed.
Careful consideration will be given to comfort and fit of PPE in order to ensure that it will be used. Protective devices are generally available in a variety of sizes. Care should be taken to ensure that the right size is selected.
Eye and Face Protection
Prevention of eye injuries requires that all persons who may be in eye hazard areas wear protective eyewear. This includes employees, visitors, researchers, contractors, or others passing through an identified eye hazard area. To provide protection for these personnel, Supervisors of such areas shall procure a sufficient quantity of goggles and/or plastic eye protectors which afford the maximum amount of protection possible. If these personnel wear personal glasses, they shall be provided with a suitable eye protector to wear over them. Suitable protectors shall be used when employees are exposed to hazards from flying particles, molten metal, acids or caustic liquids, chemical liquids, gases, or vapors, bio-aerosols, or potentially injurious light radiation.
Wearers of contact lenses must also wear appropriate eye and face protection devices in a hazardous environment. Side protectors shall be used when there is a hazard from flying objects.
Goggles and face shields shall be used when there is a hazard from chemical splash. Face shields shall only be worn over primary eye protection (safety glasses or goggles).
For employees who wear prescription lenses, eye protectors shall either incorporate the prescription in the design or fit properly over the prescription lenses. Protectors shall be marked to identify the manufacturer.
Equipment fitted with appropriate filter lenses shall be used to protect against light radiation. Tinted and shaded lenses are not filter lenses unless they are marked or identified as such.
Prescription Safety Eyewear OSHA regulations require that each affected employee who wears prescription lenses while engaged in operations that involve eye hazards shall wear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design, or shall wear eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses (goggles, face shields) without disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective lenses.
Head Protection
Head protection will be furnished to, and used by, all employees and contractors engaged in construction and other miscellaneous work. Head protection is also required to be worn by engineers, inspectors, and visitors at construction sites when hazards from falling or fixed objects or electrical shock are present. Bump caps/skull guards will be issued and worn for protection against scalp lacerations from contact with sharp objects. However, they will not be worn as substitutes for safety caps/hats because they do not afford protection from high impact forces or penetration by falling objects.
Foot Protection
All safety footwear shall comply with ANSI Z41-1991, "American National Standard for Personal Protection – Protective Footwear." Safety shoes or boots with impact protection are required to be worn in work areas where carrying or handling materials such as packages, objects, parts or heavy tools, which could be dropped; and for other activities where objects might fall onto the feet. Safety shoes or boots with compression protection are required for work activities involving skid trucks (manual materials handling cars) or other activities in which materials or equipment could potentially roll over an employee’s feet. Safety shoes or boots with puncture protection are required where sharp objects such as nails, wire, tacks, screws, large staples, scrap metal etc., could be stepped on by employees causing a foot injury.
Hand Protection
Suitable gloves shall be provided and worn when hazards from chemicals, cuts, lacerations, abrasions, punctures, burns, biological, and harmful temperature extremes are present. Glove selection shall be based on performance characteristics of the gloves, conditions, durations of use, and hazards present. One type of glove will not work in all situations. The first consideration in the selection of gloves for use against chemicals is to determine, if possible, the exact nature of the substances to be encountered. Read instructions and warnings on chemical container labels and SDS before working with any chemical. Recommended glove types are often listed in the section for persona protective equipment. All glove materials are eventually permeated by chemicals. However, they can be used safely for limited time periods if specific use and other characteristics (i.e., thickness and permeation rate and time) are known. The Safety Coordinator can assist in determining the specific type of glove material that should be worn for a particular chemical.
6 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
It is important that all PPE be kept clean and properly maintained. Cleaning is particularly important for eye and face protection where dirty or fogged lenses could impair vision. PPE should be inspected, cleaned, and maintained at regular intervals so that the PPE provides the requisite protection. Personal protective equipment shall not be shared between employees until it has been properly cleaned and sanitized. PPE will be distributed for individual use whenever possible. It is also important to ensure that contaminated PPE which cannot be decontaminated is disposed of in a manner that protects employees from exposure to hazards.
9 TRAINING
Any worker required to wear PPE shall receive training in the proper use and care of PPE. Periodic retraining shall be offered by Safety Coordinator to both the employees and the supervisors, as needed. The training shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following subjects:
When PPE is necessary to be worn.
What PPE is necessary
How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear PPE.
The limitations of the PPE.
The proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of the PPE.
After the training, the employees shall demonstrate that they understand the components of the PPE Program and how to use PPE properly, or they shall be retrained.
20 RECORDKEEPING
Written records shall be kept of the names of persons trained, the type of training provided, and the dates when training occurred. The Supervisor shall maintain their employees’ training records for at least 3 years.
22 APPENDIX A
General Guidelines for Choosing Personal Protective Equipment
1. Description and Use of Eye/Face Protectors
a. Safety Glasses. Protective eyeglasses are made with safety frames, tempered glass or plastic lenses, temples and side shields which provide eye protection from moderate impact and particles encountered in job tasks such as carpentry, woodworking, grinding, scaling, etc. Safety glasses are also available in prescription form for those persons who need corrective lenses.
b. Single Lens Goggles. Vinyl framed goggles of soft pliable body design provide adequate eye protection from many hazards. These goggles are available with clear or tinted lenses, perforated, port vented, or non-vented frames. Single lens goggles provide similar protection to spectacles and may be worn in combination with spectacles or corrective lenses to insure protection along with proper vision.
c. Welders/Chippers Goggles. These goggles are available in rigid and soft frames to accommodate single or two eyepiece lenses.
1. Welders’ goggles provide protection from sparking, scaling, or splashing metals and harmful light rays. Lenses are impact resistant and are available in graduated shades of filtration.
2. Chippers/Grinders goggles provide eye protection from flying particles. The dual protective eye cups house impact resistant clear lenses with individual cover plates.
d. Face Shields. These normally consist of an adjustable headgear and face shield of tinted/transparent acetate or polycarbonate materials, or wire screen. Face shields are available in various sizes, tensile strength, impact/heat resistance and light ray filtering capacity. Face shields will be used in operations when the entire face needs protection and should be worn to protect eyes and face against flying particles, metal sparks, and chemical/biological splash.
e. Welding Shields. These shield assemblies consist of vulcanized fiber or glass fiber body, a ratchet/button type adjustable headgear or cap attachment and a filter and cover plate holder. These shields will be provided to protect workers’ eyes and face from infrared or radiant light burns, flying sparks, metal spatter and slag chips encountered during welding, brazing, soldering, resistance welding, bare or shielded electric arc welding and oxyacetylene welding and cutting operations.
|Source |Assessment of Hazard |Protection |
|IMPACT - Chipping, grinding, machining, masonry |Flying fragments, objects, large |Spectacles with side protection, goggles, face shields. See|
|work, woodworking, sawing, drilling, chiseling, |chips, particles sand, dirt, etc…. |notes (1), (3), (5), (6), and (10). For severe exposure, use|
|powered fastening, riveting, and sanding. | |face shield. |
|HEAT - Furnace operations, pouring, casting, hot |Hot |Face shields, goggles, spectacles with side protection. |
|dipping, and welding. |Sparks..............................| |
| |... | |
| |Splash from molten metals....... |For severe exposure use face shield. See notes (1), (2), |
| | |(3). |
| |High temperature exposure....... |Face shields worn over goggles. See notes (1), (2), (3). |
|CHEMICALS - Acid and chemicals handling, |Splash..............................|Screen face shields, reflective face shields. See notes |
|degreasing, plating. |........... |(1), (2), (3). |
| |Irritating |Goggles, eyecup and cover types. For severe exposure use |
| |mists............................. |face shield. See note (3), (11). |
| | |Special-purpose goggles. |
|DUST - Woodworking, buffing, general dusty |Nuisance |Goggles, eyecup and cover types. See note (8). |
|conditions. |dust............................ | |
|LIGHT and/or RADIATION - |Optical radiation................. |Welding helmets or welding shields. Typical shades: 10-14.|
|Welding: Electric arc | |See notes (9), (12). |
|Welding: Gas |Optical radiation................. |Welding goggles or welding face shied. Typical shades: gas |
| | |welding 4-8, cutting 3-6, brazing 3-4. See note (9). |
|Cutting, Torch brazing soldering |Optical radiation................. |Spectacles or welding face-shield. Typical shades, 1.5-3. |
| | |See notes (3), (9). |
| Glare |Poor vision..................... |Spectacles with shaded or special-purpose lenses, as |
| | |suitable. See notes (9), (10). |
2. Head Protection
Head injuries are caused by falling or flying objects, or by bumping the head against a fixed object. Head protectors, in the form or protective hats, must resist penetration and absorb the shock of a blow. The shell of the protective hat is hard enough to resist the blow and the headband and crown straps keep the shell away from the wearer’s skull. Protective hats can also protect against electrical shock.
Protective hats are made in the following types and classes:
• Type 1 - Helmets with a full brim.
• Type 2 - Brimless helmets with a peak extending forward from the crown.
• Class A - General Service, limited voltage. Intended for protection against impact hazards. Used in mining, construction, and manufacturing.
• Class B - Utility service, high voltage. Used by electrical workers.
• Class C - Special service, no voltage protection. Designed for lightweight comfort and impact protection. Used in certain construction, manufacturing, refineries, and where there is a possibility of bumping the head against a fixed object.
3. Foot Protection
There are many types and styles of protective footwear and it’s important to realize that a particular job may require additional protection other than listed here. Footwear that meets established safety standards will have an American National Standards Institute (ANSI) label inside each shoe.
a. Steel Reinforced Safety Shoes. These shoes are designed to protect feet from common machinery hazards such as falling or rolling objects, cuts, and punctures. The entire toe box and insole are reinforced with steel, and the instep is protected by steel, aluminum, or plastic materials. Safety shoes are also designed to insulate against temperature extremes and may be equipped with special soles to guard against slip, chemicals, and/or electrical hazards.
b.
b. Safety Boots. Safety boots offer more protection when splash or spark hazards (chemicals, molten materials) are present:
• When working with corrosives, caustics, cutting oils, and petroleum products, neoprene or nitrile boots are often required to prevent penetration.
• Foundry or "Gaiter" style boots feature quick-release fasteners or elasticized insets to allow speedy removal should any hazardous substances get into the boot itself.
• When working with electricity, special electrical hazard boots are available and are designed with no conductive materials other than the steel toe (which is properly insulated).
4. Hand Protection
Skin contact is a potential source of exposure to toxic materials; it is important that the proper steps be taken to prevent such contact. Most accidents involving hands and arms can be classified under four main hazard categories: chemicals, abrasions, cutting, and heat. There are gloves available that can protect workers from any of these individual hazards or any combination thereof.
Gloves should be replaced periodically, depending on frequency of use and permeability to the substance(s) handled. Gloves overtly contaminated should be rinsed and then carefully removed after use.
Gloves should also be worn whenever it is necessary to handle rough or sharp-edged objects, and very hot or very cold materials. The type of glove materials to be used in these situations includes leather, welder’s gloves, aluminum-backed gloves, and other types of insulated glove materials.
Careful attention must be given to protecting your hands when working with tools and machinery. Power tools and machinery must have guards installed or incorporated into their design that prevent the hands from contacting the point of operation, power train, or other moving parts. To protect hands from injury due to contact with moving parts, it is important to:
• Ensure that guards are always in place and used.
• Always lock-out machines or tools and disconnect the power before making repairs.
• Treat a machine without a guard as inoperative; and
• Do not wear gloves around moving machinery, such as drill presses, mills, lathes, and grinders.
The following is a guide to the most common types of protective work gloves and the types of hazards they can guard against:
a. Disposable Gloves. Disposable gloves, usually made of light-weight plastic, can help guard against mild irritants.
b. Fabric Gloves. Made of cotton or fabric blends are generally used to improve grip when handling slippery objects. They also help insulate hands from mild heat or cold.
c. Leather Gloves. These gloves are used to guard against injuries from sparks or scraping against rough surfaces. They are also used in combination with an insulated liner when working with electricity.
d. Metal Mesh Gloves. These gloves are used to protect hands form accidental cuts and scratches. They are used most commonly by persons working with cutting tools or other sharp instruments.
e. Aluminized Gloves. Gloves made of aluminized fabric are designed to insulate hands from intense heat. These gloves are most commonly used by persons working molten materials.
f. Chemical Resistance Gloves. These gloves may be made of rubber, neoprene, polyvinyl alcohol or vinyl, etc. The gloves protect hands from corrosives, oils, and solvents. The following table is provided as a guide to the different types of glove materials and the chemicals they can be used against. When selecting chemical resistance gloves, be sure to consult the manufacturers’ recommendations, especially if the gloved hand will be immersed in the chemical.
EVAPAR, Inc.
FALL PROTECTION PLAN
EVAPAR, Inc.
FALL PROTECTION PLAN
1 DUTY TO HAVE FALL PROTECTION
EVAPAR, Inc. will determine if the walking/working surfaces on which its employees are to work have the strength and structural integrity to support employees safely. Employees will be allowed to work on those surfaces only when the surfaces have the requisite strength and structural integrity.
1. Unprotected Sides and Edges
Each employee on a walking/working surface (horizontal and vertical surface) with an unprotected side or edge which is 6 feet (1.8m) or more above a lower level will be protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems.
2. Leading Edges
Each employee who is constructing a leading edge 6 feet (1.8m) or more above the lower levels will be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems.
Exception: When EVAPAR, Inc. can demonstrate that it is infeasible or creates a greater hazard to use these systems, EVAPAR, Inc. will develop and implement a fall protection plan.
Each employee on a walking/working surface 6 feet (1.8m) or more above a lower level where leading edges are under construction, but who is not engaged in the leading edge work, will be protected from falling by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system. If a guardrail system is chosen to provide the fall protection, and a controlled access zone has already been established for leading edge work, the control line may be used in lieu of a guardrail along the edge that parallels the leading edge.
3. Hoist Areas
Each employee in a hoist area will be protected from falling 6 feet (1.8m) or more to lower levels by guardrail systems or personal fall arrest systems. If guardrail systems, (or chain gate, or guardrail) or portions thereof, are removed to facilitate the hoisting operation (e.g., during landing of materials), and an employee must lean through the access opening or out over the edge of the access opening (to receive or guide equipment and materials, for example), that employee will be protected from fall hazards by a personal fall arrest system.
4. Holes
Each employee on walking/working surfaces will be protected from failing through holes (including skylights) more than 6 feet (1.8m) above lower levels, by personal fall arrest systems, covers, or guardrail systems erected around such holes.
Each employee on a walking/working surface will be protected from tripping in or stepping into or through holes (including skylights) by covers.
Each employee on a walking/working surface will be protected from objects falling through holes (including skylights) by covers.
5. Formwork and Reinforcing Steel
Each employee on the face of formwork or reinforcing steel will be protected from falling 6 feet (1.8m) or more to lower levels by personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems, or positioning device systems.
6. Ramps, Runways, and Other Walkways
Each employee on ramps, runways, and other walkways will be protected from falling 6 feet (1.8m) or more to lower levels by guardrail systems.
7. Excavations
Each employee at the edge of an excavation 6 feet (1.8m) or more in depth will be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, or barricades when the excavations are not readily seen because of plant growth or other visual barrier.
Each employee at the edge of a well, pit, shaft, and similar excavation 6 feet (1.8m) or more in depth will be protected from failing by guardrail systems, fences, barricades, or covers.
8. Dangerous Equipment
Each employee less than 6 feet (1.8m) above dangerous equipment will be protected from failing into or onto the dangerous equipment by guardrail systems or by equipment guards.
Each employee 6 feet (1.8m) or more above dangerous equipment will be protected from fall hazards by guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems.
9. Overhand Bricklaying and Related Work
Each employee performing overhand bricklaying and related work 6 feet (1.8m) or more above lower levels, will be protected from failing by guardrail system, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, or will work in a controlled access zone.
Each employee reaching more than 10 inches (25cm) below the level of the walking/working surface on which they are working, will be protected from failing by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system.
10. Roofing Work on Low Slope - Roofs
Each employee engaged in roofing activities on low-slope roofs, with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet (1.8m) or more above lower levels will be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, or a combination of warning line system and guardrail system, warning line system and safety net system, or warning line system and personal fall arrest system, or warning line system and safety monitoring system. Or on roofs 50-feet (15.25m) or less in width the use of a safety monitoring system alone (i.e., without the warning line system) is permitted.
11. Steep Roofs
Each employee on a steep roof with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet (1.8m) or more above lower levels will be protected from falling by guardrail systems with toeboards, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems.
12. Pre-cast Concrete Erection
Each employee engaged in the erection of pre-cast concrete members (including, but not limited to the erection of wall panels, columns, beams, and floor and roof "tees") and related operations such as grouting of pre-cast concrete members, who is 6 feet (1.8m) or more above lower levels will be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems.
13. Residential Construction
Each employee engaged in residential construction activities 6 feet (1.8m) or more above lower levels will be protected by guardrail systems, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system.
14. Wall Openings
Each employee working on, at, above, or near wall openings (including those with chutes attached) where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is 6 feet (1.8m) or more above lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is less than 39 inches (1.0m) above the walking/working surface, will be protected from failing by the use of a guardrail system, safety net system, or a personal fall arrest system.
15. Walking/Working Surface Not Otherwise Addressed
Each employee on a walking/working surface 6 feet (1.8m) or more above lower levels will be protected from failing by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system.
16. Protection From Falling Objects
When an employee is exposed to falling objects, EVAPAR, Inc. will have each employee wear a hard hat and will implement one of the following measures:
✓ Erect toeboards, screens, or guardrail systems to prevent objects from falling from higher levels
✓ Erect a canopy structure and keep potential falling objects far enough from the edge of the higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if they were accidentally displaced
✓ Barricade the area to which objects could fall, prohibit employees from entering the barricaded area, and keep objects that may fall far enough away from the edge of a higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if they were accidentally displaced
2 FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS CRITERIA AND PRACTICES
EVAPAR, Inc. will provide and install all fall protection systems for an employee before that employee begins the work that necessitates the fall protection.
Guardrail Systems
Guardrail systems and their use will comply with the following provisions:
1. Top edge height of top rails, or equivalent guardrail system members, will be 42 inches (1.1m) plus or -minus 3 inches (8cm) above the walking/working level. When conditions warrant, the height of the top edge may exceed the 45-Inc.h height, provided the guardrail system meets all other criteria of this paragraph.
2. Mid-rails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, or equivalent intermediate structural members will be installed between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/working surface when there is no wall or parapet wall at least 21 inches (53cm) high.
3. Screens and mesh, when used, will extend from the top rail to the walking/working level and along the entire opening between top rail supports.
4. Intermediate members (such as balusters), when used between posts, will be not more than 19 inches (48cm) apart.
5. Other structural members (such as additional mid-rails and architectural panels) will be installed such that there are no openings in the guardrail system that are more than 19 inches (.5m) wide.
6. Guardrail systems will be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 300 pounds (890 N) applied within 2 inches (5.1cm) of the top edge, in any outward or downward direction, at any point along the top edge.
7. When the 300-pound load is applied in a downward direction, the top edge of the guardrail will not deflect to a height less than 39 inches (1.0m) above the walking/working level.
8. Mid-rails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, and equivalent structural members will be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 150 pounds applied in any downward or outward direction at any point along the mid-rail or other member.
9. Guardrail systems will be so surfaced as to prevent injury to an employee from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent snagging of clothing.
10. The ends of all top rails and mid-rails will not overhang the terminal posts, except where such overhand does not constitute a projection hazard.
11. Steel banding and plastic banding will not be used as top rails or mid-rails.
12. Top rails and mid-rails will be at least one-quarter inch (0.6cm) nominal diameter or thickness to prevent cuts and lacerations. If wire rope is used for top rails, it will be flagged at not more than 6-foot intervals with high visibility material.
13. When guardrail systems are used at hoisting areas, a chain, gate or removable guardrail section will be placed across the access opening between guardrail sections when hoisting operations are not taking place.
14. When guardrail systems are used at holes, they will be erected on all unprotected sides or edges of the hole.
15. When guardrail systems are used around holes used for the passage of materials, the hole will have not more than two sides provided with removable guardrail sections to allow the passage of materials. When the hole is not in use, it will be closed over with a cover, or a guardrail system will be provided along all unprotected sides or edges.
16. When guardrail systems are used around holes which are used as points of access (such as ladder ways), they will be provided with a gate, or be so offset that a person cannot walk directly into the hole.
17. Guardrail systems used on ramps and runways will be erected along each unprotected side or edge.
18. Manila, plastic or synthetic rope being used for top rails or midrails will be inspected as frequently as necessary to ensure that it continues to meet the strength requirements.
Safety Net Systems
Safety net systems and their use will comply with the following provisions:
1. Safety nets will be installed as close as practicable under the walking/working surface on which employees are working, but in no case more than 30 feet (9. 1 m) below such level. When nets are used on bridges, the potential fall area from the walking/working surface to the net will be unobstructed.
2. Safety nets will extend outward from the outermost projection of the work surface as follows:
|Vertical distance from working level to horizontal plane of net |Minimum required horizontal distance of outer edge of net from the |
| |edge of the working surface |
|Up to 5 feet |8 feet |
|More than 5 feet up to 10 feet |10 feet |
|More than 10 feet |13 feet |
3. Safety nets will be installed with sufficient clearance under them to prevent contact with the surface or structures below when subjected to an impact force equal to the drop test.
4. Safety nets and their installations will be capable of absorbing an impact force equal to that produced by the drop test.
5. Defective nets will not be used. Safety nets will be inspected at least once a week for wear, damage, and other deterioration. Defective components will be removed from service. Safety nets will also be inspected after any occurrence that could affect the integrity of the safety net system.
6. Materials, scrap pieces, equipment, and tools which have fallen into the safety net will be removed as soon as possible from the net and at least before the next work shift.
7. The maximum size of each safety net mesh opening will not exceed 36 square inches (230cM2) nor be longer than 6 inches (1 5cm) on any side, and the opening, measured center-to-center of mesh ropes or webbing, will not be longer than 6 inches (15cm). All mesh crossings will be secured to prevent enlargement of the mesh opening.
8. Each safety net (or section of it) will have a border rope for webbing with a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2kN).
9. Connections between safety net panels will be as strong as integral net components and will be spaced not more than 6 inches (15cm) apart.
Personal Fall Arrest Systems
Personal fall arrest systems and their use will comply with the provisions set forth below:
1. Connectors will be drop forged, pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent materials.
2. Connectors will have a corrosion-resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges will be smooth to prevent damage to interfacing parts of the system.
3. Dee-rings and snaphooks will have a minimum tensile strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2kN).
4. Dee-rings and snaphooks will be proof-tested to a minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds (16kN) without cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation.
5. Snaphooks will be sized to be compatible with the member to which they are connected to prevent unintentional disengagement of the snaphook by depression of the snaphook keeper by the connected member, or will be locking type snaphook designed and used to prevent disengagement of the snaphook by the contact of the snaphook keeper by the connected member.
6. Unless the snaphook is a locking type and designed for the following connections, snaphooks will not be engaged:
a. Directly to webbing, rope or wire rope.
b. To each other.
c. To a dee-ring to which another snaphook or other connector is attached.
d. To a horizontal lifeline.
e. To any object that is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snaphook such that unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snaphook keeper and release itself.
7. On suspended scaffolds or similar work platforms with horizontal lifelines, which may become vertical lifelines, the devices used to connect to a horizontal lifeline will be capable of locking in both directions on the lifeline.
8. Horizontal lifelines will be designed, installed, and used, under the supervision of a qualified person, as part of a complete personal fall arrest system, which maintains a safety factor of at least two.
9. Lanyards and vertical lifelines will have a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2kN).
10. During the construction of elevator shafts, two employees may be attached to the same lifeline in the hoistway, provided both employees are working atop a false car that is equipped with guardrails; the strength of the lifeline is 10,000 pounds (5,000 pounds per employee attached) (44.4kN); and all other criteria specified in this paragraph for lifelines have been met.
11. Lifelines will be protected against being cut or abraded.
12. Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which automatically limit freefall distance to 2feet (o.61m) or less will be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 3,000 pounds (13.3 kN) applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.
13. Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which do not limit free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61m) or less, ripstitch lanyards, and tearing and deforming lanyards will be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 5,000 pounds (22.2kN) applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.
14. Ropes and straps (webbing) used in lanyards, lifelines, and strength components of body belts and body harnesses will be made from synthetic fibers.
Anchorages
Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment will be independent of any anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms and capable of supporting at least 5,000 pounds (22.2kN) per employee attached, or will be designed, installed, and used as follows:
1. As part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two; and
2. Under the supervision of a qualified person.
Stopping a fall
1. Personal fall arrest systems, when stopping a fall, will:
a. Limit maximum arresting force on an employee to 900 pounds (4kN) when used with a body harness
b. Limit maximum arresting force on an employee to 1,800 pounds (8kN) when used with a body harness.
c. Be rigged such that an employee can neither free fall more than 6 feet (1.8m), nor contact any lower level
d. Bring an employee to a complete stop and limit maximum deceleration distance an employee travels to 3.5 feet (1.07m)
e. Have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of an employee free falling a distance of 6 feet (1.8m), or the free fall distance permitted by the system, whichever is less.
2. The attachment point of the body harness will be located in the center of the wearer's back near shoulder level, or above the wearer's head.
3. Body harnesses, and components will be used only for employee protection (as part of a personal fall arrest system or positioning device system) and not to hoist materials.
4. Personal fall arrest systems and components subjected to impact loading will be immediately removed from service and will not be used again for employee protection until inspected and determined by a competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse.
5. EVAPAR, Inc. will provide for prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall or will assure that employees are able to rescue themselves.
6. Personal fall arrest systems will be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage and other deterioration, and defective components will be removed from service.
7. Personal fall arrest systems will not be attached to guardrail systems, nor will they be attached to hoists except as specified.
8. When a personal fall arrest system is used at hoist areas, it will be rigged to allow the movement of the employee only as far as the edge of the walking/working surface.
Positioning Device Systems
Positioning device systems and their use will conform to the following provisions:
1. Positioning devices will be rigged such that an employee cannot free fall more than 2 feet (.9m).
2. Positioning devices will be secured to an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the potential impact load of an employee's fail or 3,000 pounds (13.3kN), whichever is greater.
3. Connectors will be drop forged, pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent materials.
4. Connectors will have a corrosion- resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges will be smooth to prevent damage to interfacing parts of this system.
5. Connecting assemblies will have a minimum tensile strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2kN).
6. Dee-rings and snaphooks will be proof-tested to a minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds (16kN) without cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation.
7. Snaphooks will be sized to be compatible with the member to which they are connected to prevent unintentional disengagement of the snaphook by depression of the snaphook keeper by the connected member, or will be a locking type snaphook designed and used to prevent disengagement of the snaphook by the contact of the snaphook keeper by the connected member.
8. Unless the snaphook is a locking type and designed for the following connections, snaphooks will not be engaged:
a. Directly to webbing, rope or wire rope
b. To each other
c. To a dee-ring to which another snaphook or other connector is attached
d. To a horizontal lifeline
e. To any object which is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snaphook such that unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snaphook keeper and release itself
9. Positioning device systems will be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage, and other deterioration and defective components will be removed from service.
10. Body belts, harnesses, and components will be used only for employee protection (as part of a personal fall arrest system or positioning device system) and not to hoist materials.
Warning Line Systems
Warning line systems and their use will comply with the following provisions:
1. The warning line will be erected around all sides of the roof work area
2. When mechanical equipment is not being used, the warning line will be erected not less than 6 feet (1.8m) from the roof edge.
3. When the mechanical equipment is being used, the warning line will be erected not less than 6 feet (1.8m) from the roof edge which is parallel to the direction of mechanical equipment operation, and not less than 10 feet (3.1m) from the roof edge which is perpendicular to the direction of mechanical equipment operation.
4. Points of access, materials handling areas, storage areas, and hoisting areas will be connected to the work area by an access path formed by two warning lines.
5. When the path to a point of access is not in use, a rope, wire, chain, or other barricade, equivalent in strength and height to the warning line, will be placed across the path at the point where the path intersects the warning line erected around the work area, or the path will be offset such that a person cannot walk directly into the work area.
6. Warning lines will consist of ropes, wires, or chains, and supporting stanchions erected as follows:
a. The rope, wire, or chain will be flagged at not more than 6 foot (1.8m) intervals with high-visibility material
b. The rope, wire, or chain will be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point (including sag) is no less than 34 inches (.9m) from the walking/working surface and its highest point is no more than 39 inches (1.0m) from the walking/working surface
c. After being erected, with the rope, wire, or chain attached, stanchions will be capable of resisting, without tipping over, a force of at least 16 pounds applied horizontally against the stanchion, 30 inches (.8m) above the walking/working surface, perpendicular to the warning line, and in the direction of the floor, roof, or platform edge
d. The rope, wore, or chain will have a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds (22.2kN), and after being attached to the stanchions, will be capable of supporting, without breaking
e. The line will be attached at each stanchion in such a way that pulling on one section of the line between stanchions will not result in slack being taken up in adjacent sections before the stanchion tips over
7. No employee will be allowed in the area between a roof edge and a warning line unless the employee is performing roofing work in that area.
8. Mechanical equipment on roofs will be used or stored only in areas where employees are protected by a warning line system, guardrail system, or personal fall arrest system.
Controlled Access Zones
Controlled access zones and their use will conform to the following provisions:
1. When used to control access to areas where leading edge and other operations are taking place the controlled access zone will be defined by a control line or by any other means that restricts access.
2. When control lines are used, they will be erected not less than 6 feet (1.8m) nor more than 25 feet (7.7m) from the unprotected or leading edge, except when erecting pre-cast concrete members.
3. When erecting pre-cast concrete members, the control line will be erected not less than 6 feet (1.8m) nor more than 60 feet (18m) or half the length of the member being erected, whichever is less, from the leading edge.
4. The control line will extend along the entire length of the unprotected or leading edge and will be approximately parallel to the unprotected or leading edge.
5. The control line will be connected on each side to a guardrail system or wall.
6. When control line is used to control access to areas where overhand bricklaying and related work are taking place:
a. The controlled access zone will be defined by a control line erected not less than 10 feet (3.1m) nor more than 15 feet (4.5m) from the working edge.
b. The control line will extend for a distance sufficient for the controlled access zone to enclose all employees performing overhand bricklaying and related work at the working edge and will be approximately parallel to the working edge.
c. Additional control lines will be erected at each end to enclose the controlled access zone.
d. Only employees engaged in overhand bricklaying or related work will be permitted in the controlled access zone.
7. Control lines will consist of ropes, wires, tapes, or equivalent materials, and supporting stanchions as follows:
a. Each line will be flagged or otherwise clearly marked at not more than 6 feet (1.8m) intervals with high-visibility material.
b. Each line will be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point (including sag) is not less than 39 inches (1m) from the walking/working surface and its highest point is not more than 45 inches (1.3m)[50 inches (1.3m) when overhand bricklaying operations are being performed] from the walking/working surface.
c. Each line will have a minimum breaking strength of 300 pounds (.88kN).
8. On floors and roofs where guardrail systems are not in place prior to the beginning of overhand bricklaying operations, controlled access zones will be enlarged, as necessary, to enclose all points of access, material handling areas, and storage areas.
9. On floors and roofs where guardrail systems are in place, but need to be removed to allow overhand bricklaying work or leading edge work to take place, only that portion of the guardrail necessary to accomplish that day's work will be removed.
Safety Monitoring Systems
Safety monitoring systems and their use will comply with the following provisions:
1. EVAPAR, Inc. will designate a competent person to monitor the safety of other employees and EVAPAR, Inc. will ensure that the safety monitor complies with the following:
2. The safety monitor will be competent to recognize fall hazards
3. The safety monitor will warn the employee when it appears that the employee is unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner
4. The safety monitor will be on the same walking/working surface and within visual sighting distance of the employee being monitored
5. The safety monitor will be close enough to communicate orally with the employee
6. The safety monitor will not have other responsibilities which could take the monitor's attention from the monitoring function
7. Mechanical equipment will not be used or stored in areas where safety-monitoring systems are being used to monitor employees engaged in roofing operation on low slope roofs.
8. No employee, other than an employee engaged in roofing work (on low-sloped roofs) or an employee covered by a fall protection plan, will be allowed in an area where an employee is being protected by a safety monitoring system.
9. Each employee working in a controlled access zone will be directed to comply promptly with fall hazard warnings from safety monitors.
Covers
Covers for holes in floors, roofs, and other walking/working surfaces will meet the following requirements:
1. Covers located in roadways and vehicular aisles will be capable of supporting, without failure, at least twice the maximum axle load of the largest vehicle expected to cross over the cover.
2. All other covers will be capable of supporting, without failure, at least twice the weight of employees, equipment, and materials that may be imposed on the cover at any one time.
3. All covers will be secured when installed so as to prevent accidental displacement by the wind, equipment, or employees.
4. All covers will be color-coded or they will be marked with the word "HOLE" or "COVER" to provide warning of the hazard.
Protection From Falling Objects
Falling object protection will comply with the following provisions:
1. Toeboards, when used as falling object protection, will be erected along the edge of the overhead walking/working surface for a distance sufficient to protect employees below.
2. Toeboards will be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 50 pounds (222N) applied in any downward or outward direction at any point along the toeboard.
3. Toeboards will be a minimum of 3 1/2 inches (9cm) in vertical height from their top edge to the level of the walking/working surface. They will have not more than 1/4 inch (0,6cm) clearance above the walking/working surface. They will be solid or have openings not over 1 inch (2.5cm) in greatest dimension.
4. Where tools, equipment, or materials are piled higher than the top edge of a toeboard, paneling or screening will be erected from the walking/working surface or toeboard to the top of a guardrail system's top rail or mid-rail, for a distance sufficient to protect employees below.
5. Guardrail systems, when used as failing object protection, will have all openings small enough to prevent passage of potential failing objects.
6. During the performance of overhand bricklaying and related work:
a. No materials or equipment except masonry and mortar will be stored within 4 feet (1.2m) of the working edge.
b. Excess mortar, broken or scattered masonry units, and all other materials and debris will be kept clear from the work area by removal at regular intervals.
7. During the performance of roofing work:
a. Materials and equipment will not be stored within 6 feet (1.8m) of roof edge unless guardrails are erected at the edge.
b. Materials that are piled, grouped, or stacked near a roof edge will be stable and self-supporting.
8. Canopies, when used as failing object protection, will be strong enough to prevent collapse and to prevent penetration by nay objects that may fall onto the canopy.
Fall Protection Plan
This option is available only to employees engaged in leading edge work, pre-cast concrete erection work, or residential construction work who can demonstrate that it is infeasible or it creates a greater hazard to use conventional fall protection equipment. The fall protection plan must conform to the following provisions.
1. The fall protection plan will be prepared by a qualified person and developed specifically for the site where the leading edge work, pre-cast concrete work, or residential construction work is being performed and the plan must be maintained up to date.
2. Any changes to the fall protection plan will be approved by a qualified person.
3. A copy of the fall protection plan with all approved changes will be maintained at the job site.
4. The implementation of the fall protection plan will be under the supervision of a competent person.
5. The fall protection plan will document the reasons why the use of conventional fall protection systems (guardrails systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety nets systems) are infeasible or why their use would create a greater hazard.
6. The fall protection plan will Inc.lude a written discussion of other measures that will be taken to reduce or eliminate the fall hazard for workers who cannot be provided with protection from the conventional fall protection systems. For example, EVAPAR, Inc. will discuss the extent to which scaffolds, ladders, or vehicle mounted work platforms can be used to provide a safer working surface and thereby reduce the hazard of falling.
7. The fall protection plan will identify each location where conventional fall protection methods cannot be used. These locations will then be classified as controlled access zones.
8. Where no other alternative measure has been implemented, EVAPAR, Inc. will implement a safety monitoring system.
9. The fall protection plan must include a statement that provides the name or other method of identification for each employee who is designated to work in controlled access zones. No other employees may enter controlled access zones.
10. In the event an employee falls, or some other related, serious incident occurs (e.g., a near miss) the employer will investigate the circumstances of the fall or other incident to determine if the fall protection plan needs to be changed (e.g., new practices, procedures, or training) and will implement those changes to prevent similar types of falls or incidents.
3 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
Training Program
EVAPAR, Inc. will provide a training program for each employee who might be exposed to fall hazards. The program will enable each employee to recognize the hazards of failing and will train each employee in the procedures to be followed in order to minimize these hazards.
EVAPAR, Inc. will assure that each employee has been trained, as necessary, by a competent person qualified in the following areas:
1. The nature of fall hazards in the work area
2. The correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting the fall protection systems to be used
3. The use and operation of guardrail system, personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems, warning line systems, safety monitoring systems, controlled access zones, and other protection to be used
4. The role of each employee in the safety monitoring system when this system is used
5. The limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low-sloped roofs
6. The correct procedures for the handling and storage of equipment and materials and the erection of overhead protection
7. The role of employees in fall protection plans
8. The standards contained in this subpart
Certification of Training
EVAPAR, Inc. will verify compliance with the above paragraph by preparing a written certification record. The written certification record will contain the name or other identity of the employee trained, the date(s) of the training, and the signature of the person who conducted the training or the signature of the supervisor.
If EVAPAR, Inc. relies on training conducted by another employer or completed prior to the effective date of this section, the certification record will indicate the date the employer determined the prior training was adequate rather than the date of actual training.
The latest training certification will be maintained.
Retraining
When the supervisor has reason to believe that any affected employee who has already been trained does not have the understanding and skill required by the above paragraph, EVAPAR, Inc. will retrain each such employee. Circumstances where retraining is required include, but are not limited to, situations where:
1. Changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete
2. Changes in the types of fall protection equipment to be used render previous training obsolete
3. Inadequacies in an affected employee's knowledge or use of fall protection systems or equipment indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill
EVAPAR, Inc.
HEAT STRESS AND RELATED DISORDERS PREVENTION PLAN
EVAPAR, Inc.
HEAT STRESS AND RELATED DISORDERS PREVENTION PLAN
1 PURPOSE
To establish a standard system for the prevention, notification and reporting of accidents involving occupational injury or illness, related to heat stress.
2 OBJECTIVES
1. Eliminate or control unsafe acts and conditions before they result in accidents or exposures that may produce injury and/or illness.
2. Stimulate regular employee hazard detection and control activity.
3. Provide a mechanism for employees to formally report hazards and to make safety recommendations.
3 SUMMARY
The human body maintains a fairly constant internal temperature, even though it is being exposed to varying environmental temperatures. To keep internal temperatures within safe limits the body must expel its excess heat. This is done primarily through varying the amount of blood circulation through the skin and the release of liquid onto the skin by the sweat glands. Excessive exposure to hot work environments can bring about a variety of heat-induced disorders.
4 POLICY
Employees working in outdoor places of employment or in other areas at times when the environmental risk factors for heat illness are present are at risk for developing heat illnesses if they do not protect themselves appropriately. The objective of this program is employee awareness regarding heat illness symptoms, ways to prevent illness, and what to do if symptoms occur.
It is the policy of EVAPAR, Inc. that any employee who works outdoors in the heat and all individuals who supervise these employees must comply with the procedures in this program and in the Injury and Illness Prevention Program.
5 ACCOUNTABILITY
Environmental Health and Instructional Safety
A. Prepare and maintain a written program which complies with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.
B. Provide training to all potentially impacted employees and their supervisors on the risks and prevention of heat illness, including how to recognize symptoms and respond when they appear. Training should be provided annually as a refresher prior to the start of the summer season.
Superintendants and Foreman
A. Identify all employees who are required to work outdoors where potential heat illness could occur and identify the supervisor of the employees.
B. Assure that adequate water and shade are available at a job site when the environmental risk factors for heat illness are present.
C. Ensure that all affected employees have received proper training on heat illness prevention.
D. Ensure that the requirements in this program are followed.
Affected Employees
A. Comply with the provisions of the Heat Illness Prevention Program, as described in this document and in the training sessions they attend.
B. Ensure they have drinking water available at all times when the environmental risk factors for heat illness are present.
C. Ensure they have access to a shaded area to prevent or recover from heat related symptoms.
D. Report heat related illness symptoms to the supervisor or directly to the Service Center.
E. Look for the signs and symptoms of heat stress on your co-workers.
8 TRAINING
Training must be provided for employees working on job tasks where environmental risk factors for heat illness are present, and training for their respective supervisors. Refresher training must be provided annually.
A. Employees -All employees working on job tasks where environmental risk factors for heat illness are present shall receive instruction before being assigned to work tasks. Training topics shall include the following:
1. Environmental and personal risk factors for heat illness.
2. Procedures for identifying, evaluating, and controlling exposures to the environmental and personal risk factors for heat illness.
3. Employees who experience excessive sweating require frequent consumption of small quantities of water, up to 4 cups per hour when working in extreme conditions of heat.
4. Importance of acclimatization.
5. Different types, signs, and symptoms of heat illness.
6. Importance of immediately reporting symptoms or signs of heat illness in themselves or in coworkers to their supervisor.
7. Procedures for responding to symptoms of possible heat illness, including how emergency medical services will be contacted and provided, should they become necessary.
8. Company procedures for contacting emergency medical services.
B. Supervisors and Affected Employees - Supervisors or their designees shall receive training on the following topics prior to being assigned to supervise outdoor employees:
1. Information as detailed above in employee training requirements.
2. Procedures the supervisor must follow to implement the provisions of this program.
3. Procedures the supervisor must follow when an employee exhibits symptoms consistent with possible heat illness, including emergency response.
C. Supervisors and Designees Emergency Action Procedures
1. Move affected worker to shaded area
2. Keep worker cool
9 RECORDKEEPING
All training records prepared in association with the Heat Illness Prevention Program will be maintained by Field Supervisors and at the Company Headquarters or Department.
10 EMERGENCY ACTION TO HEAT RELATED INJURIES
An emergency action plan for heat stress related injuries will must be prepared for each jobsite and maintained as considered necessary. The plan will include: Heat Stress Coordinator, local emergency contact information, communication procedures to assist emergency responders, cool off areas.
11 PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING HEAT INJURED PERSONNEL
1. Determine condition of injured worker (serious, stable)
2. Call 911 if injured worker is non-responsive
3. Move injured worker out of direct sunlight
4. Assign a Designee to guide responding emergency responders to injured worker
5. Encourage workers to drink plenty fluids while working in hot weather
6. Remove clothing layers keeping exposed skin protected
7. Replenish victim with plenty of water
8. Report all symptoms to responding emergency personnel.
12 HEAT STRESS EFFECTS IF NO FLUID IS REPLACED
[pic]
14 RISK FACTORS
As environmental temperatures approach your skin temperature, cooling of the body becomes more difficult. If the air temperature is warmer than the skin, blood brought to the body surface cannot lose its heat. Under these conditions, the heart continues to pump blood to the body surface, the sweat glands pour liquids containing electrolytes onto the surface of the skin and the evaporation of the sweat becomes the principal effective means of maintaining a constant body temperature. Sweating does not cool the body unless the moisture is removed from the skin by evaporation.
Under conditions of high humidity, the evaporation of sweat from the skin is decreased and the body’s efforts to maintain an acceptable body temperature may be significantly impaired. These conditions adversely affect an individual’s ability to work in the hot environment. With so much blood going to the external surface of the body, relatively less goes to the active muscles, the brain, and other internal organs; strength declines; and fatigue occurs sooner that it would otherwise. Alertness and mental capacity also may be affected.
15 HEAT STROKE
Heat stroke is the most serious of health problems associated with working in hot environments and is considered a medical emergency. It occurs when the body’s temperature regulatory system fails and sweating becomes inadequate. The body’s only effective means of removing excess heat is compromised with very little warning to the victim that a crisis stage has been reached.
A heat stroke victim’s skin is hot, usually dry, red or spotted. Body temperature is usually 105° F or higher, and the victim is mentally confused, delirious, perhaps in convulsions or unconscious. Unless the victim receives quick and appropriate treatment, death can occur.
Any person with symptoms of heat stroke requires immediate first aid. First call 911 or other appropriate medical emergency number. Then remove the victim to a cool area, thoroughly soaking the clothing with water, and vigorously fanning the body to increase cooling. Further treatment at a medical facility should be directed. Early recognition and treatment of heat stroke are the only means of preventing permanent brain damage or death.
.
16 HEAT EXHAUSTION
Heat exhaustion includes several clinical disorders that resemble the early symptoms of heat stroke. Heat exhaustion is caused by the loss of large amounts of liquid by sweating, sometimes with excessive loss of salt. A person suffering from heat exhaustion still sweats but experiences extreme weakness or fatigue, giddiness, nausea or headache. In more serious cases, the victim may vomit or lose consciousness. The skin is clammy and moist, the complexion is pale or flushed and the body temperature is normal or only slightly elevated.
In most cases, first aid involves having the victim rest in a cool and shaded place while drinking plenty of liquids. Victims with mild cases of heat exhaustion usually recover quickly with this treatment. Severe cases may require extended care. There are no known permanent effects.
17 PREPARING FOR THE HEAT
Humans are, to a large extent, capable of adjusting to high heat work environments. This adjustment, also known as acclimatization, under normal circumstances, usually takes about 5 to 7 days, during which time the body will undergo a series of changes that will make continued exposure to heat more endurable.
On the first day of work in hot environments, the body temperature, pulse rate, and general discomfort will be higher. With each succeeding daily exposure, all of these responses will gradually decrease, while the sweat rate will increase. When the body becomes acclimated to the heat, the individual will find it possible to perform work activities with less distress.
Take advantage of shade wherever possible. Air movement, natural (wind) or mechanical (fans) can help increase the evaporation rate over your skin, helping your body to cool down.
18 PREVENT HEAT RELATED ILLNESSES
Being prepared for hot weather is essential to prevent heat-related illnesses for those who work in outdoor professions during the summer months. The American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE) urges employers and employees alike to heed the possible workplace dangers of heat and to utilize precautions aimed at reducing injuries and fatalities.
Heat-related illnesses are also a risk throughout the year for those working in places such as foundries, mines, plants, etc., who may not be affected directly by the weather, but by the heat when humidity, heavy protective apparel, and exhausting labor are part of their work environment.
"To protect workers from heat-related illnesses it is important to recognize the signs. Some of the physical effects of heat stress range from (less severe, such as) heat exhaustion, headache, dizziness, upset stomach, to severe--heatstroke, dry, pale skin, no sweating, hot/red skin, and seizures," ASSE President James "Skipper" Kendrick, CSP, said. "In addition, alertness and productivity may also suffer. Another danger from the heat is sweat as it may cause tools to slip out of a worker's hands and increase the potential for electrical shock. It is important to be aware of the risk and of the precautions one can take."
Items such as cooling pads can be inserted into hardhats or around the neck areas to keep the head and neck cool. This can help workers reduce the negative affect of heat. Vented hard hats are another piece of equipment that can prevent heat buildup by allowing air to pass through. Neckbands soaked in cold water and worn during the day can help prevent the body's pulse points from overheating, and, wearing cooling vests may provide relief.
Protective eyewear that features sufficient ventilation or antifog lens coatings is recommended for use in hot environments to reduce lens fogging from the heat. Sweatbands can also be used to prevent perspiration from dripping into the eyes.
Gloves for hand protection can be cumbersome and increase the warmth when doing outdoor work. In her article, Copeland recommends that workers try to use gloves that offer breath ability. Julie Copeland, a vice president with Arbill Industries notes that gloves with leather palms and cotton or denim backs allow for increased airflow, yet still provide protection. Some gloves feature strips of nylon mesh or are perforated at the back of the hand for breath ability, Copeland writes. Also helpful are string gloves that feature palms and fingers dipped in rubber but maintain open backs that allow for ventilation without sacrificing dexterity or protection against chemicals, punctures, and abrasions. As for gloves and perspiration, selecting a glove with a liner to absorb sweat would prevent perspiration buildup.
For those workers exposed to extreme heat, proper hand protection from burns is essential and depends on the application and the temperature to which workers are exposed. Copeland notes that some of the hottest environments, exceeding 900 degrees Fahrenheit, might call for a terrycloth mitt or glove that offers multiple layers of protection. Hot mill gloves can be appropriate for a range of temperatures, depending on the weight of the fabric and the number of layers the glove has. Caution must be used as this type of protective gear can also increase the chances of heat-related symptoms.
19 DRINKING WATER
Water loss and dehydration are another major hazard for employees working in a hot environment. According to the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), workers may produce up to three gallons of sweat each day. NIOSH recommends that workers drink five to seven ounces of fluids every 15 to 20 minutes to replenish the body. Drinks (such as sports drinks) that replace electrolytes lost through perspiration are also effective. Additionally, it is recommended that workers drink cool water, which is more readily absorbed in the body, and avoid coffee, tea, alcohol, or soda, which act as diuretics that further deplete the body of fluid. The amount of sodium in the electrolytic drink should be monitored, as high sodium concentrations may affect employees with elevated blood pressure.
Heat acclimatized individuals will lose much less salt in their sweat than do workers who are not adjusted to the heat. The average diet contains sufficient salt for acclimatized people even when sweat production is high. Taking salt tablets is not recommended. Your normal diet should provide an adequate amount of salt.
20 HEAT RELATED WORKPLACE ILLNESSES CAN BE PREVENTED
In a June 2003 ASSE Professional Safety journal article titled "Be Cool: Proper Attire Helps Prevent Heat Stress" Julie Copeland, notes that during warm weather people working in such areas as road repair and construction, surface mining and roofing, landscaping, utility repair, etc. must be prepared to handle heat-related illnesses. Heat-related illnesses are also a risk throughout the year for those working in places like foundries, mines, plants, etc. who may not be affected directly by the weather, but by the heat when humidity, heavy protective apparel and exhaustive labor are part of their work environment.
Copeland also notes that limiting work to the coolest parts of the day and allowing workers to take frequent breaks in cooler areas is important as is avoiding double shifts and overtime and educating employees about the dangers caused by excessive heat.
The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) reported that in 2000 21 workers died and 2,554 others suffered heat-related occupational injuries and illnesses that resulted in time away from work. For additional information on preventing heat-related workplace illnesses contact NIOSH at 513-533-8287, niosh or check OSHA's new 'Working Outdoors' fact sheet at .
21 CLOTHING
While removing some clothing can increase airflow on the skin, it could also increase direct solar heat transfer into the body and lead to sunburn. Clothing that is lightweight, loose fitting and shields your skin (such as long sleeve cotton shirts and hats) can protect you from solar heat transfer and sunburn.
22 TAKE ACTION
The combination of high temperatures, humidity and physical labor can lead to a serious heat related illness or fatality. Know the warning signs. Remember to drink plenty of water. Your sense of thirst is not an adequate gauge of your need for liquid. Also, eat regular meals - even if you don’t feel hungry. The heat reduces appetite, but the body still needs energy to perform your work tasks safely.
23 TIPS FOR PREVENTING HEAT RELATED ILLNESS
1. Drink more fluids (nonalcoholic), regardless of your activity level. Don’t wait until you’re thirsty to drink. Warning: If your doctor generally limits the amount of fluid you drink or has you on water pills, ask him how much you should drink while the weather is hot.
2. Don’t drink liquids that contain alcohol or large amounts of sugar–these actually cause you to lose more body fluid. Also, avoid very cold drinks, because they can cause stomach cramps.
3. Electric fans may provide comfort, but when the temperature is in the high 90s, fans will not prevent heat-related illness. Taking a cool shower or bath, or moving to an air-conditioned place is a much better way to cool off.
4. Wear lightweight, light-colored, loose-fitting clothing.
5. Monitor workers frequently and closely watch them for signs of heat exhaustion or heat stroke. Workers who show signs should be encouraged to replenish their water supply
24 IF YOU MUST BE OUT IN THE HEAT
• Limit your outdoor activity to morning and evening hours.
• Cut down on exercise. If you must exercise, drink two to four glasses of cool, nonalcoholic fluids each hour. A sports beverage can replace the salt and minerals you lose in sweat. Warning: If you are on a low-salt diet, talk with your doctor before drinking a sports beverage. Remember the warning in the first “tip” (above), too.
• Try to rest often in shady areas.
• Protect yourself from the sun by wearing a wide-brimmed hat (also keeps you cooler) and sunglasses and by putting on sunscreen of SPF 15 or higher (the most effective products say “broad spectrum” or “UVA/UVB protection” on their labels).
25 DOCUMENTATION
Document this training on the Company’s Safety Training Roster.
Additional References
• EVAPAR, Inc.’s Injury and Illness Prevention Program.
Heat Stress JOBSITE EVALUATION
• OSHA Information: Heat Stress
• NIOSH Information: Heat Stress
• Publications/osha3154.pdf
|HEAT STRESS WORKPLACE EVALUATION |
|NAME: |DATE: |
|COMPANY: |LOCATION: |
|THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED INITIALLY AND UPDATED ACCORDINGLY |
|# |TASK |YES |NO |
| |Have all personnel been trained to recognize and react to heat stress related injuries and illnesses? | | |
| |Has an emergency action plan been devise for the jobsite location? | | |
| |Have specific emergency personnel been selected and given site specific instructions? | | |
| |Are there at least two “cool areas” within the jobsite? | | |
| | | | |
| |Is there a potable water source available? Describe _______________________________________ | | |
|Notes: |
27 HEAT STRESS WORKPLACE EVALUATION
28 OSHA QUICK CARD – PROTECT YOURSELF HEAT STRESS
Protect Yourself
Heat Stress
When the body is unable to cool itself by sweating, several heat-induced illnesses such as heat stress or heat exhaustion and the more severe heat stroke can occur, and can result in death.
Factors Leading to Heat Stress
High temperature and humidity; direct sun or heat, limited air movement, physical exertion, poor physical condition, some medicines and inadequate tolerance for hot workplaces.
Symptoms of Heat Exhaustion
• Headaches, dizziness, lightheadedness or fainting.
• Weakness and moist skin.
• Mood changes such as irritability or confusion.
• Upset stomach or vomiting.
Symptoms of Heat Stroke
• Dry, hot skin with no sweating.
• Mental confusion or losing consciousness.
• Seizures or convulsions.
Preventing Heat Stress
• Know signs/symptoms of heat-related illnesses; monitor yourself and coworkers.
• Block out direct sun or other heat sources.
• Use cooling fans/air-conditioning; rest regularly.
• Drink lots of water; about 1 cup every 15 minutes.
• Wear lightweight, light colored, loose-fitting clothes.
• Avoid alcohol, caffeinated drinks, or heavy meals.
What to Do for Heat-Related Illness
• Call 911 (or local emergency number) at once.
While waiting for help to arrive:
• Move the worker to a cool, shaded area.
• Loosen or remove heavy clothing.
• Provide cool drinking water.
• Fan and mist the person with water.
| | |
U.S. Department of Labor
(800) 321-OSHA
Heat Related Disorders
|Employee Quiz Indicate True or False for each question. |
|# |TOPIC |T |F |
| |Without appropriate, quick treatment for heat stroke the victim could die. | | |
| |The principal means of maintaining a constant body temperature is the evaporation of the sweat. | | |
| |A person has a lot of warning that a crisis stage has been reached when their body’s only means of removing excess heat is compromised. | | |
| |Heat exhaustion is the most serious of health problems associated with working in hot environments. | | |
| |A heat stroke victim’s body temperature is usually 1000 F or lower. | | |
| |The cause of heat exhaustion is the loss of large amounts of liquid by sweating, sometimes with excessive loss of salt. | | |
| |First aid for heat exhaustion involves drinking plenty of liquids and having the victim rest in a cool and shaded place. | | |
| |Adjusting to high heat work environments usually takes about 14 days under normal circumstances. | | |
| |It is essential that water intake during hot days be about equal to the amount of sweat produced. | | |
| |It is always best to remove some outer clothing when working in direct sunlight. | | |
EVAPAR, Inc.
................
................
In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.
To fulfill the demand for quickly locating and searching documents.
It is intelligent file search solution for home and business.
Related download
- safety manual april 2007 evapar
- simulated patient instructions pennine gp training
- the body systems final exam review packet
- physical education
- the big picture weebly
- special treatments southwark
- sir arthur conan doyle world english
- tim o brien the things they carried
- here is dr educating instead of medicating
Related searches
- april themes for toddlers
- cooper heron heward 2007 citation
- free office 2007 download full version
- april preschool themes lesson plans
- what happened in 2007 history
- sat april 2018 qas
- ms word 2007 free download full version
- april 2019 events anchorage
- 2007 aston martin vantage problems
- april 2017 customs broker exam
- 2007 in the united states
- download excel 2007 free full version